User login
CCJM delivers practical clinical articles relevant to internists, cardiologists, endocrinologists, and other specialists, all written by known experts.
Copyright © 2019 Cleveland Clinic. All rights reserved. The information provided is for educational purposes only. Use of this website is subject to the disclaimer and privacy policy.
gambling
compulsive behaviors
ammunition
assault rifle
black jack
Boko Haram
bondage
child abuse
cocaine
Daech
drug paraphernalia
explosion
gun
human trafficking
ISIL
ISIS
Islamic caliphate
Islamic state
mixed martial arts
MMA
molestation
national rifle association
NRA
nsfw
pedophile
pedophilia
poker
porn
pornography
psychedelic drug
recreational drug
sex slave rings
slot machine
terrorism
terrorist
Texas hold 'em
UFC
substance abuse
abuseed
abuseer
abusees
abuseing
abusely
abuses
aeolus
aeolused
aeoluser
aeoluses
aeolusing
aeolusly
aeoluss
ahole
aholeed
aholeer
aholees
aholeing
aholely
aholes
alcohol
alcoholed
alcoholer
alcoholes
alcoholing
alcoholly
alcohols
allman
allmaned
allmaner
allmanes
allmaning
allmanly
allmans
alted
altes
alting
altly
alts
analed
analer
anales
analing
anally
analprobe
analprobeed
analprobeer
analprobees
analprobeing
analprobely
analprobes
anals
anilingus
anilingused
anilinguser
anilinguses
anilingusing
anilingusly
anilinguss
anus
anused
anuser
anuses
anusing
anusly
anuss
areola
areolaed
areolaer
areolaes
areolaing
areolaly
areolas
areole
areoleed
areoleer
areolees
areoleing
areolely
areoles
arian
arianed
arianer
arianes
arianing
arianly
arians
aryan
aryaned
aryaner
aryanes
aryaning
aryanly
aryans
asiaed
asiaer
asiaes
asiaing
asialy
asias
ass
ass hole
ass lick
ass licked
ass licker
ass lickes
ass licking
ass lickly
ass licks
assbang
assbanged
assbangeded
assbangeder
assbangedes
assbangeding
assbangedly
assbangeds
assbanger
assbanges
assbanging
assbangly
assbangs
assbangsed
assbangser
assbangses
assbangsing
assbangsly
assbangss
assed
asser
asses
assesed
asseser
asseses
assesing
assesly
assess
assfuck
assfucked
assfucker
assfuckered
assfuckerer
assfuckeres
assfuckering
assfuckerly
assfuckers
assfuckes
assfucking
assfuckly
assfucks
asshat
asshated
asshater
asshates
asshating
asshatly
asshats
assholeed
assholeer
assholees
assholeing
assholely
assholes
assholesed
assholeser
assholeses
assholesing
assholesly
assholess
assing
assly
assmaster
assmastered
assmasterer
assmasteres
assmastering
assmasterly
assmasters
assmunch
assmunched
assmuncher
assmunches
assmunching
assmunchly
assmunchs
asss
asswipe
asswipeed
asswipeer
asswipees
asswipeing
asswipely
asswipes
asswipesed
asswipeser
asswipeses
asswipesing
asswipesly
asswipess
azz
azzed
azzer
azzes
azzing
azzly
azzs
babeed
babeer
babees
babeing
babely
babes
babesed
babeser
babeses
babesing
babesly
babess
ballsac
ballsaced
ballsacer
ballsaces
ballsacing
ballsack
ballsacked
ballsacker
ballsackes
ballsacking
ballsackly
ballsacks
ballsacly
ballsacs
ballsed
ballser
ballses
ballsing
ballsly
ballss
barf
barfed
barfer
barfes
barfing
barfly
barfs
bastard
bastarded
bastarder
bastardes
bastarding
bastardly
bastards
bastardsed
bastardser
bastardses
bastardsing
bastardsly
bastardss
bawdy
bawdyed
bawdyer
bawdyes
bawdying
bawdyly
bawdys
beaner
beanered
beanerer
beaneres
beanering
beanerly
beaners
beardedclam
beardedclamed
beardedclamer
beardedclames
beardedclaming
beardedclamly
beardedclams
beastiality
beastialityed
beastialityer
beastialityes
beastialitying
beastialityly
beastialitys
beatch
beatched
beatcher
beatches
beatching
beatchly
beatchs
beater
beatered
beaterer
beateres
beatering
beaterly
beaters
beered
beerer
beeres
beering
beerly
beeyotch
beeyotched
beeyotcher
beeyotches
beeyotching
beeyotchly
beeyotchs
beotch
beotched
beotcher
beotches
beotching
beotchly
beotchs
biatch
biatched
biatcher
biatches
biatching
biatchly
biatchs
big tits
big titsed
big titser
big titses
big titsing
big titsly
big titss
bigtits
bigtitsed
bigtitser
bigtitses
bigtitsing
bigtitsly
bigtitss
bimbo
bimboed
bimboer
bimboes
bimboing
bimboly
bimbos
bisexualed
bisexualer
bisexuales
bisexualing
bisexually
bisexuals
bitch
bitched
bitcheded
bitcheder
bitchedes
bitcheding
bitchedly
bitcheds
bitcher
bitches
bitchesed
bitcheser
bitcheses
bitchesing
bitchesly
bitchess
bitching
bitchly
bitchs
bitchy
bitchyed
bitchyer
bitchyes
bitchying
bitchyly
bitchys
bleached
bleacher
bleaches
bleaching
bleachly
bleachs
blow job
blow jobed
blow jober
blow jobes
blow jobing
blow jobly
blow jobs
blowed
blower
blowes
blowing
blowjob
blowjobed
blowjober
blowjobes
blowjobing
blowjobly
blowjobs
blowjobsed
blowjobser
blowjobses
blowjobsing
blowjobsly
blowjobss
blowly
blows
boink
boinked
boinker
boinkes
boinking
boinkly
boinks
bollock
bollocked
bollocker
bollockes
bollocking
bollockly
bollocks
bollocksed
bollockser
bollockses
bollocksing
bollocksly
bollockss
bollok
bolloked
bolloker
bollokes
bolloking
bollokly
bolloks
boner
bonered
bonerer
boneres
bonering
bonerly
boners
bonersed
bonerser
bonerses
bonersing
bonersly
bonerss
bong
bonged
bonger
bonges
bonging
bongly
bongs
boob
boobed
boober
boobes
boobies
boobiesed
boobieser
boobieses
boobiesing
boobiesly
boobiess
boobing
boobly
boobs
boobsed
boobser
boobses
boobsing
boobsly
boobss
booby
boobyed
boobyer
boobyes
boobying
boobyly
boobys
booger
boogered
boogerer
boogeres
boogering
boogerly
boogers
bookie
bookieed
bookieer
bookiees
bookieing
bookiely
bookies
bootee
booteeed
booteeer
booteees
booteeing
booteely
bootees
bootie
bootieed
bootieer
bootiees
bootieing
bootiely
booties
booty
bootyed
bootyer
bootyes
bootying
bootyly
bootys
boozeed
boozeer
boozees
boozeing
boozely
boozer
boozered
boozerer
boozeres
boozering
boozerly
boozers
boozes
boozy
boozyed
boozyer
boozyes
boozying
boozyly
boozys
bosomed
bosomer
bosomes
bosoming
bosomly
bosoms
bosomy
bosomyed
bosomyer
bosomyes
bosomying
bosomyly
bosomys
bugger
buggered
buggerer
buggeres
buggering
buggerly
buggers
bukkake
bukkakeed
bukkakeer
bukkakees
bukkakeing
bukkakely
bukkakes
bull shit
bull shited
bull shiter
bull shites
bull shiting
bull shitly
bull shits
bullshit
bullshited
bullshiter
bullshites
bullshiting
bullshitly
bullshits
bullshitsed
bullshitser
bullshitses
bullshitsing
bullshitsly
bullshitss
bullshitted
bullshitteded
bullshitteder
bullshittedes
bullshitteding
bullshittedly
bullshitteds
bullturds
bullturdsed
bullturdser
bullturdses
bullturdsing
bullturdsly
bullturdss
bung
bunged
bunger
bunges
bunging
bungly
bungs
busty
bustyed
bustyer
bustyes
bustying
bustyly
bustys
butt
butt fuck
butt fucked
butt fucker
butt fuckes
butt fucking
butt fuckly
butt fucks
butted
buttes
buttfuck
buttfucked
buttfucker
buttfuckered
buttfuckerer
buttfuckeres
buttfuckering
buttfuckerly
buttfuckers
buttfuckes
buttfucking
buttfuckly
buttfucks
butting
buttly
buttplug
buttpluged
buttpluger
buttpluges
buttpluging
buttplugly
buttplugs
butts
caca
cacaed
cacaer
cacaes
cacaing
cacaly
cacas
cahone
cahoneed
cahoneer
cahonees
cahoneing
cahonely
cahones
cameltoe
cameltoeed
cameltoeer
cameltoees
cameltoeing
cameltoely
cameltoes
carpetmuncher
carpetmunchered
carpetmuncherer
carpetmuncheres
carpetmunchering
carpetmuncherly
carpetmunchers
cawk
cawked
cawker
cawkes
cawking
cawkly
cawks
chinc
chinced
chincer
chinces
chincing
chincly
chincs
chincsed
chincser
chincses
chincsing
chincsly
chincss
chink
chinked
chinker
chinkes
chinking
chinkly
chinks
chode
chodeed
chodeer
chodees
chodeing
chodely
chodes
chodesed
chodeser
chodeses
chodesing
chodesly
chodess
clit
clited
cliter
clites
cliting
clitly
clitoris
clitorised
clitoriser
clitorises
clitorising
clitorisly
clitoriss
clitorus
clitorused
clitoruser
clitoruses
clitorusing
clitorusly
clitoruss
clits
clitsed
clitser
clitses
clitsing
clitsly
clitss
clitty
clittyed
clittyer
clittyes
clittying
clittyly
clittys
cocain
cocaine
cocained
cocaineed
cocaineer
cocainees
cocaineing
cocainely
cocainer
cocaines
cocaining
cocainly
cocains
cock
cock sucker
cock suckered
cock suckerer
cock suckeres
cock suckering
cock suckerly
cock suckers
cockblock
cockblocked
cockblocker
cockblockes
cockblocking
cockblockly
cockblocks
cocked
cocker
cockes
cockholster
cockholstered
cockholsterer
cockholsteres
cockholstering
cockholsterly
cockholsters
cocking
cockknocker
cockknockered
cockknockerer
cockknockeres
cockknockering
cockknockerly
cockknockers
cockly
cocks
cocksed
cockser
cockses
cocksing
cocksly
cocksmoker
cocksmokered
cocksmokerer
cocksmokeres
cocksmokering
cocksmokerly
cocksmokers
cockss
cocksucker
cocksuckered
cocksuckerer
cocksuckeres
cocksuckering
cocksuckerly
cocksuckers
coital
coitaled
coitaler
coitales
coitaling
coitally
coitals
commie
commieed
commieer
commiees
commieing
commiely
commies
condomed
condomer
condomes
condoming
condomly
condoms
coon
cooned
cooner
coones
cooning
coonly
coons
coonsed
coonser
coonses
coonsing
coonsly
coonss
corksucker
corksuckered
corksuckerer
corksuckeres
corksuckering
corksuckerly
corksuckers
cracked
crackwhore
crackwhoreed
crackwhoreer
crackwhorees
crackwhoreing
crackwhorely
crackwhores
crap
craped
craper
crapes
craping
craply
crappy
crappyed
crappyer
crappyes
crappying
crappyly
crappys
cum
cumed
cumer
cumes
cuming
cumly
cummin
cummined
cumminer
cummines
cumming
cumminged
cumminger
cumminges
cumminging
cummingly
cummings
cummining
cumminly
cummins
cums
cumshot
cumshoted
cumshoter
cumshotes
cumshoting
cumshotly
cumshots
cumshotsed
cumshotser
cumshotses
cumshotsing
cumshotsly
cumshotss
cumslut
cumsluted
cumsluter
cumslutes
cumsluting
cumslutly
cumsluts
cumstain
cumstained
cumstainer
cumstaines
cumstaining
cumstainly
cumstains
cunilingus
cunilingused
cunilinguser
cunilinguses
cunilingusing
cunilingusly
cunilinguss
cunnilingus
cunnilingused
cunnilinguser
cunnilinguses
cunnilingusing
cunnilingusly
cunnilinguss
cunny
cunnyed
cunnyer
cunnyes
cunnying
cunnyly
cunnys
cunt
cunted
cunter
cuntes
cuntface
cuntfaceed
cuntfaceer
cuntfacees
cuntfaceing
cuntfacely
cuntfaces
cunthunter
cunthuntered
cunthunterer
cunthunteres
cunthuntering
cunthunterly
cunthunters
cunting
cuntlick
cuntlicked
cuntlicker
cuntlickered
cuntlickerer
cuntlickeres
cuntlickering
cuntlickerly
cuntlickers
cuntlickes
cuntlicking
cuntlickly
cuntlicks
cuntly
cunts
cuntsed
cuntser
cuntses
cuntsing
cuntsly
cuntss
dago
dagoed
dagoer
dagoes
dagoing
dagoly
dagos
dagosed
dagoser
dagoses
dagosing
dagosly
dagoss
dammit
dammited
dammiter
dammites
dammiting
dammitly
dammits
damn
damned
damneded
damneder
damnedes
damneding
damnedly
damneds
damner
damnes
damning
damnit
damnited
damniter
damnites
damniting
damnitly
damnits
damnly
damns
dick
dickbag
dickbaged
dickbager
dickbages
dickbaging
dickbagly
dickbags
dickdipper
dickdippered
dickdipperer
dickdipperes
dickdippering
dickdipperly
dickdippers
dicked
dicker
dickes
dickface
dickfaceed
dickfaceer
dickfacees
dickfaceing
dickfacely
dickfaces
dickflipper
dickflippered
dickflipperer
dickflipperes
dickflippering
dickflipperly
dickflippers
dickhead
dickheaded
dickheader
dickheades
dickheading
dickheadly
dickheads
dickheadsed
dickheadser
dickheadses
dickheadsing
dickheadsly
dickheadss
dicking
dickish
dickished
dickisher
dickishes
dickishing
dickishly
dickishs
dickly
dickripper
dickrippered
dickripperer
dickripperes
dickrippering
dickripperly
dickrippers
dicks
dicksipper
dicksippered
dicksipperer
dicksipperes
dicksippering
dicksipperly
dicksippers
dickweed
dickweeded
dickweeder
dickweedes
dickweeding
dickweedly
dickweeds
dickwhipper
dickwhippered
dickwhipperer
dickwhipperes
dickwhippering
dickwhipperly
dickwhippers
dickzipper
dickzippered
dickzipperer
dickzipperes
dickzippering
dickzipperly
dickzippers
diddle
diddleed
diddleer
diddlees
diddleing
diddlely
diddles
dike
dikeed
dikeer
dikees
dikeing
dikely
dikes
dildo
dildoed
dildoer
dildoes
dildoing
dildoly
dildos
dildosed
dildoser
dildoses
dildosing
dildosly
dildoss
diligaf
diligafed
diligafer
diligafes
diligafing
diligafly
diligafs
dillweed
dillweeded
dillweeder
dillweedes
dillweeding
dillweedly
dillweeds
dimwit
dimwited
dimwiter
dimwites
dimwiting
dimwitly
dimwits
dingle
dingleed
dingleer
dinglees
dingleing
dinglely
dingles
dipship
dipshiped
dipshiper
dipshipes
dipshiping
dipshiply
dipships
dizzyed
dizzyer
dizzyes
dizzying
dizzyly
dizzys
doggiestyleed
doggiestyleer
doggiestylees
doggiestyleing
doggiestylely
doggiestyles
doggystyleed
doggystyleer
doggystylees
doggystyleing
doggystylely
doggystyles
dong
donged
donger
donges
donging
dongly
dongs
doofus
doofused
doofuser
doofuses
doofusing
doofusly
doofuss
doosh
dooshed
doosher
dooshes
dooshing
dooshly
dooshs
dopeyed
dopeyer
dopeyes
dopeying
dopeyly
dopeys
douchebag
douchebaged
douchebager
douchebages
douchebaging
douchebagly
douchebags
douchebagsed
douchebagser
douchebagses
douchebagsing
douchebagsly
douchebagss
doucheed
doucheer
douchees
doucheing
douchely
douches
douchey
doucheyed
doucheyer
doucheyes
doucheying
doucheyly
doucheys
drunk
drunked
drunker
drunkes
drunking
drunkly
drunks
dumass
dumassed
dumasser
dumasses
dumassing
dumassly
dumasss
dumbass
dumbassed
dumbasser
dumbasses
dumbassesed
dumbasseser
dumbasseses
dumbassesing
dumbassesly
dumbassess
dumbassing
dumbassly
dumbasss
dummy
dummyed
dummyer
dummyes
dummying
dummyly
dummys
dyke
dykeed
dykeer
dykees
dykeing
dykely
dykes
dykesed
dykeser
dykeses
dykesing
dykesly
dykess
erotic
eroticed
eroticer
erotices
eroticing
eroticly
erotics
extacy
extacyed
extacyer
extacyes
extacying
extacyly
extacys
extasy
extasyed
extasyer
extasyes
extasying
extasyly
extasys
fack
facked
facker
fackes
facking
fackly
facks
fag
faged
fager
fages
fagg
fagged
faggeded
faggeder
faggedes
faggeding
faggedly
faggeds
fagger
fagges
fagging
faggit
faggited
faggiter
faggites
faggiting
faggitly
faggits
faggly
faggot
faggoted
faggoter
faggotes
faggoting
faggotly
faggots
faggs
faging
fagly
fagot
fagoted
fagoter
fagotes
fagoting
fagotly
fagots
fags
fagsed
fagser
fagses
fagsing
fagsly
fagss
faig
faiged
faiger
faiges
faiging
faigly
faigs
faigt
faigted
faigter
faigtes
faigting
faigtly
faigts
fannybandit
fannybandited
fannybanditer
fannybandites
fannybanditing
fannybanditly
fannybandits
farted
farter
fartes
farting
fartknocker
fartknockered
fartknockerer
fartknockeres
fartknockering
fartknockerly
fartknockers
fartly
farts
felch
felched
felcher
felchered
felcherer
felcheres
felchering
felcherly
felchers
felches
felching
felchinged
felchinger
felchinges
felchinging
felchingly
felchings
felchly
felchs
fellate
fellateed
fellateer
fellatees
fellateing
fellately
fellates
fellatio
fellatioed
fellatioer
fellatioes
fellatioing
fellatioly
fellatios
feltch
feltched
feltcher
feltchered
feltcherer
feltcheres
feltchering
feltcherly
feltchers
feltches
feltching
feltchly
feltchs
feom
feomed
feomer
feomes
feoming
feomly
feoms
fisted
fisteded
fisteder
fistedes
fisteding
fistedly
fisteds
fisting
fistinged
fistinger
fistinges
fistinging
fistingly
fistings
fisty
fistyed
fistyer
fistyes
fistying
fistyly
fistys
floozy
floozyed
floozyer
floozyes
floozying
floozyly
floozys
foad
foaded
foader
foades
foading
foadly
foads
fondleed
fondleer
fondlees
fondleing
fondlely
fondles
foobar
foobared
foobarer
foobares
foobaring
foobarly
foobars
freex
freexed
freexer
freexes
freexing
freexly
freexs
frigg
frigga
friggaed
friggaer
friggaes
friggaing
friggaly
friggas
frigged
frigger
frigges
frigging
friggly
friggs
fubar
fubared
fubarer
fubares
fubaring
fubarly
fubars
fuck
fuckass
fuckassed
fuckasser
fuckasses
fuckassing
fuckassly
fuckasss
fucked
fuckeded
fuckeder
fuckedes
fuckeding
fuckedly
fuckeds
fucker
fuckered
fuckerer
fuckeres
fuckering
fuckerly
fuckers
fuckes
fuckface
fuckfaceed
fuckfaceer
fuckfacees
fuckfaceing
fuckfacely
fuckfaces
fuckin
fuckined
fuckiner
fuckines
fucking
fuckinged
fuckinger
fuckinges
fuckinging
fuckingly
fuckings
fuckining
fuckinly
fuckins
fuckly
fucknugget
fucknuggeted
fucknuggeter
fucknuggetes
fucknuggeting
fucknuggetly
fucknuggets
fucknut
fucknuted
fucknuter
fucknutes
fucknuting
fucknutly
fucknuts
fuckoff
fuckoffed
fuckoffer
fuckoffes
fuckoffing
fuckoffly
fuckoffs
fucks
fucksed
fuckser
fuckses
fucksing
fucksly
fuckss
fucktard
fucktarded
fucktarder
fucktardes
fucktarding
fucktardly
fucktards
fuckup
fuckuped
fuckuper
fuckupes
fuckuping
fuckuply
fuckups
fuckwad
fuckwaded
fuckwader
fuckwades
fuckwading
fuckwadly
fuckwads
fuckwit
fuckwited
fuckwiter
fuckwites
fuckwiting
fuckwitly
fuckwits
fudgepacker
fudgepackered
fudgepackerer
fudgepackeres
fudgepackering
fudgepackerly
fudgepackers
fuk
fuked
fuker
fukes
fuking
fukly
fuks
fvck
fvcked
fvcker
fvckes
fvcking
fvckly
fvcks
fxck
fxcked
fxcker
fxckes
fxcking
fxckly
fxcks
gae
gaeed
gaeer
gaees
gaeing
gaely
gaes
gai
gaied
gaier
gaies
gaiing
gaily
gais
ganja
ganjaed
ganjaer
ganjaes
ganjaing
ganjaly
ganjas
gayed
gayer
gayes
gaying
gayly
gays
gaysed
gayser
gayses
gaysing
gaysly
gayss
gey
geyed
geyer
geyes
geying
geyly
geys
gfc
gfced
gfcer
gfces
gfcing
gfcly
gfcs
gfy
gfyed
gfyer
gfyes
gfying
gfyly
gfys
ghay
ghayed
ghayer
ghayes
ghaying
ghayly
ghays
ghey
gheyed
gheyer
gheyes
gheying
gheyly
gheys
gigolo
gigoloed
gigoloer
gigoloes
gigoloing
gigololy
gigolos
goatse
goatseed
goatseer
goatsees
goatseing
goatsely
goatses
godamn
godamned
godamner
godamnes
godamning
godamnit
godamnited
godamniter
godamnites
godamniting
godamnitly
godamnits
godamnly
godamns
goddam
goddamed
goddamer
goddames
goddaming
goddamly
goddammit
goddammited
goddammiter
goddammites
goddammiting
goddammitly
goddammits
goddamn
goddamned
goddamner
goddamnes
goddamning
goddamnly
goddamns
goddams
goldenshower
goldenshowered
goldenshowerer
goldenshoweres
goldenshowering
goldenshowerly
goldenshowers
gonad
gonaded
gonader
gonades
gonading
gonadly
gonads
gonadsed
gonadser
gonadses
gonadsing
gonadsly
gonadss
gook
gooked
gooker
gookes
gooking
gookly
gooks
gooksed
gookser
gookses
gooksing
gooksly
gookss
gringo
gringoed
gringoer
gringoes
gringoing
gringoly
gringos
gspot
gspoted
gspoter
gspotes
gspoting
gspotly
gspots
gtfo
gtfoed
gtfoer
gtfoes
gtfoing
gtfoly
gtfos
guido
guidoed
guidoer
guidoes
guidoing
guidoly
guidos
handjob
handjobed
handjober
handjobes
handjobing
handjobly
handjobs
hard on
hard oned
hard oner
hard ones
hard oning
hard only
hard ons
hardknight
hardknighted
hardknighter
hardknightes
hardknighting
hardknightly
hardknights
hebe
hebeed
hebeer
hebees
hebeing
hebely
hebes
heeb
heebed
heeber
heebes
heebing
heebly
heebs
hell
helled
heller
helles
helling
hellly
hells
hemp
hemped
hemper
hempes
hemping
hemply
hemps
heroined
heroiner
heroines
heroining
heroinly
heroins
herp
herped
herper
herpes
herpesed
herpeser
herpeses
herpesing
herpesly
herpess
herping
herply
herps
herpy
herpyed
herpyer
herpyes
herpying
herpyly
herpys
hitler
hitlered
hitlerer
hitleres
hitlering
hitlerly
hitlers
hived
hiver
hives
hiving
hivly
hivs
hobag
hobaged
hobager
hobages
hobaging
hobagly
hobags
homey
homeyed
homeyer
homeyes
homeying
homeyly
homeys
homo
homoed
homoer
homoes
homoey
homoeyed
homoeyer
homoeyes
homoeying
homoeyly
homoeys
homoing
homoly
homos
honky
honkyed
honkyer
honkyes
honkying
honkyly
honkys
hooch
hooched
hoocher
hooches
hooching
hoochly
hoochs
hookah
hookahed
hookaher
hookahes
hookahing
hookahly
hookahs
hooker
hookered
hookerer
hookeres
hookering
hookerly
hookers
hoor
hoored
hoorer
hoores
hooring
hoorly
hoors
hootch
hootched
hootcher
hootches
hootching
hootchly
hootchs
hooter
hootered
hooterer
hooteres
hootering
hooterly
hooters
hootersed
hooterser
hooterses
hootersing
hootersly
hooterss
horny
hornyed
hornyer
hornyes
hornying
hornyly
hornys
houstoned
houstoner
houstones
houstoning
houstonly
houstons
hump
humped
humpeded
humpeder
humpedes
humpeding
humpedly
humpeds
humper
humpes
humping
humpinged
humpinger
humpinges
humpinging
humpingly
humpings
humply
humps
husbanded
husbander
husbandes
husbanding
husbandly
husbands
hussy
hussyed
hussyer
hussyes
hussying
hussyly
hussys
hymened
hymener
hymenes
hymening
hymenly
hymens
inbred
inbreded
inbreder
inbredes
inbreding
inbredly
inbreds
incest
incested
incester
incestes
incesting
incestly
incests
injun
injuned
injuner
injunes
injuning
injunly
injuns
jackass
jackassed
jackasser
jackasses
jackassing
jackassly
jackasss
jackhole
jackholeed
jackholeer
jackholees
jackholeing
jackholely
jackholes
jackoff
jackoffed
jackoffer
jackoffes
jackoffing
jackoffly
jackoffs
jap
japed
japer
japes
japing
japly
japs
japsed
japser
japses
japsing
japsly
japss
jerkoff
jerkoffed
jerkoffer
jerkoffes
jerkoffing
jerkoffly
jerkoffs
jerks
jism
jismed
jismer
jismes
jisming
jismly
jisms
jiz
jized
jizer
jizes
jizing
jizly
jizm
jizmed
jizmer
jizmes
jizming
jizmly
jizms
jizs
jizz
jizzed
jizzeded
jizzeder
jizzedes
jizzeding
jizzedly
jizzeds
jizzer
jizzes
jizzing
jizzly
jizzs
junkie
junkieed
junkieer
junkiees
junkieing
junkiely
junkies
junky
junkyed
junkyer
junkyes
junkying
junkyly
junkys
kike
kikeed
kikeer
kikees
kikeing
kikely
kikes
kikesed
kikeser
kikeses
kikesing
kikesly
kikess
killed
killer
killes
killing
killly
kills
kinky
kinkyed
kinkyer
kinkyes
kinkying
kinkyly
kinkys
kkk
kkked
kkker
kkkes
kkking
kkkly
kkks
klan
klaned
klaner
klanes
klaning
klanly
klans
knobend
knobended
knobender
knobendes
knobending
knobendly
knobends
kooch
kooched
koocher
kooches
koochesed
koocheser
koocheses
koochesing
koochesly
koochess
kooching
koochly
koochs
kootch
kootched
kootcher
kootches
kootching
kootchly
kootchs
kraut
krauted
krauter
krautes
krauting
krautly
krauts
kyke
kykeed
kykeer
kykees
kykeing
kykely
kykes
lech
leched
lecher
leches
leching
lechly
lechs
leper
lepered
leperer
leperes
lepering
leperly
lepers
lesbiansed
lesbianser
lesbianses
lesbiansing
lesbiansly
lesbianss
lesbo
lesboed
lesboer
lesboes
lesboing
lesboly
lesbos
lesbosed
lesboser
lesboses
lesbosing
lesbosly
lesboss
lez
lezbianed
lezbianer
lezbianes
lezbianing
lezbianly
lezbians
lezbiansed
lezbianser
lezbianses
lezbiansing
lezbiansly
lezbianss
lezbo
lezboed
lezboer
lezboes
lezboing
lezboly
lezbos
lezbosed
lezboser
lezboses
lezbosing
lezbosly
lezboss
lezed
lezer
lezes
lezing
lezly
lezs
lezzie
lezzieed
lezzieer
lezziees
lezzieing
lezziely
lezzies
lezziesed
lezzieser
lezzieses
lezziesing
lezziesly
lezziess
lezzy
lezzyed
lezzyer
lezzyes
lezzying
lezzyly
lezzys
lmaoed
lmaoer
lmaoes
lmaoing
lmaoly
lmaos
lmfao
lmfaoed
lmfaoer
lmfaoes
lmfaoing
lmfaoly
lmfaos
loined
loiner
loines
loining
loinly
loins
loinsed
loinser
loinses
loinsing
loinsly
loinss
lubeed
lubeer
lubees
lubeing
lubely
lubes
lusty
lustyed
lustyer
lustyes
lustying
lustyly
lustys
massa
massaed
massaer
massaes
massaing
massaly
massas
masterbate
masterbateed
masterbateer
masterbatees
masterbateing
masterbately
masterbates
masterbating
masterbatinged
masterbatinger
masterbatinges
masterbatinging
masterbatingly
masterbatings
masterbation
masterbationed
masterbationer
masterbationes
masterbationing
masterbationly
masterbations
masturbate
masturbateed
masturbateer
masturbatees
masturbateing
masturbately
masturbates
masturbating
masturbatinged
masturbatinger
masturbatinges
masturbatinging
masturbatingly
masturbatings
masturbation
masturbationed
masturbationer
masturbationes
masturbationing
masturbationly
masturbations
methed
mether
methes
mething
methly
meths
militaryed
militaryer
militaryes
militarying
militaryly
militarys
mofo
mofoed
mofoer
mofoes
mofoing
mofoly
mofos
molest
molested
molester
molestes
molesting
molestly
molests
moolie
moolieed
moolieer
mooliees
moolieing
mooliely
moolies
moron
moroned
moroner
morones
moroning
moronly
morons
motherfucka
motherfuckaed
motherfuckaer
motherfuckaes
motherfuckaing
motherfuckaly
motherfuckas
motherfucker
motherfuckered
motherfuckerer
motherfuckeres
motherfuckering
motherfuckerly
motherfuckers
motherfucking
motherfuckinged
motherfuckinger
motherfuckinges
motherfuckinging
motherfuckingly
motherfuckings
mtherfucker
mtherfuckered
mtherfuckerer
mtherfuckeres
mtherfuckering
mtherfuckerly
mtherfuckers
mthrfucker
mthrfuckered
mthrfuckerer
mthrfuckeres
mthrfuckering
mthrfuckerly
mthrfuckers
mthrfucking
mthrfuckinged
mthrfuckinger
mthrfuckinges
mthrfuckinging
mthrfuckingly
mthrfuckings
muff
muffdiver
muffdivered
muffdiverer
muffdiveres
muffdivering
muffdiverly
muffdivers
muffed
muffer
muffes
muffing
muffly
muffs
murdered
murderer
murderes
murdering
murderly
murders
muthafuckaz
muthafuckazed
muthafuckazer
muthafuckazes
muthafuckazing
muthafuckazly
muthafuckazs
muthafucker
muthafuckered
muthafuckerer
muthafuckeres
muthafuckering
muthafuckerly
muthafuckers
mutherfucker
mutherfuckered
mutherfuckerer
mutherfuckeres
mutherfuckering
mutherfuckerly
mutherfuckers
mutherfucking
mutherfuckinged
mutherfuckinger
mutherfuckinges
mutherfuckinging
mutherfuckingly
mutherfuckings
muthrfucking
muthrfuckinged
muthrfuckinger
muthrfuckinges
muthrfuckinging
muthrfuckingly
muthrfuckings
nad
naded
nader
nades
nading
nadly
nads
nadsed
nadser
nadses
nadsing
nadsly
nadss
nakeded
nakeder
nakedes
nakeding
nakedly
nakeds
napalm
napalmed
napalmer
napalmes
napalming
napalmly
napalms
nappy
nappyed
nappyer
nappyes
nappying
nappyly
nappys
nazi
nazied
nazier
nazies
naziing
nazily
nazis
nazism
nazismed
nazismer
nazismes
nazisming
nazismly
nazisms
negro
negroed
negroer
negroes
negroing
negroly
negros
nigga
niggaed
niggaer
niggaes
niggah
niggahed
niggaher
niggahes
niggahing
niggahly
niggahs
niggaing
niggaly
niggas
niggased
niggaser
niggases
niggasing
niggasly
niggass
niggaz
niggazed
niggazer
niggazes
niggazing
niggazly
niggazs
nigger
niggered
niggerer
niggeres
niggering
niggerly
niggers
niggersed
niggerser
niggerses
niggersing
niggersly
niggerss
niggle
niggleed
niggleer
nigglees
niggleing
nigglely
niggles
niglet
nigleted
nigleter
nigletes
nigleting
nigletly
niglets
nimrod
nimroded
nimroder
nimrodes
nimroding
nimrodly
nimrods
ninny
ninnyed
ninnyer
ninnyes
ninnying
ninnyly
ninnys
nooky
nookyed
nookyer
nookyes
nookying
nookyly
nookys
nuccitelli
nuccitellied
nuccitellier
nuccitellies
nuccitelliing
nuccitellily
nuccitellis
nympho
nymphoed
nymphoer
nymphoes
nymphoing
nympholy
nymphos
opium
opiumed
opiumer
opiumes
opiuming
opiumly
opiums
orgies
orgiesed
orgieser
orgieses
orgiesing
orgiesly
orgiess
orgy
orgyed
orgyer
orgyes
orgying
orgyly
orgys
paddy
paddyed
paddyer
paddyes
paddying
paddyly
paddys
paki
pakied
pakier
pakies
pakiing
pakily
pakis
pantie
pantieed
pantieer
pantiees
pantieing
pantiely
panties
pantiesed
pantieser
pantieses
pantiesing
pantiesly
pantiess
panty
pantyed
pantyer
pantyes
pantying
pantyly
pantys
pastie
pastieed
pastieer
pastiees
pastieing
pastiely
pasties
pasty
pastyed
pastyer
pastyes
pastying
pastyly
pastys
pecker
peckered
peckerer
peckeres
peckering
peckerly
peckers
pedo
pedoed
pedoer
pedoes
pedoing
pedoly
pedophile
pedophileed
pedophileer
pedophilees
pedophileing
pedophilely
pedophiles
pedophilia
pedophiliac
pedophiliaced
pedophiliacer
pedophiliaces
pedophiliacing
pedophiliacly
pedophiliacs
pedophiliaed
pedophiliaer
pedophiliaes
pedophiliaing
pedophilialy
pedophilias
pedos
penial
penialed
penialer
peniales
penialing
penially
penials
penile
penileed
penileer
penilees
penileing
penilely
peniles
penis
penised
peniser
penises
penising
penisly
peniss
perversion
perversioned
perversioner
perversiones
perversioning
perversionly
perversions
peyote
peyoteed
peyoteer
peyotees
peyoteing
peyotely
peyotes
phuck
phucked
phucker
phuckes
phucking
phuckly
phucks
pillowbiter
pillowbitered
pillowbiterer
pillowbiteres
pillowbitering
pillowbiterly
pillowbiters
pimp
pimped
pimper
pimpes
pimping
pimply
pimps
pinko
pinkoed
pinkoer
pinkoes
pinkoing
pinkoly
pinkos
pissed
pisseded
pisseder
pissedes
pisseding
pissedly
pisseds
pisser
pisses
pissing
pissly
pissoff
pissoffed
pissoffer
pissoffes
pissoffing
pissoffly
pissoffs
pisss
polack
polacked
polacker
polackes
polacking
polackly
polacks
pollock
pollocked
pollocker
pollockes
pollocking
pollockly
pollocks
poon
pooned
pooner
poones
pooning
poonly
poons
poontang
poontanged
poontanger
poontanges
poontanging
poontangly
poontangs
porn
porned
porner
pornes
porning
pornly
porno
pornoed
pornoer
pornoes
pornography
pornographyed
pornographyer
pornographyes
pornographying
pornographyly
pornographys
pornoing
pornoly
pornos
porns
prick
pricked
pricker
prickes
pricking
prickly
pricks
prig
priged
priger
priges
priging
prigly
prigs
prostitute
prostituteed
prostituteer
prostitutees
prostituteing
prostitutely
prostitutes
prude
prudeed
prudeer
prudees
prudeing
prudely
prudes
punkass
punkassed
punkasser
punkasses
punkassing
punkassly
punkasss
punky
punkyed
punkyer
punkyes
punkying
punkyly
punkys
puss
pussed
pusser
pusses
pussies
pussiesed
pussieser
pussieses
pussiesing
pussiesly
pussiess
pussing
pussly
pusss
pussy
pussyed
pussyer
pussyes
pussying
pussyly
pussypounder
pussypoundered
pussypounderer
pussypounderes
pussypoundering
pussypounderly
pussypounders
pussys
puto
putoed
putoer
putoes
putoing
putoly
putos
queaf
queafed
queafer
queafes
queafing
queafly
queafs
queef
queefed
queefer
queefes
queefing
queefly
queefs
queer
queered
queerer
queeres
queering
queerly
queero
queeroed
queeroer
queeroes
queeroing
queeroly
queeros
queers
queersed
queerser
queerses
queersing
queersly
queerss
quicky
quickyed
quickyer
quickyes
quickying
quickyly
quickys
quim
quimed
quimer
quimes
quiming
quimly
quims
racy
racyed
racyer
racyes
racying
racyly
racys
rape
raped
rapeded
rapeder
rapedes
rapeding
rapedly
rapeds
rapeed
rapeer
rapees
rapeing
rapely
raper
rapered
raperer
raperes
rapering
raperly
rapers
rapes
rapist
rapisted
rapister
rapistes
rapisting
rapistly
rapists
raunch
raunched
rauncher
raunches
raunching
raunchly
raunchs
rectus
rectused
rectuser
rectuses
rectusing
rectusly
rectuss
reefer
reefered
reeferer
reeferes
reefering
reeferly
reefers
reetard
reetarded
reetarder
reetardes
reetarding
reetardly
reetards
reich
reiched
reicher
reiches
reiching
reichly
reichs
retard
retarded
retardeded
retardeder
retardedes
retardeding
retardedly
retardeds
retarder
retardes
retarding
retardly
retards
rimjob
rimjobed
rimjober
rimjobes
rimjobing
rimjobly
rimjobs
ritard
ritarded
ritarder
ritardes
ritarding
ritardly
ritards
rtard
rtarded
rtarder
rtardes
rtarding
rtardly
rtards
rum
rumed
rumer
rumes
ruming
rumly
rump
rumped
rumper
rumpes
rumping
rumply
rumprammer
rumprammered
rumprammerer
rumprammeres
rumprammering
rumprammerly
rumprammers
rumps
rums
ruski
ruskied
ruskier
ruskies
ruskiing
ruskily
ruskis
sadism
sadismed
sadismer
sadismes
sadisming
sadismly
sadisms
sadist
sadisted
sadister
sadistes
sadisting
sadistly
sadists
scag
scaged
scager
scages
scaging
scagly
scags
scantily
scantilyed
scantilyer
scantilyes
scantilying
scantilyly
scantilys
schlong
schlonged
schlonger
schlonges
schlonging
schlongly
schlongs
scrog
scroged
scroger
scroges
scroging
scrogly
scrogs
scrot
scrote
scroted
scroteed
scroteer
scrotees
scroteing
scrotely
scroter
scrotes
scroting
scrotly
scrots
scrotum
scrotumed
scrotumer
scrotumes
scrotuming
scrotumly
scrotums
scrud
scruded
scruder
scrudes
scruding
scrudly
scruds
scum
scumed
scumer
scumes
scuming
scumly
scums
seaman
seamaned
seamaner
seamanes
seamaning
seamanly
seamans
seamen
seamened
seamener
seamenes
seamening
seamenly
seamens
seduceed
seduceer
seducees
seduceing
seducely
seduces
semen
semened
semener
semenes
semening
semenly
semens
shamedame
shamedameed
shamedameer
shamedamees
shamedameing
shamedamely
shamedames
shit
shite
shiteater
shiteatered
shiteaterer
shiteateres
shiteatering
shiteaterly
shiteaters
shited
shiteed
shiteer
shitees
shiteing
shitely
shiter
shites
shitface
shitfaceed
shitfaceer
shitfacees
shitfaceing
shitfacely
shitfaces
shithead
shitheaded
shitheader
shitheades
shitheading
shitheadly
shitheads
shithole
shitholeed
shitholeer
shitholees
shitholeing
shitholely
shitholes
shithouse
shithouseed
shithouseer
shithousees
shithouseing
shithousely
shithouses
shiting
shitly
shits
shitsed
shitser
shitses
shitsing
shitsly
shitss
shitt
shitted
shitteded
shitteder
shittedes
shitteding
shittedly
shitteds
shitter
shittered
shitterer
shitteres
shittering
shitterly
shitters
shittes
shitting
shittly
shitts
shitty
shittyed
shittyer
shittyes
shittying
shittyly
shittys
shiz
shized
shizer
shizes
shizing
shizly
shizs
shooted
shooter
shootes
shooting
shootly
shoots
sissy
sissyed
sissyer
sissyes
sissying
sissyly
sissys
skag
skaged
skager
skages
skaging
skagly
skags
skank
skanked
skanker
skankes
skanking
skankly
skanks
slave
slaveed
slaveer
slavees
slaveing
slavely
slaves
sleaze
sleazeed
sleazeer
sleazees
sleazeing
sleazely
sleazes
sleazy
sleazyed
sleazyer
sleazyes
sleazying
sleazyly
sleazys
slut
slutdumper
slutdumpered
slutdumperer
slutdumperes
slutdumpering
slutdumperly
slutdumpers
sluted
sluter
slutes
sluting
slutkiss
slutkissed
slutkisser
slutkisses
slutkissing
slutkissly
slutkisss
slutly
sluts
slutsed
slutser
slutses
slutsing
slutsly
slutss
smegma
smegmaed
smegmaer
smegmaes
smegmaing
smegmaly
smegmas
smut
smuted
smuter
smutes
smuting
smutly
smuts
smutty
smuttyed
smuttyer
smuttyes
smuttying
smuttyly
smuttys
snatch
snatched
snatcher
snatches
snatching
snatchly
snatchs
sniper
snipered
sniperer
sniperes
snipering
sniperly
snipers
snort
snorted
snorter
snortes
snorting
snortly
snorts
snuff
snuffed
snuffer
snuffes
snuffing
snuffly
snuffs
sodom
sodomed
sodomer
sodomes
sodoming
sodomly
sodoms
spic
spiced
spicer
spices
spicing
spick
spicked
spicker
spickes
spicking
spickly
spicks
spicly
spics
spik
spoof
spoofed
spoofer
spoofes
spoofing
spoofly
spoofs
spooge
spoogeed
spoogeer
spoogees
spoogeing
spoogely
spooges
spunk
spunked
spunker
spunkes
spunking
spunkly
spunks
steamyed
steamyer
steamyes
steamying
steamyly
steamys
stfu
stfued
stfuer
stfues
stfuing
stfuly
stfus
stiffy
stiffyed
stiffyer
stiffyes
stiffying
stiffyly
stiffys
stoneded
stoneder
stonedes
stoneding
stonedly
stoneds
stupided
stupider
stupides
stupiding
stupidly
stupids
suckeded
suckeder
suckedes
suckeding
suckedly
suckeds
sucker
suckes
sucking
suckinged
suckinger
suckinges
suckinging
suckingly
suckings
suckly
sucks
sumofabiatch
sumofabiatched
sumofabiatcher
sumofabiatches
sumofabiatching
sumofabiatchly
sumofabiatchs
tard
tarded
tarder
tardes
tarding
tardly
tards
tawdry
tawdryed
tawdryer
tawdryes
tawdrying
tawdryly
tawdrys
teabagging
teabagginged
teabagginger
teabagginges
teabagginging
teabaggingly
teabaggings
terd
terded
terder
terdes
terding
terdly
terds
teste
testee
testeed
testeeed
testeeer
testeees
testeeing
testeely
testeer
testees
testeing
testely
testes
testesed
testeser
testeses
testesing
testesly
testess
testicle
testicleed
testicleer
testiclees
testicleing
testiclely
testicles
testis
testised
testiser
testises
testising
testisly
testiss
thrusted
thruster
thrustes
thrusting
thrustly
thrusts
thug
thuged
thuger
thuges
thuging
thugly
thugs
tinkle
tinkleed
tinkleer
tinklees
tinkleing
tinklely
tinkles
tit
tited
titer
tites
titfuck
titfucked
titfucker
titfuckes
titfucking
titfuckly
titfucks
titi
titied
titier
tities
titiing
titily
titing
titis
titly
tits
titsed
titser
titses
titsing
titsly
titss
tittiefucker
tittiefuckered
tittiefuckerer
tittiefuckeres
tittiefuckering
tittiefuckerly
tittiefuckers
titties
tittiesed
tittieser
tittieses
tittiesing
tittiesly
tittiess
titty
tittyed
tittyer
tittyes
tittyfuck
tittyfucked
tittyfucker
tittyfuckered
tittyfuckerer
tittyfuckeres
tittyfuckering
tittyfuckerly
tittyfuckers
tittyfuckes
tittyfucking
tittyfuckly
tittyfucks
tittying
tittyly
tittys
toke
tokeed
tokeer
tokees
tokeing
tokely
tokes
toots
tootsed
tootser
tootses
tootsing
tootsly
tootss
tramp
tramped
tramper
trampes
tramping
tramply
tramps
transsexualed
transsexualer
transsexuales
transsexualing
transsexually
transsexuals
trashy
trashyed
trashyer
trashyes
trashying
trashyly
trashys
tubgirl
tubgirled
tubgirler
tubgirles
tubgirling
tubgirlly
tubgirls
turd
turded
turder
turdes
turding
turdly
turds
tush
tushed
tusher
tushes
tushing
tushly
tushs
twat
twated
twater
twates
twating
twatly
twats
twatsed
twatser
twatses
twatsing
twatsly
twatss
undies
undiesed
undieser
undieses
undiesing
undiesly
undiess
unweded
unweder
unwedes
unweding
unwedly
unweds
uzi
uzied
uzier
uzies
uziing
uzily
uzis
vag
vaged
vager
vages
vaging
vagly
vags
valium
valiumed
valiumer
valiumes
valiuming
valiumly
valiums
venous
virgined
virginer
virgines
virgining
virginly
virgins
vixen
vixened
vixener
vixenes
vixening
vixenly
vixens
vodkaed
vodkaer
vodkaes
vodkaing
vodkaly
vodkas
voyeur
voyeured
voyeurer
voyeures
voyeuring
voyeurly
voyeurs
vulgar
vulgared
vulgarer
vulgares
vulgaring
vulgarly
vulgars
wang
wanged
wanger
wanges
wanging
wangly
wangs
wank
wanked
wanker
wankered
wankerer
wankeres
wankering
wankerly
wankers
wankes
wanking
wankly
wanks
wazoo
wazooed
wazooer
wazooes
wazooing
wazooly
wazoos
wedgie
wedgieed
wedgieer
wedgiees
wedgieing
wedgiely
wedgies
weeded
weeder
weedes
weeding
weedly
weeds
weenie
weenieed
weenieer
weeniees
weenieing
weeniely
weenies
weewee
weeweeed
weeweeer
weeweees
weeweeing
weeweely
weewees
weiner
weinered
weinerer
weineres
weinering
weinerly
weiners
weirdo
weirdoed
weirdoer
weirdoes
weirdoing
weirdoly
weirdos
wench
wenched
wencher
wenches
wenching
wenchly
wenchs
wetback
wetbacked
wetbacker
wetbackes
wetbacking
wetbackly
wetbacks
whitey
whiteyed
whiteyer
whiteyes
whiteying
whiteyly
whiteys
whiz
whized
whizer
whizes
whizing
whizly
whizs
whoralicious
whoralicioused
whoraliciouser
whoraliciouses
whoraliciousing
whoraliciously
whoraliciouss
whore
whorealicious
whorealicioused
whorealiciouser
whorealiciouses
whorealiciousing
whorealiciously
whorealiciouss
whored
whoreded
whoreder
whoredes
whoreding
whoredly
whoreds
whoreed
whoreer
whorees
whoreface
whorefaceed
whorefaceer
whorefacees
whorefaceing
whorefacely
whorefaces
whorehopper
whorehoppered
whorehopperer
whorehopperes
whorehoppering
whorehopperly
whorehoppers
whorehouse
whorehouseed
whorehouseer
whorehousees
whorehouseing
whorehousely
whorehouses
whoreing
whorely
whores
whoresed
whoreser
whoreses
whoresing
whoresly
whoress
whoring
whoringed
whoringer
whoringes
whoringing
whoringly
whorings
wigger
wiggered
wiggerer
wiggeres
wiggering
wiggerly
wiggers
woody
woodyed
woodyer
woodyes
woodying
woodyly
woodys
wop
woped
woper
wopes
woping
woply
wops
wtf
wtfed
wtfer
wtfes
wtfing
wtfly
wtfs
xxx
xxxed
xxxer
xxxes
xxxing
xxxly
xxxs
yeasty
yeastyed
yeastyer
yeastyes
yeastying
yeastyly
yeastys
yobbo
yobboed
yobboer
yobboes
yobboing
yobboly
yobbos
zoophile
zoophileed
zoophileer
zoophilees
zoophileing
zoophilely
zoophiles
anal
ass
ass lick
balls
ballsac
bisexual
bleach
causas
cheap
cost of miracles
cunt
display network stats
fart
fda and death
fda AND warn
fda AND warning
fda AND warns
feom
fuck
gfc
humira AND expensive
illegal
madvocate
masturbation
nuccitelli
overdose
porn
shit
snort
texarkana
direct\-acting antivirals
assistance
ombitasvir
support path
harvoni
abbvie
direct-acting antivirals
paritaprevir
advocacy
ledipasvir
vpak
ritonavir with dasabuvir
program
gilead
greedy
financial
needy
fake-ovir
viekira pak
v pak
sofosbuvir
support
oasis
discount
dasabuvir
protest
ritonavir
section[contains(@class, 'nav-hidden')]
footer[@id='footer']
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-article-cleveland-clinic')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-home-cleveland-clinic')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-topic-cleveland-clinic')]
div[contains(@class, 'panel-panel-inner')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-node-field-article-topics')]
section[contains(@class, 'footer-nav-section-wrapper')]
Abdominal pain in a 20-year-old woman
A 20-year-old woman presents to the emergency department with postprandial epigastric and right-upper-quadrant pain, sometimes associated with nausea. She has been having six to eight loose bowel movements every day, with no blood or mucus, and she has lost about 20 lb despite a good appetite. The diarrhea did not improve when she tried omitting milk products and carbohydrates.
Her symptoms began several months ago, but she says that 3 days ago the pain worsened steadily, radiating to the middle of her back, with associated episodes of nonbloody, nonbilious emesis. She cannot keep down liquids or solids. She says she has never had such episodes in the past.
She reports no oral ulcers, urinary symptoms, skin rashes, musculoskeletal pain, or neurologic symptoms, and she denies being anxious or depressed.
She has no history of serious illness, surgery, or hospitalization. She smokes a half pack of cigarettes a day, drinks alcohol occasionally, and smokes marijuana occasionally. She is employed as a certified nursing assistant.
She is taking ethinyl estradiol-levonorgestrel pills for birth control and takes calcium carbonate as needed for abdominal discomfort. She is taking no other medications, including nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs).
Her maternal uncle died of colon cancer at age 32, and her mother had colon polyps on colonoscopy. There is no family history of inflammatory bowel disease or celiac sprue. Her father committed suicide.
Her laboratory values
- White blood cell count 10.2 × 109/L (normal range 4–11)
- Red blood cell count 4.71 × 1012/L (3.9–5.5)
- Hemoglobin 14.4 g/dL (12–16)
- Hematocrit 42.4% (37%–47%)
- Mean corpuscular volume 90 fL (83–99)
- Mean corpuscular hemoglobin 30.6 pg (27–33)
- Platelet count 230 × 109/L (150–400)
- Red cell distribution width 13.3% (11.5%–14.5%)
- Sodium 140 mmol/L (132–148)
- Potassium 3.3 mmol/L (3.5–5.0)
- Chloride 104 mmol/L (98–111)
- Bicarbonate 28 mmol/L (23–32)
- Blood urea nitrogen 9 mg/dL (8–25)
- Creatinine 0.8 mg/dL (0.7–1.4)
- Glucose 87 mg/dL (65–100)
- Alanine aminotransferase 26 U/L (0–45)
- Aspartate aminotransferase 21 U/L (7–40)
- Alkaline phosphatase 101 U/L (40–150)
- Total bilirubin 0.8 mg/dL (0–1.5)
- Albumin 3.5 g/dL (3.5–5)
- Pregnancy screen negative
- Urine toxicology screen negative.
Physical examination
The patient is very thin and appears quite uncomfortable. Her temperature is 99.7°F (37.6°C), pulse rate 101, respiratory rate 18, blood pressure 111/67 mm Hg, and oxygen saturation 96% on room air. Her skin is warm and dry. Her height is 66 inches, weight 116 lb, and body mass index 18.7.
Examination of the head and neck shows normal dentition, dry mucus membranes, and no oral exudates. The thyroid is normal, and no masses or lymphadenopathy are noted.
Heart sounds and rhythm are normal, and the lungs are clear with no crackles or rubs. The abdomen is scaphoid and soft, with no distention. She has epigastric tenderness but no rebound, guarding, rigidity, palpable mass, or costovertebral angle tenderness. Bowel sounds are normal. The neurologic examination is normal.
NARROWING THE DIAGNOSIS
1. Given the history and findings so far, which is the least likely cause of her symptoms?
- Lactose intolerance
- Celiac disease
- Crohn disease
- Duodenal ulcer
- Eating disorder
This young woman’s presentation has some features found in all of these conditions. However, the least likely is lactose intolerance.
Lactose intolerance results from a shortage of the enzyme lactase, which is normally produced by the cells that line the small intestine. Close to 50 million American adults have lactose intolerance. Common symptoms include nausea, cramps, bloating, gas, and diarrhea, which begin about 30 minutes to 2 hours after eating or drinking foods containing lactose.
Since the patient’s symptoms did not improve when she tried omitting milk products, and since lactose intolerance is rarely associated with pain radiating to the back and with severe vomiting, this is the least likely cause of her symptoms.
Celiac disease presents with a myriad of symptoms—sometimes without gastrointestinal (GI) symptoms. Anemia is the most common laboratory finding, due most often to iron deficiency, but also due to deficiencies of vitamin B12 and folate as a result of malabsorption.1
Our patient’s laboratory values—especially her red cell indices—do not confirm this finding. One must also remember, however, that hemoglobin tends to be falsely elevated in patients who are dehydrated.
Crohn disease often presents with occult blood loss, low-grade fever, weight loss, and anemia. Though the condition is most often ileocolic, it can affect any part of the gastrointestinal tract. Nevertheless, most patients with gastroduodenal involvement have previously been diagnosed with ileocolic disease, and gastroduodenal involvement manifests later. Nonradiating epigastric pain is very common. Obstructive symptoms due to gastroduodenal strictures (eg, postprandial vomiting, epigastric pain, weight loss, bloating) are also common. 2
Duodenal ulcer. The most important factors responsible for duodenal ulcers are NSAID use and Helicobacter pylori infection.3 Duodenal ulcers have a variety of clinical presentations, ranging from no symptoms to severe pain. Epigastric pain can be sharp, dull, burning, or penetrating. Many patients complain of a feeling of hunger and weight gain—as opposed to gastric ulcer, in which patients experience anorexia and weight loss. Abdominal pain generally occurs several hours after meals and often awakens the patient at night. Pain is often relieved by food, but this phenomenon is present in only 20% to 60% of patients and probably is not specific for duodenal ulcer.
Our patient does not use NSAIDs, but some of her symptoms, such as postprandial pain, epigastric pain radiating to the back, and nausea and vomiting are seen with duodenal ulcer.
Eating disorders. The two main types of eating disorders—anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa—have a significant diagnostic overlap,4 and a third type, binge-eating disorder, is currently being investigated and defined. Girls and women are 10 times as likely as boys and men to develop an eating disorder.
People with anorexia have a distorted view of their bodies. Even when they are extremely thin, they see themselves as too fat.
Bulimia is characterized by binge-eating, purging, and overexercising to compensate for the excess calories. Patients are often close to normal weight.
Binge-eating disorder involves the consumption of very large amounts of food in a short period of time. About 2% of all young adults in the United States struggle with bingeeating. They are either overweight or obese.
These disorders tend to be associated with other psychiatric disorders such as depression or obsessive-compulsive disorder. Our patient sought medical attention and was appropriately concerned about her weight loss, which make an eating disorder unlikely.
CASE CONTINUED: SHE UNDERGOES CT
2. Which of the following is the most likely diagnosis at this point?
- SMA syndrome
- Chronic mesenteric ischemia involving the SMA
- Megaduodenum due to a connective tissue disorder
SMA syndrome is the most likely diagnosis. Despite its name, this syndrome is not a vascular condition. It is an uncommon cause of proximal intestinal obstruction in which the duodenum is compressed between the SMA and the aorta. First described in 1861, it has also been known as cast syndrome, Wilkie syndrome, and arteriomesenteric duodenal obstruction.5
To date, more than 400 cases of this syndrome have been reported, twice as many in women as in men. Most patients are between 20 and 40 years of age at the time of diagnosis. Common presenting symptoms include postprandial abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, and weight loss, which may further reduce the angle between the SMA and the aorta. Diarrhea is not generally associated with this syndrome, and in our patient’s case the diarrhea was thought to be unrelated to the SMA syndrome, since it subsided spontaneously.
Conditions and events that cause, contribute to, or worsen SMA syndrome include:
- Rapid weight loss (as in cancer or burns) or lean body habitus
- Prolonged bed rest
- Use of a body cast
- Malabsorption
- Spinal disease, deformity, or trauma
- Scoliosis surgery
- Rapid linear growth without compensatory weight gain
- Abnormally high and fixed position of the ligament of Treitz
- Abdominal surgery
- Cardiac cachexia
- Unusually low origin of the SMA.7
More common causes of mechanical smallbowel obstruction are adhesions, hernias, and tumors.8 Hyperactive, high-pitched peristalsis with rushes coinciding with cramps is typical. Abdominal cramps are centered around the umbilicus or in the epigastrium and are associated with vomiting; obstipation develops in patients with complete obstruction. Patients with partial obstruction may develop diarrhea. Paralytic ileus secondary to hypokalemia is an important consideration in partial obstruction. However, abdominal radiography and CT did not confirm an obstruction, and her symptoms persisted despite correction of the potassium level.
Chronic mesenteric ischemia can be caused by vasculitis, nonocclusive conditions that cause prolonged vasoconstriction (eg, cocaine ingestion), or reduced cardiac output.9 Symptoms are due to the gradual reduction in blood flow to the intestine that occurs during eating. Our patient’s toxicology report did not suggest cocaine abuse, and her history and the workup thus far do not suggest heart failure. A workup for vasculitis was negative.
Megaduodenum, SMA-like syndrome. In rare cases, dilation of the duodenum at the level of the SMA may be part of a generalized duodenal dilation caused by something other than obstruction due to mechanical compression. There are conditions, as described below, that cause an SMA-like syndrome.
A compression defect of the duodenum at the site where the SMA crossed the duodenum was found in a series of 11 cases of systemic sclerosis.10 These patients had definite dilation of the duodenum, but it was a result of atrophy of the muscle layers and replacement by collagenous tissue, changes that result in diminished peristalsis, loss of muscle tone, and dilation. The duodenum yields to pressure in its third portion under the SMA.
Several pathologic conditions, particularly connective tissue disorders, may predispose to the development of a megaduodenum that may result in an imprint on the duodenum at the level of the SMA. The most noteworthy of these conditions is scleroderma. Other conditions that can cause reduced duodenal peristalsis include diabetes, pancreatitis, dermatomyositis, lupus erythematosus, myxedema, and amyloidosis.11
It is important to distinguish SMA syndrome from SMA-like syndromes for several reasons.12 SMA-like syndromes result in loss of normal peristalsis. Further, the conditions have different outcomes, even though they are managed similarly initially, ie, with rehydration and parenteral nutrition. Surgery is to be avoided if possible in conditions that affect widespread areas of the intestine, such as scleroderma or diabetic neuropathy.
3. Which of the following is helpful in confirming SMA syndrome?
- CT of the abdomen
- Upper GI radiography series
- Upper GI endoscopy
All three can help confirm the diagnosis.
CT of the abdomen is a convenient, safe, rapid, readily available, and relatively noninvasive way to evaluate the aortomesenteric angle and to view retroperitoneal and mesenteric fat.13 Rehydration before injecting intravenous dye is important to avoid precipitating renal failure. In this patient, CT findings that helped make the diagnosis included a narrow aortomesenteric angle, compression of the duodenum, and a paucity of fat around the SMA.
An upper GI series can reveal dilation of the first and second portions of the duodenum and abrupt compression of the duodenal mucosal folds. Other findings can include a delay of 4 to 6 hours in gastroduodenal transit and relief of the obstruction when the patient is in the left lateral decubitus position. The Hayes maneuver refers to the disappearance of these radiologic features in the knee-chest position on cinefluoroscopy.14 The findings mentioned above are best noted in the supine position on both radiography and CT.
Endoscopy is necessary to rule out mechanical causes of duodenal obstruction. A pulsatile extrinsic compression suggests this condition but is found only occasionally.
Other imaging studies, such as ultrasonography, arteriography, and hypotonic duodenography, are used less often.
4. At this time, which of the following would be the most appropriate initial treatment in this patient?
- Conservative treatment
- Narcotics
- Duodenojejunostomy
Conservative treatment is indicated initially in all cases of SMA syndrome.15 This involves reversing precipitating factors and replacing fluid, electrolytes, and nutrition via total parenteral nutrition and nasogastric decompression.
To avoid keeping the patient on intravenous therapy for a prolonged time, it is important to start enteral feeding once the pain has subsided and the patient can tolerate it. A double-lumen nasojejunal tube is passed distal to the obstruction under fluoroscopic guidance. During feedings, the patient should be in the modified knee-chest, prone, or leftside-down position, all of which increase the aortomesenteric angle.
Delaying the treatment of SMA syndrome can increase the risk of morbidity and mortality by progressive malnutrition, dehydration, oliguria, electrolyte abnormalities (eg, hypokalemia), or intestinal perforation from prolonged ischemia.16,17
Narcotics and other drugs known to slow gut motility should be avoided.
Symptoms typically improve after restoration of normal body weight. If conservative treatment fails, or if the case is severe or chronic, surgery is required.18 Fortunately, this is not required often.
Duodenojejunostomy is the most common surgical treatment and involves creation of an alternate route between the duodenum and the jejunum, bypassing the compression between the aorta and the SMA. Other procedures include gastrojejunostomy, laparoscopic duodenojejunostomy, 19 a Roux-en-Y procedure, robotically assisted duodenojejunostomy, and anterior transposition of the third portion of the duodenum. Cleavage of the ligament of Treitz is another option, enabling the duodenum to drop away from the apex of the sharpened aortomesenteric angle.
WHEN TO CONSIDER SMA SYNDROME
The SMA syndrome is an uncommon cause of a very common presenting symptom, ie, abdominal pain. Nevertheless, it should be considered in the differential diagnosis of abdominal pain, especially in patients who have conditions that cause significant weight loss, such as anorexia nervosa, malabsorption, or hypercatabolic states such as burns, major surgery, severe injuries, or malignancies. The diagnosis is based on a thorough history and on supportive findings from CT and endoscopy.
In our patient, weight loss began with nonspecific diarrhea but perpetuated itself as SMA syndrome occurred.
Appropriate management consists of interrupting the cycle of weight loss and secondary upper gut obstruction. For patients in whom more definitive therapy is not feasible, a gastrostomy tube for decompression with a jejunal extension available for feeding appears to be a reasonable and safe treatment option. Duodenojejunostomy is considered the procedure of choice in severe cases.
CASE CONCLUDED
Fortunately, our patient responded well to conservative management. She was treated with intravenous hydration and correction of electrolytes and 10 days later was able to tolerate a soft diet. She was discharged in stable condition. At a follow-up visit 2 weeks later, she reported minimal abdominal discomfort, was able to tolerate meals, and had gained a few pounds. She continues to do well.
- Iovino P, Ciacci C, Sabbatini F, Acioli DM, D'Argenio G, Mazzacca G. Esophageal impairment in adult celiac disease with steatorrhea. Am J Gastroenterol 1998; 93:1243–1249.
- Loftus EV. Upper gastrointestinal tract Crohn’s disease. Clin Perspect Gastroenterol 2002; 5:188–191.
- Zapata-Colindres JC, Zepeda-Gómez S, Montaño-Loza A, Vázquez-Ballesteros E, de Jesús Villalobos J, Valdovinos-Andraca F. The association of Helicobacter pylori infection and nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs in peptic ulcer disease. Can J Gastroenterol 2006; 20:277–280.
- Milos G, Spindler A, Schnyder U, Fairburn CG. Instability of eating disorder diagnoses: prospective study. Br J Psychiatry 2005; 187:573–578.
- Wilkie DP. Chronic duodenal ileus. Br J Surg 1921; 9:204–214.
- Ozkurt H, Cenker MM, Bas N, Erturk SM, Basak M. Measurement of the distance and angle between the aorta and superior mesenteric artery: normal values in different BMI categories. Surg Radiol Anat 2007; 29:595–599.
- Lippl F, Hannig C, Weiss W, Allescher HD, Classen M, Kurjak M. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome: diagnosis and treatment from the gastroenterologist's view. J Gastroenterol 2002; 37:640–643.
- Balthazar EJ. George W. Holmes Lecture. CT of small-bowel obstruction. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1994; 162:255–261.
- Chang JB, Stein TA. Mesenteric ischemia: acute and chronic. Ann Vasc Surg 2003; 17:323–328.
- Gondos B. Duodenal compression defect and the “superior mesenteric artery syndrome” 1. Radiology 1977; 123:575–580.
- Cohen LB, Field SP, Sachar DB. The superior mesenteric artery syndrome. The disease that isn't, or is it? J Clin Gastroenterol 1985; 7:113–716.
- Ahmed AR, Taylor I. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome. Postgrad Med J 1997; 73:776–778.
- Santer R, Young C, Rossi T, Riddlesberger MM. Computed tomography in superior mesenteric artery syndrome. Pediatr Radiol 1991; 21:154–155.
- Lukes PJ, Rolny P, Nilson AE, Gamklou R, Darle N, Dotevall G. Diagnostic value of hypotonic duodenography in superior mesenteric artery syndrome. Acta Chir Scand 1978; 144:39–43.
- Dietz UA, Debus ES, Heuko-Valiati L, et al. Aorto-mesenteric artery compression syndrome. Chirurg 2000; 71:1345–1351.
- Lim JE, Duke GL, Eachempati SR. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome presenting with acute massive gastric dilatation, gastric wall pneumatosis, and portal venous gas. Surgery 2003; 134:840–843.
- Fuhrman MA, Felig DM, Tanchel ME. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome with obstructing duodenal bezoar. Gastrointest Endosc 2003; 57:387.
- Hines JR, Gore RM, Ballantyne GH. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome. Diagnostic criteria and therapeutic approaches. Am J Surg 1984; 148:630–632.
- Gersin KS, Heniford BT. Laparoscopic duodenojejunostomy for treatment of superior mesenteric artery syndrome. JSLS 1998; 2:281–284.
A 20-year-old woman presents to the emergency department with postprandial epigastric and right-upper-quadrant pain, sometimes associated with nausea. She has been having six to eight loose bowel movements every day, with no blood or mucus, and she has lost about 20 lb despite a good appetite. The diarrhea did not improve when she tried omitting milk products and carbohydrates.
Her symptoms began several months ago, but she says that 3 days ago the pain worsened steadily, radiating to the middle of her back, with associated episodes of nonbloody, nonbilious emesis. She cannot keep down liquids or solids. She says she has never had such episodes in the past.
She reports no oral ulcers, urinary symptoms, skin rashes, musculoskeletal pain, or neurologic symptoms, and she denies being anxious or depressed.
She has no history of serious illness, surgery, or hospitalization. She smokes a half pack of cigarettes a day, drinks alcohol occasionally, and smokes marijuana occasionally. She is employed as a certified nursing assistant.
She is taking ethinyl estradiol-levonorgestrel pills for birth control and takes calcium carbonate as needed for abdominal discomfort. She is taking no other medications, including nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs).
Her maternal uncle died of colon cancer at age 32, and her mother had colon polyps on colonoscopy. There is no family history of inflammatory bowel disease or celiac sprue. Her father committed suicide.
Her laboratory values
- White blood cell count 10.2 × 109/L (normal range 4–11)
- Red blood cell count 4.71 × 1012/L (3.9–5.5)
- Hemoglobin 14.4 g/dL (12–16)
- Hematocrit 42.4% (37%–47%)
- Mean corpuscular volume 90 fL (83–99)
- Mean corpuscular hemoglobin 30.6 pg (27–33)
- Platelet count 230 × 109/L (150–400)
- Red cell distribution width 13.3% (11.5%–14.5%)
- Sodium 140 mmol/L (132–148)
- Potassium 3.3 mmol/L (3.5–5.0)
- Chloride 104 mmol/L (98–111)
- Bicarbonate 28 mmol/L (23–32)
- Blood urea nitrogen 9 mg/dL (8–25)
- Creatinine 0.8 mg/dL (0.7–1.4)
- Glucose 87 mg/dL (65–100)
- Alanine aminotransferase 26 U/L (0–45)
- Aspartate aminotransferase 21 U/L (7–40)
- Alkaline phosphatase 101 U/L (40–150)
- Total bilirubin 0.8 mg/dL (0–1.5)
- Albumin 3.5 g/dL (3.5–5)
- Pregnancy screen negative
- Urine toxicology screen negative.
Physical examination
The patient is very thin and appears quite uncomfortable. Her temperature is 99.7°F (37.6°C), pulse rate 101, respiratory rate 18, blood pressure 111/67 mm Hg, and oxygen saturation 96% on room air. Her skin is warm and dry. Her height is 66 inches, weight 116 lb, and body mass index 18.7.
Examination of the head and neck shows normal dentition, dry mucus membranes, and no oral exudates. The thyroid is normal, and no masses or lymphadenopathy are noted.
Heart sounds and rhythm are normal, and the lungs are clear with no crackles or rubs. The abdomen is scaphoid and soft, with no distention. She has epigastric tenderness but no rebound, guarding, rigidity, palpable mass, or costovertebral angle tenderness. Bowel sounds are normal. The neurologic examination is normal.
NARROWING THE DIAGNOSIS
1. Given the history and findings so far, which is the least likely cause of her symptoms?
- Lactose intolerance
- Celiac disease
- Crohn disease
- Duodenal ulcer
- Eating disorder
This young woman’s presentation has some features found in all of these conditions. However, the least likely is lactose intolerance.
Lactose intolerance results from a shortage of the enzyme lactase, which is normally produced by the cells that line the small intestine. Close to 50 million American adults have lactose intolerance. Common symptoms include nausea, cramps, bloating, gas, and diarrhea, which begin about 30 minutes to 2 hours after eating or drinking foods containing lactose.
Since the patient’s symptoms did not improve when she tried omitting milk products, and since lactose intolerance is rarely associated with pain radiating to the back and with severe vomiting, this is the least likely cause of her symptoms.
Celiac disease presents with a myriad of symptoms—sometimes without gastrointestinal (GI) symptoms. Anemia is the most common laboratory finding, due most often to iron deficiency, but also due to deficiencies of vitamin B12 and folate as a result of malabsorption.1
Our patient’s laboratory values—especially her red cell indices—do not confirm this finding. One must also remember, however, that hemoglobin tends to be falsely elevated in patients who are dehydrated.
Crohn disease often presents with occult blood loss, low-grade fever, weight loss, and anemia. Though the condition is most often ileocolic, it can affect any part of the gastrointestinal tract. Nevertheless, most patients with gastroduodenal involvement have previously been diagnosed with ileocolic disease, and gastroduodenal involvement manifests later. Nonradiating epigastric pain is very common. Obstructive symptoms due to gastroduodenal strictures (eg, postprandial vomiting, epigastric pain, weight loss, bloating) are also common. 2
Duodenal ulcer. The most important factors responsible for duodenal ulcers are NSAID use and Helicobacter pylori infection.3 Duodenal ulcers have a variety of clinical presentations, ranging from no symptoms to severe pain. Epigastric pain can be sharp, dull, burning, or penetrating. Many patients complain of a feeling of hunger and weight gain—as opposed to gastric ulcer, in which patients experience anorexia and weight loss. Abdominal pain generally occurs several hours after meals and often awakens the patient at night. Pain is often relieved by food, but this phenomenon is present in only 20% to 60% of patients and probably is not specific for duodenal ulcer.
Our patient does not use NSAIDs, but some of her symptoms, such as postprandial pain, epigastric pain radiating to the back, and nausea and vomiting are seen with duodenal ulcer.
Eating disorders. The two main types of eating disorders—anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa—have a significant diagnostic overlap,4 and a third type, binge-eating disorder, is currently being investigated and defined. Girls and women are 10 times as likely as boys and men to develop an eating disorder.
People with anorexia have a distorted view of their bodies. Even when they are extremely thin, they see themselves as too fat.
Bulimia is characterized by binge-eating, purging, and overexercising to compensate for the excess calories. Patients are often close to normal weight.
Binge-eating disorder involves the consumption of very large amounts of food in a short period of time. About 2% of all young adults in the United States struggle with bingeeating. They are either overweight or obese.
These disorders tend to be associated with other psychiatric disorders such as depression or obsessive-compulsive disorder. Our patient sought medical attention and was appropriately concerned about her weight loss, which make an eating disorder unlikely.
CASE CONTINUED: SHE UNDERGOES CT
2. Which of the following is the most likely diagnosis at this point?
- SMA syndrome
- Chronic mesenteric ischemia involving the SMA
- Megaduodenum due to a connective tissue disorder
SMA syndrome is the most likely diagnosis. Despite its name, this syndrome is not a vascular condition. It is an uncommon cause of proximal intestinal obstruction in which the duodenum is compressed between the SMA and the aorta. First described in 1861, it has also been known as cast syndrome, Wilkie syndrome, and arteriomesenteric duodenal obstruction.5
To date, more than 400 cases of this syndrome have been reported, twice as many in women as in men. Most patients are between 20 and 40 years of age at the time of diagnosis. Common presenting symptoms include postprandial abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, and weight loss, which may further reduce the angle between the SMA and the aorta. Diarrhea is not generally associated with this syndrome, and in our patient’s case the diarrhea was thought to be unrelated to the SMA syndrome, since it subsided spontaneously.
Conditions and events that cause, contribute to, or worsen SMA syndrome include:
- Rapid weight loss (as in cancer or burns) or lean body habitus
- Prolonged bed rest
- Use of a body cast
- Malabsorption
- Spinal disease, deformity, or trauma
- Scoliosis surgery
- Rapid linear growth without compensatory weight gain
- Abnormally high and fixed position of the ligament of Treitz
- Abdominal surgery
- Cardiac cachexia
- Unusually low origin of the SMA.7
More common causes of mechanical smallbowel obstruction are adhesions, hernias, and tumors.8 Hyperactive, high-pitched peristalsis with rushes coinciding with cramps is typical. Abdominal cramps are centered around the umbilicus or in the epigastrium and are associated with vomiting; obstipation develops in patients with complete obstruction. Patients with partial obstruction may develop diarrhea. Paralytic ileus secondary to hypokalemia is an important consideration in partial obstruction. However, abdominal radiography and CT did not confirm an obstruction, and her symptoms persisted despite correction of the potassium level.
Chronic mesenteric ischemia can be caused by vasculitis, nonocclusive conditions that cause prolonged vasoconstriction (eg, cocaine ingestion), or reduced cardiac output.9 Symptoms are due to the gradual reduction in blood flow to the intestine that occurs during eating. Our patient’s toxicology report did not suggest cocaine abuse, and her history and the workup thus far do not suggest heart failure. A workup for vasculitis was negative.
Megaduodenum, SMA-like syndrome. In rare cases, dilation of the duodenum at the level of the SMA may be part of a generalized duodenal dilation caused by something other than obstruction due to mechanical compression. There are conditions, as described below, that cause an SMA-like syndrome.
A compression defect of the duodenum at the site where the SMA crossed the duodenum was found in a series of 11 cases of systemic sclerosis.10 These patients had definite dilation of the duodenum, but it was a result of atrophy of the muscle layers and replacement by collagenous tissue, changes that result in diminished peristalsis, loss of muscle tone, and dilation. The duodenum yields to pressure in its third portion under the SMA.
Several pathologic conditions, particularly connective tissue disorders, may predispose to the development of a megaduodenum that may result in an imprint on the duodenum at the level of the SMA. The most noteworthy of these conditions is scleroderma. Other conditions that can cause reduced duodenal peristalsis include diabetes, pancreatitis, dermatomyositis, lupus erythematosus, myxedema, and amyloidosis.11
It is important to distinguish SMA syndrome from SMA-like syndromes for several reasons.12 SMA-like syndromes result in loss of normal peristalsis. Further, the conditions have different outcomes, even though they are managed similarly initially, ie, with rehydration and parenteral nutrition. Surgery is to be avoided if possible in conditions that affect widespread areas of the intestine, such as scleroderma or diabetic neuropathy.
3. Which of the following is helpful in confirming SMA syndrome?
- CT of the abdomen
- Upper GI radiography series
- Upper GI endoscopy
All three can help confirm the diagnosis.
CT of the abdomen is a convenient, safe, rapid, readily available, and relatively noninvasive way to evaluate the aortomesenteric angle and to view retroperitoneal and mesenteric fat.13 Rehydration before injecting intravenous dye is important to avoid precipitating renal failure. In this patient, CT findings that helped make the diagnosis included a narrow aortomesenteric angle, compression of the duodenum, and a paucity of fat around the SMA.
An upper GI series can reveal dilation of the first and second portions of the duodenum and abrupt compression of the duodenal mucosal folds. Other findings can include a delay of 4 to 6 hours in gastroduodenal transit and relief of the obstruction when the patient is in the left lateral decubitus position. The Hayes maneuver refers to the disappearance of these radiologic features in the knee-chest position on cinefluoroscopy.14 The findings mentioned above are best noted in the supine position on both radiography and CT.
Endoscopy is necessary to rule out mechanical causes of duodenal obstruction. A pulsatile extrinsic compression suggests this condition but is found only occasionally.
Other imaging studies, such as ultrasonography, arteriography, and hypotonic duodenography, are used less often.
4. At this time, which of the following would be the most appropriate initial treatment in this patient?
- Conservative treatment
- Narcotics
- Duodenojejunostomy
Conservative treatment is indicated initially in all cases of SMA syndrome.15 This involves reversing precipitating factors and replacing fluid, electrolytes, and nutrition via total parenteral nutrition and nasogastric decompression.
To avoid keeping the patient on intravenous therapy for a prolonged time, it is important to start enteral feeding once the pain has subsided and the patient can tolerate it. A double-lumen nasojejunal tube is passed distal to the obstruction under fluoroscopic guidance. During feedings, the patient should be in the modified knee-chest, prone, or leftside-down position, all of which increase the aortomesenteric angle.
Delaying the treatment of SMA syndrome can increase the risk of morbidity and mortality by progressive malnutrition, dehydration, oliguria, electrolyte abnormalities (eg, hypokalemia), or intestinal perforation from prolonged ischemia.16,17
Narcotics and other drugs known to slow gut motility should be avoided.
Symptoms typically improve after restoration of normal body weight. If conservative treatment fails, or if the case is severe or chronic, surgery is required.18 Fortunately, this is not required often.
Duodenojejunostomy is the most common surgical treatment and involves creation of an alternate route between the duodenum and the jejunum, bypassing the compression between the aorta and the SMA. Other procedures include gastrojejunostomy, laparoscopic duodenojejunostomy, 19 a Roux-en-Y procedure, robotically assisted duodenojejunostomy, and anterior transposition of the third portion of the duodenum. Cleavage of the ligament of Treitz is another option, enabling the duodenum to drop away from the apex of the sharpened aortomesenteric angle.
WHEN TO CONSIDER SMA SYNDROME
The SMA syndrome is an uncommon cause of a very common presenting symptom, ie, abdominal pain. Nevertheless, it should be considered in the differential diagnosis of abdominal pain, especially in patients who have conditions that cause significant weight loss, such as anorexia nervosa, malabsorption, or hypercatabolic states such as burns, major surgery, severe injuries, or malignancies. The diagnosis is based on a thorough history and on supportive findings from CT and endoscopy.
In our patient, weight loss began with nonspecific diarrhea but perpetuated itself as SMA syndrome occurred.
Appropriate management consists of interrupting the cycle of weight loss and secondary upper gut obstruction. For patients in whom more definitive therapy is not feasible, a gastrostomy tube for decompression with a jejunal extension available for feeding appears to be a reasonable and safe treatment option. Duodenojejunostomy is considered the procedure of choice in severe cases.
CASE CONCLUDED
Fortunately, our patient responded well to conservative management. She was treated with intravenous hydration and correction of electrolytes and 10 days later was able to tolerate a soft diet. She was discharged in stable condition. At a follow-up visit 2 weeks later, she reported minimal abdominal discomfort, was able to tolerate meals, and had gained a few pounds. She continues to do well.
A 20-year-old woman presents to the emergency department with postprandial epigastric and right-upper-quadrant pain, sometimes associated with nausea. She has been having six to eight loose bowel movements every day, with no blood or mucus, and she has lost about 20 lb despite a good appetite. The diarrhea did not improve when she tried omitting milk products and carbohydrates.
Her symptoms began several months ago, but she says that 3 days ago the pain worsened steadily, radiating to the middle of her back, with associated episodes of nonbloody, nonbilious emesis. She cannot keep down liquids or solids. She says she has never had such episodes in the past.
She reports no oral ulcers, urinary symptoms, skin rashes, musculoskeletal pain, or neurologic symptoms, and she denies being anxious or depressed.
She has no history of serious illness, surgery, or hospitalization. She smokes a half pack of cigarettes a day, drinks alcohol occasionally, and smokes marijuana occasionally. She is employed as a certified nursing assistant.
She is taking ethinyl estradiol-levonorgestrel pills for birth control and takes calcium carbonate as needed for abdominal discomfort. She is taking no other medications, including nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs).
Her maternal uncle died of colon cancer at age 32, and her mother had colon polyps on colonoscopy. There is no family history of inflammatory bowel disease or celiac sprue. Her father committed suicide.
Her laboratory values
- White blood cell count 10.2 × 109/L (normal range 4–11)
- Red blood cell count 4.71 × 1012/L (3.9–5.5)
- Hemoglobin 14.4 g/dL (12–16)
- Hematocrit 42.4% (37%–47%)
- Mean corpuscular volume 90 fL (83–99)
- Mean corpuscular hemoglobin 30.6 pg (27–33)
- Platelet count 230 × 109/L (150–400)
- Red cell distribution width 13.3% (11.5%–14.5%)
- Sodium 140 mmol/L (132–148)
- Potassium 3.3 mmol/L (3.5–5.0)
- Chloride 104 mmol/L (98–111)
- Bicarbonate 28 mmol/L (23–32)
- Blood urea nitrogen 9 mg/dL (8–25)
- Creatinine 0.8 mg/dL (0.7–1.4)
- Glucose 87 mg/dL (65–100)
- Alanine aminotransferase 26 U/L (0–45)
- Aspartate aminotransferase 21 U/L (7–40)
- Alkaline phosphatase 101 U/L (40–150)
- Total bilirubin 0.8 mg/dL (0–1.5)
- Albumin 3.5 g/dL (3.5–5)
- Pregnancy screen negative
- Urine toxicology screen negative.
Physical examination
The patient is very thin and appears quite uncomfortable. Her temperature is 99.7°F (37.6°C), pulse rate 101, respiratory rate 18, blood pressure 111/67 mm Hg, and oxygen saturation 96% on room air. Her skin is warm and dry. Her height is 66 inches, weight 116 lb, and body mass index 18.7.
Examination of the head and neck shows normal dentition, dry mucus membranes, and no oral exudates. The thyroid is normal, and no masses or lymphadenopathy are noted.
Heart sounds and rhythm are normal, and the lungs are clear with no crackles or rubs. The abdomen is scaphoid and soft, with no distention. She has epigastric tenderness but no rebound, guarding, rigidity, palpable mass, or costovertebral angle tenderness. Bowel sounds are normal. The neurologic examination is normal.
NARROWING THE DIAGNOSIS
1. Given the history and findings so far, which is the least likely cause of her symptoms?
- Lactose intolerance
- Celiac disease
- Crohn disease
- Duodenal ulcer
- Eating disorder
This young woman’s presentation has some features found in all of these conditions. However, the least likely is lactose intolerance.
Lactose intolerance results from a shortage of the enzyme lactase, which is normally produced by the cells that line the small intestine. Close to 50 million American adults have lactose intolerance. Common symptoms include nausea, cramps, bloating, gas, and diarrhea, which begin about 30 minutes to 2 hours after eating or drinking foods containing lactose.
Since the patient’s symptoms did not improve when she tried omitting milk products, and since lactose intolerance is rarely associated with pain radiating to the back and with severe vomiting, this is the least likely cause of her symptoms.
Celiac disease presents with a myriad of symptoms—sometimes without gastrointestinal (GI) symptoms. Anemia is the most common laboratory finding, due most often to iron deficiency, but also due to deficiencies of vitamin B12 and folate as a result of malabsorption.1
Our patient’s laboratory values—especially her red cell indices—do not confirm this finding. One must also remember, however, that hemoglobin tends to be falsely elevated in patients who are dehydrated.
Crohn disease often presents with occult blood loss, low-grade fever, weight loss, and anemia. Though the condition is most often ileocolic, it can affect any part of the gastrointestinal tract. Nevertheless, most patients with gastroduodenal involvement have previously been diagnosed with ileocolic disease, and gastroduodenal involvement manifests later. Nonradiating epigastric pain is very common. Obstructive symptoms due to gastroduodenal strictures (eg, postprandial vomiting, epigastric pain, weight loss, bloating) are also common. 2
Duodenal ulcer. The most important factors responsible for duodenal ulcers are NSAID use and Helicobacter pylori infection.3 Duodenal ulcers have a variety of clinical presentations, ranging from no symptoms to severe pain. Epigastric pain can be sharp, dull, burning, or penetrating. Many patients complain of a feeling of hunger and weight gain—as opposed to gastric ulcer, in which patients experience anorexia and weight loss. Abdominal pain generally occurs several hours after meals and often awakens the patient at night. Pain is often relieved by food, but this phenomenon is present in only 20% to 60% of patients and probably is not specific for duodenal ulcer.
Our patient does not use NSAIDs, but some of her symptoms, such as postprandial pain, epigastric pain radiating to the back, and nausea and vomiting are seen with duodenal ulcer.
Eating disorders. The two main types of eating disorders—anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa—have a significant diagnostic overlap,4 and a third type, binge-eating disorder, is currently being investigated and defined. Girls and women are 10 times as likely as boys and men to develop an eating disorder.
People with anorexia have a distorted view of their bodies. Even when they are extremely thin, they see themselves as too fat.
Bulimia is characterized by binge-eating, purging, and overexercising to compensate for the excess calories. Patients are often close to normal weight.
Binge-eating disorder involves the consumption of very large amounts of food in a short period of time. About 2% of all young adults in the United States struggle with bingeeating. They are either overweight or obese.
These disorders tend to be associated with other psychiatric disorders such as depression or obsessive-compulsive disorder. Our patient sought medical attention and was appropriately concerned about her weight loss, which make an eating disorder unlikely.
CASE CONTINUED: SHE UNDERGOES CT
2. Which of the following is the most likely diagnosis at this point?
- SMA syndrome
- Chronic mesenteric ischemia involving the SMA
- Megaduodenum due to a connective tissue disorder
SMA syndrome is the most likely diagnosis. Despite its name, this syndrome is not a vascular condition. It is an uncommon cause of proximal intestinal obstruction in which the duodenum is compressed between the SMA and the aorta. First described in 1861, it has also been known as cast syndrome, Wilkie syndrome, and arteriomesenteric duodenal obstruction.5
To date, more than 400 cases of this syndrome have been reported, twice as many in women as in men. Most patients are between 20 and 40 years of age at the time of diagnosis. Common presenting symptoms include postprandial abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, and weight loss, which may further reduce the angle between the SMA and the aorta. Diarrhea is not generally associated with this syndrome, and in our patient’s case the diarrhea was thought to be unrelated to the SMA syndrome, since it subsided spontaneously.
Conditions and events that cause, contribute to, or worsen SMA syndrome include:
- Rapid weight loss (as in cancer or burns) or lean body habitus
- Prolonged bed rest
- Use of a body cast
- Malabsorption
- Spinal disease, deformity, or trauma
- Scoliosis surgery
- Rapid linear growth without compensatory weight gain
- Abnormally high and fixed position of the ligament of Treitz
- Abdominal surgery
- Cardiac cachexia
- Unusually low origin of the SMA.7
More common causes of mechanical smallbowel obstruction are adhesions, hernias, and tumors.8 Hyperactive, high-pitched peristalsis with rushes coinciding with cramps is typical. Abdominal cramps are centered around the umbilicus or in the epigastrium and are associated with vomiting; obstipation develops in patients with complete obstruction. Patients with partial obstruction may develop diarrhea. Paralytic ileus secondary to hypokalemia is an important consideration in partial obstruction. However, abdominal radiography and CT did not confirm an obstruction, and her symptoms persisted despite correction of the potassium level.
Chronic mesenteric ischemia can be caused by vasculitis, nonocclusive conditions that cause prolonged vasoconstriction (eg, cocaine ingestion), or reduced cardiac output.9 Symptoms are due to the gradual reduction in blood flow to the intestine that occurs during eating. Our patient’s toxicology report did not suggest cocaine abuse, and her history and the workup thus far do not suggest heart failure. A workup for vasculitis was negative.
Megaduodenum, SMA-like syndrome. In rare cases, dilation of the duodenum at the level of the SMA may be part of a generalized duodenal dilation caused by something other than obstruction due to mechanical compression. There are conditions, as described below, that cause an SMA-like syndrome.
A compression defect of the duodenum at the site where the SMA crossed the duodenum was found in a series of 11 cases of systemic sclerosis.10 These patients had definite dilation of the duodenum, but it was a result of atrophy of the muscle layers and replacement by collagenous tissue, changes that result in diminished peristalsis, loss of muscle tone, and dilation. The duodenum yields to pressure in its third portion under the SMA.
Several pathologic conditions, particularly connective tissue disorders, may predispose to the development of a megaduodenum that may result in an imprint on the duodenum at the level of the SMA. The most noteworthy of these conditions is scleroderma. Other conditions that can cause reduced duodenal peristalsis include diabetes, pancreatitis, dermatomyositis, lupus erythematosus, myxedema, and amyloidosis.11
It is important to distinguish SMA syndrome from SMA-like syndromes for several reasons.12 SMA-like syndromes result in loss of normal peristalsis. Further, the conditions have different outcomes, even though they are managed similarly initially, ie, with rehydration and parenteral nutrition. Surgery is to be avoided if possible in conditions that affect widespread areas of the intestine, such as scleroderma or diabetic neuropathy.
3. Which of the following is helpful in confirming SMA syndrome?
- CT of the abdomen
- Upper GI radiography series
- Upper GI endoscopy
All three can help confirm the diagnosis.
CT of the abdomen is a convenient, safe, rapid, readily available, and relatively noninvasive way to evaluate the aortomesenteric angle and to view retroperitoneal and mesenteric fat.13 Rehydration before injecting intravenous dye is important to avoid precipitating renal failure. In this patient, CT findings that helped make the diagnosis included a narrow aortomesenteric angle, compression of the duodenum, and a paucity of fat around the SMA.
An upper GI series can reveal dilation of the first and second portions of the duodenum and abrupt compression of the duodenal mucosal folds. Other findings can include a delay of 4 to 6 hours in gastroduodenal transit and relief of the obstruction when the patient is in the left lateral decubitus position. The Hayes maneuver refers to the disappearance of these radiologic features in the knee-chest position on cinefluoroscopy.14 The findings mentioned above are best noted in the supine position on both radiography and CT.
Endoscopy is necessary to rule out mechanical causes of duodenal obstruction. A pulsatile extrinsic compression suggests this condition but is found only occasionally.
Other imaging studies, such as ultrasonography, arteriography, and hypotonic duodenography, are used less often.
4. At this time, which of the following would be the most appropriate initial treatment in this patient?
- Conservative treatment
- Narcotics
- Duodenojejunostomy
Conservative treatment is indicated initially in all cases of SMA syndrome.15 This involves reversing precipitating factors and replacing fluid, electrolytes, and nutrition via total parenteral nutrition and nasogastric decompression.
To avoid keeping the patient on intravenous therapy for a prolonged time, it is important to start enteral feeding once the pain has subsided and the patient can tolerate it. A double-lumen nasojejunal tube is passed distal to the obstruction under fluoroscopic guidance. During feedings, the patient should be in the modified knee-chest, prone, or leftside-down position, all of which increase the aortomesenteric angle.
Delaying the treatment of SMA syndrome can increase the risk of morbidity and mortality by progressive malnutrition, dehydration, oliguria, electrolyte abnormalities (eg, hypokalemia), or intestinal perforation from prolonged ischemia.16,17
Narcotics and other drugs known to slow gut motility should be avoided.
Symptoms typically improve after restoration of normal body weight. If conservative treatment fails, or if the case is severe or chronic, surgery is required.18 Fortunately, this is not required often.
Duodenojejunostomy is the most common surgical treatment and involves creation of an alternate route between the duodenum and the jejunum, bypassing the compression between the aorta and the SMA. Other procedures include gastrojejunostomy, laparoscopic duodenojejunostomy, 19 a Roux-en-Y procedure, robotically assisted duodenojejunostomy, and anterior transposition of the third portion of the duodenum. Cleavage of the ligament of Treitz is another option, enabling the duodenum to drop away from the apex of the sharpened aortomesenteric angle.
WHEN TO CONSIDER SMA SYNDROME
The SMA syndrome is an uncommon cause of a very common presenting symptom, ie, abdominal pain. Nevertheless, it should be considered in the differential diagnosis of abdominal pain, especially in patients who have conditions that cause significant weight loss, such as anorexia nervosa, malabsorption, or hypercatabolic states such as burns, major surgery, severe injuries, or malignancies. The diagnosis is based on a thorough history and on supportive findings from CT and endoscopy.
In our patient, weight loss began with nonspecific diarrhea but perpetuated itself as SMA syndrome occurred.
Appropriate management consists of interrupting the cycle of weight loss and secondary upper gut obstruction. For patients in whom more definitive therapy is not feasible, a gastrostomy tube for decompression with a jejunal extension available for feeding appears to be a reasonable and safe treatment option. Duodenojejunostomy is considered the procedure of choice in severe cases.
CASE CONCLUDED
Fortunately, our patient responded well to conservative management. She was treated with intravenous hydration and correction of electrolytes and 10 days later was able to tolerate a soft diet. She was discharged in stable condition. At a follow-up visit 2 weeks later, she reported minimal abdominal discomfort, was able to tolerate meals, and had gained a few pounds. She continues to do well.
- Iovino P, Ciacci C, Sabbatini F, Acioli DM, D'Argenio G, Mazzacca G. Esophageal impairment in adult celiac disease with steatorrhea. Am J Gastroenterol 1998; 93:1243–1249.
- Loftus EV. Upper gastrointestinal tract Crohn’s disease. Clin Perspect Gastroenterol 2002; 5:188–191.
- Zapata-Colindres JC, Zepeda-Gómez S, Montaño-Loza A, Vázquez-Ballesteros E, de Jesús Villalobos J, Valdovinos-Andraca F. The association of Helicobacter pylori infection and nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs in peptic ulcer disease. Can J Gastroenterol 2006; 20:277–280.
- Milos G, Spindler A, Schnyder U, Fairburn CG. Instability of eating disorder diagnoses: prospective study. Br J Psychiatry 2005; 187:573–578.
- Wilkie DP. Chronic duodenal ileus. Br J Surg 1921; 9:204–214.
- Ozkurt H, Cenker MM, Bas N, Erturk SM, Basak M. Measurement of the distance and angle between the aorta and superior mesenteric artery: normal values in different BMI categories. Surg Radiol Anat 2007; 29:595–599.
- Lippl F, Hannig C, Weiss W, Allescher HD, Classen M, Kurjak M. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome: diagnosis and treatment from the gastroenterologist's view. J Gastroenterol 2002; 37:640–643.
- Balthazar EJ. George W. Holmes Lecture. CT of small-bowel obstruction. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1994; 162:255–261.
- Chang JB, Stein TA. Mesenteric ischemia: acute and chronic. Ann Vasc Surg 2003; 17:323–328.
- Gondos B. Duodenal compression defect and the “superior mesenteric artery syndrome” 1. Radiology 1977; 123:575–580.
- Cohen LB, Field SP, Sachar DB. The superior mesenteric artery syndrome. The disease that isn't, or is it? J Clin Gastroenterol 1985; 7:113–716.
- Ahmed AR, Taylor I. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome. Postgrad Med J 1997; 73:776–778.
- Santer R, Young C, Rossi T, Riddlesberger MM. Computed tomography in superior mesenteric artery syndrome. Pediatr Radiol 1991; 21:154–155.
- Lukes PJ, Rolny P, Nilson AE, Gamklou R, Darle N, Dotevall G. Diagnostic value of hypotonic duodenography in superior mesenteric artery syndrome. Acta Chir Scand 1978; 144:39–43.
- Dietz UA, Debus ES, Heuko-Valiati L, et al. Aorto-mesenteric artery compression syndrome. Chirurg 2000; 71:1345–1351.
- Lim JE, Duke GL, Eachempati SR. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome presenting with acute massive gastric dilatation, gastric wall pneumatosis, and portal venous gas. Surgery 2003; 134:840–843.
- Fuhrman MA, Felig DM, Tanchel ME. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome with obstructing duodenal bezoar. Gastrointest Endosc 2003; 57:387.
- Hines JR, Gore RM, Ballantyne GH. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome. Diagnostic criteria and therapeutic approaches. Am J Surg 1984; 148:630–632.
- Gersin KS, Heniford BT. Laparoscopic duodenojejunostomy for treatment of superior mesenteric artery syndrome. JSLS 1998; 2:281–284.
- Iovino P, Ciacci C, Sabbatini F, Acioli DM, D'Argenio G, Mazzacca G. Esophageal impairment in adult celiac disease with steatorrhea. Am J Gastroenterol 1998; 93:1243–1249.
- Loftus EV. Upper gastrointestinal tract Crohn’s disease. Clin Perspect Gastroenterol 2002; 5:188–191.
- Zapata-Colindres JC, Zepeda-Gómez S, Montaño-Loza A, Vázquez-Ballesteros E, de Jesús Villalobos J, Valdovinos-Andraca F. The association of Helicobacter pylori infection and nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs in peptic ulcer disease. Can J Gastroenterol 2006; 20:277–280.
- Milos G, Spindler A, Schnyder U, Fairburn CG. Instability of eating disorder diagnoses: prospective study. Br J Psychiatry 2005; 187:573–578.
- Wilkie DP. Chronic duodenal ileus. Br J Surg 1921; 9:204–214.
- Ozkurt H, Cenker MM, Bas N, Erturk SM, Basak M. Measurement of the distance and angle between the aorta and superior mesenteric artery: normal values in different BMI categories. Surg Radiol Anat 2007; 29:595–599.
- Lippl F, Hannig C, Weiss W, Allescher HD, Classen M, Kurjak M. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome: diagnosis and treatment from the gastroenterologist's view. J Gastroenterol 2002; 37:640–643.
- Balthazar EJ. George W. Holmes Lecture. CT of small-bowel obstruction. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1994; 162:255–261.
- Chang JB, Stein TA. Mesenteric ischemia: acute and chronic. Ann Vasc Surg 2003; 17:323–328.
- Gondos B. Duodenal compression defect and the “superior mesenteric artery syndrome” 1. Radiology 1977; 123:575–580.
- Cohen LB, Field SP, Sachar DB. The superior mesenteric artery syndrome. The disease that isn't, or is it? J Clin Gastroenterol 1985; 7:113–716.
- Ahmed AR, Taylor I. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome. Postgrad Med J 1997; 73:776–778.
- Santer R, Young C, Rossi T, Riddlesberger MM. Computed tomography in superior mesenteric artery syndrome. Pediatr Radiol 1991; 21:154–155.
- Lukes PJ, Rolny P, Nilson AE, Gamklou R, Darle N, Dotevall G. Diagnostic value of hypotonic duodenography in superior mesenteric artery syndrome. Acta Chir Scand 1978; 144:39–43.
- Dietz UA, Debus ES, Heuko-Valiati L, et al. Aorto-mesenteric artery compression syndrome. Chirurg 2000; 71:1345–1351.
- Lim JE, Duke GL, Eachempati SR. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome presenting with acute massive gastric dilatation, gastric wall pneumatosis, and portal venous gas. Surgery 2003; 134:840–843.
- Fuhrman MA, Felig DM, Tanchel ME. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome with obstructing duodenal bezoar. Gastrointest Endosc 2003; 57:387.
- Hines JR, Gore RM, Ballantyne GH. Superior mesenteric artery syndrome. Diagnostic criteria and therapeutic approaches. Am J Surg 1984; 148:630–632.
- Gersin KS, Heniford BT. Laparoscopic duodenojejunostomy for treatment of superior mesenteric artery syndrome. JSLS 1998; 2:281–284.
Myelodysplastic syndromes: A practical approach to diagnosis and treatment
Myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS) are a heterogeneous group of disorders of blood cell production in the bone marrow that can transform into acute myeloid leukemia (AML).1,2 They are diagnosed most often in the elderly.
Primary care physicians and geriatricians tend to be the first to identify the problem, as they recognize that cytopenias are not simply a normal consequence of aging.
MDS are considered to be cancers, akin to chronic leukemia or acute leukemia, with epidemiologic data tracked by national cancer registries and the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, under the auspices of the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER) program.3
In this article, we briefly review the classification of MDS, current epidemiologic data, key diagnostic features, and current management options.
WHEN TO SUSPECT MDS
In many patients, MDS are asymptomatic and appear as an abnormality on a routine complete blood cell count (CBC) or as part of a workup for anemia. Symptoms develop as the bone marrow’s ability to produce normal-functioning blood cells is more and more compromised. The range of symptoms depends on the bone marrow cell type affected.
Patients with MDS typically have some degree of anemia, often detected incidentally on a routine CBC, or they have symptoms stemming from anemia or thrombocytopenia, or have recurrent infections.
Subtypes of MDS have different pathologic and clinical presentations and different prognoses. They are often categorized as lower-risk or higher-risk, depending on the likelihood of transforming to AML. Patients with lower-risk MDS survive a median of 3 to 7 years. Higher-risk types are pathobiologically similar to AML in older adults, and patients either develop AML or die of complications of MDS, on average within 1.5 years.
Several classification schemes and prognostic models guide the selection of the most appropriate therapy.
Older age and comorbidities such as coronary artery disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and chronic kidney disease make MDS more difficult to manage and worsen the prognosis.4
MOST PATIENTS ARE OLDER
Only since 2001, when MDS became reportable to SEER,3,5 has the epidemiology of MDS been reported in the United States.
MDS are currently diagnosed in an estimated 3.4 per 100,000 US citizens yearly.
The incidence rate increased from 3.28 per 100,000 per year in 2001 to 3.56 per 100,000 in 2004.5 The increase has been attributed to enhanced awareness of the disease and to the aging of the population, with the number of people age 65 or older in the United States expected to double from the year 2000 to 2030. Another factor is that effective therapies are now available, possibly making hematologists and oncologists more likely to pursue the diagnosis.
These numbers translate to 10,000 to 15,000 new cases annually, and given the life expectancy of patients affected by this disease (and the life-extending treatments for it), an estimated 30,000 to 60,000 Americans living with MDS.6,7
Even though MDS can occur at any age, most patients are older. The median age at diagnosis is 71 years,3,5,8 and 72% of patients are age 70 or older.3 The prevalence increases with age, to a rate of 36 per 100,000 in those age 80 and older.9 However, in areas of East Asia, it occurs at ages almost 2 decades younger than in the rest of the world.5
MDS are more common in men than in women and in whites than in blacks. Smoking appears to increase the risk, but alcohol consumption does not.10
About 10% of cases of MDS are secondary, most often due to radiation treatment or chemotherapy (particularly with alkylating agents and topoisomerase inhibitors) for cancer. The time from treatment of a primary malignancy (most often prostate, breast, bladder, lung, or non-Hodgkin lymphoma) to the development of MDS is about 5 years.5 A small number of cases are due to occupational exposure to radiation or benzene or other organic solvents, as might occur in the rubber industry (see below). Secondary MDS have a worse prognosis than primary (de novo) MDS.
GENETIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
The cause of de novo MDS is not known. Genetic and environmental factors probably both play a role. The lower median age at diagnosis in Eastern countries such as Japan than in the United States suggests that environmental factors11 such as smoking, ionizing radiation, and benzene exposure play a role.12,13 Some epidemiologic evidence suggests a higher incidence of MDS after exposure to solvents, hair dyes, and pesticides.13
Congenital conditions such as Down syndrome, Fanconi anemia, and Bloom syndrome are associated with MDS. Those affected usually present at an earlier age,13 suggesting a “multiple-hit” mechanism of cancer development with genetic and environmental factors. MDS rarely run in families.
SYMPTOMS ARE OFTEN NONSPECIFIC
Symptoms of MDS are often vague and nonspecific, and the diagnosis is often made during a workup for anemia, thrombocytopenia, or neutropenia discovered on a CBC. If present, signs and symptoms depend on the blood and bone marrow cell types that are affected.
When erythrocytes are affected (the most common situation), patients present with signs of anemia, including pallor, pale conjunctiva, tachycardia, hypotension, fatigue, headache, and exercise intolerance, or with signs and symptoms of a worsening underlying condition such as angina pectoris, heart failure, or emphysema.
When platelets or neutrophils are affected. Fewer than 20% of patients present with symptoms of isolated thrombocytopenia such as minor bleeding (eg, mucosal bleeding, petechiae, easy bruising, epistaxis) or major bleeding (eg, gastrointestinal bleeding, intracranial hemorrhage) or of isolated neutropenia (eg, fatigue, frequent bacterial infections of different organs systems).
Splenomegaly and lymphadenopathy are uncommon in MDS and, if detected, should raise suspicion of a myeloproliferative or lymphoproliferative neoplasm.
LABORATORY TESTS NEEDED
Complete blood cell count
Once the common causes of patient’s symptoms are evaluated, a CBC is needed to look for a hematologic cause. If a patient is ultimately determined to have MDS, anemia is the most common finding on the CBC: about 80% of patients with MDS are anemic at presentation. 6
Anemia associated with MDS can be microcytic, normocytic, or, most commonly, macrocytic. 14 Thrombocytopenia and neutropenia can be solitary or associated with anemia, and they are seen in about 40% of patients at the time of diagnosis.6 As the disease progresses, the degree of cytopenia worsens and, in most cases, preserved cell lineages are eventually affected.
Once cytopenia is discovered, a workup for the cause is needed. We emphasize a workup first for anemia, as it is the most common form of cytopenia in MDS. A workup for isolated thrombocytopenia or neutropenia usually requires a bone marrow examination earlier in the course, and we will discuss it only briefly here. Multilineage cytopenia almost always suggests abnormal bone marrow function and can be the basis for referral to a hematologist or oncologist.
Evaluation of anemia
If anemia is detected, it is reasonable to look for nonhematologic causes such as gastrointestinal bleeding, a cardiac cause, or a nutritional deficiency.
Anemia has a variety of possible hematologic causes, as shown in a study in the United States.15 When blood samples were collected from more than 2,000 people age 65 and older, 10.6% were found to have anemia, categorized as follows:
- Nutrient-deficiency anemia, related to low levels of vitamin B12, folate, or more commonly iron
- Anemia of chronic inflammation (formerly anemia of chronic disease, associated with a major medical disorder)
- Unexplained anemia (of those with unexplained anemia, 17.4% had blood findings compatible with MDS).15
- Tests for nutrient deficiencies such as iron, vitamin B12, and folate levels. Subsequent tests can include assessment for copper deficiencies. Vitamin B12 and copper deficiency can mimic MDS.
- Fecal occult blood testing, and, if positive, further evaluation for a source of gastrointestinal bleeding.
- Liver function tests, renal function tests, and tests for endocrine disorders, such as thyroid function tests.
- Review of drugs that can cause megaloblastoid erythropoiesis, such as methotrexate (Trexall), valproic acid (Depakote), phenytoin (Dilantin), phenobarbital (Luminal), sulfasalazine (Sulfazine), and zidovudine (Retrovir).
- Assesment of the responsiveness of the bone marrow to anemia, via a reticulocyte count or an erythropoietin level, or both, prior to any blood transfusion.
- Screening for relevant infections, including human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis, or, in rare cases, parvovirus.
- Screening for lifestyle factors that may result in bone marrow suppression, such as excessive alcohol intake.
Evaluation of other cytopenias
In cases of isolated thrombocytopenia or combined bicytopenia (eg, anemia and thrombocytopenia), abdominal ultrasonography should be done to evaluate for splenomegaly.
Blood tests to evaluate for immune-mediated cytopenias, including idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura and hemolytic anemia, include the direct and indirect Coombs antiglobulin tests, the lactate dehydrogenase level, the reticulocyte count, and the haptoglobin level. Other immune-mediated causes of cytopenia include connective tissue disorders and vasculitides, and an antinuclear antibody titer and rheumatoid factor level can also be considered.
Referral if tests are negative
If all these tests are negative, the next step is referral to a hematologist-oncologist for further workup, which may include a review of the peripheral blood smear; bone marrow aspiration and biopsy for evaluation of iron stores and bone marrow cellularity; and specialized tests such as assessment of antiplatelet antibodies, protein electrophoresis, or fluorescence in situ hybridization to evaluate for specific clonal disorders. The purpose of bone marrow aspiration and biopsy in MDS is to evaluate the morphology of the bone marrow and the patient’s cytogenetic profile. Each has its prognostic and therapeutic implications.
SCORING SYSTEMS FOR MDS, RATHER THAN STAGING SYSTEMS
The purpose of classification systems for any medical condition is to uniformly evaluate and group patients with a disease subtype to compare patient populations similarly throughout the world, to predict prognosis, and to dictate therapeutic directions.
MDS have two main classification systems, the FAB (French-American-British) and the WHO (World Health Organization). Revised in 2008,16 the WHO classification (Table 2, not available online)17 is widely accepted because it incorporates morphologic and cytogenetic factors and correlates with prognosis.18 The categories are distinguished by specific characteristics of peripheral blood and bone marrow.
Unlike many other cancers, MDS are not “staged.” Rather, prognostic systems have been devised to predict the risk of transformation to AML and to predict overall survival. These systems are based on:
- The number of myeloblasts in the bone marrow (the higher the count, the worse the prognosis)
- The number or degree of cytopenias
- Cytogenetic abnormalities (acquired genetic abnormalities in the neoplastic clone), found in about half of patients with MDS.19
The most widely used prognostic systems are the International Prognostic Scoring System (Table 3, not available online)2 and the WPSS (WHO Classification-based Prognostic Scoring System1). The latter system encorporates transfusion burden.
SUPPORTIVE CARE
Supportive care includes transfusion of blood products to minimize complications of cytopenias and to improve quality of life, as well as antibiotics to treat active infections.
Transfusions
Almost all patients with MDS need red cell transfusions at some point, while fewer need platelets. The frequency of transfusion depends on the extent of the disease and on comorbidities.
Red blood cells typically are given when the hemoglobin level falls below 8.5 g/dL, and platelets are given when the platelet count is below 100 × 109/L, in the absence of symptoms. Patients with symptomatic anemia should receive transfusion to relieve their symptoms. Some patients need transfusions occasionally, while others are transfusion-dependent.
Iron chelation
Blood product transfusions can lead to iron overload, particularly with a lifetime administration of more than 20 units, or with a year of continuous transfusions, and this is associated with diminished survival.20
However, considering the short survival of patients with MDS, the benefit of iron chelation is debatable. This intervention should be reserved for patients with lower-risk disease who are expected to survive more than 1 year and who have received more than 25 units of packed red blood cells.21
Antibiotics
Neutropenia is defined as an absolute neutrophil count less than 1.5 × 109/L. The risk of infection, particularly bacterial infection, is significantly increased when the neutrophil count is below 0.5 × 109/L. Fever (temperature > 100.4°F or 38.0°C) in neutropenic patients is an emergency, requiring hospitalization and immediate initiation of broad-spectrum antibiotics along with a workup for the cause of the fever.22 Prophylactic antibiotics have no proven role in MDS patients with neutropenia.
TREATMENT OF LOWER-RISK DISEASE
Erythropoiesis-stimulating agents
Once a patient starts to require red blood cell transfusions, an erythropoiesis-stimulating agent (EPA) can be considered.23,24 These include recombinant agents such as erythropoietin (Procrit) and darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp).
Response is measured as an improvement in hemoglobin or as independence from transfusions in those previously dependent on them. Patients most likely to respond are those whose pretransfusion erythropoietin level is below 100 IU/L and who have minimal transfusion needs.25,26 Addition of a colony-stimulating factor can be considered for patients with neutropenia. On average, about 40% of patients ultimately respond to an EPA, but those who respond eventually develop resistance to the agent. Retrospective data indicate that use of EPAs may improve survival in MDS.23,24
The recommended threshold hemoglobin level for starting an EPA is less than 10 g/dL. Patients need to be monitored with a CBC every time they receive treatment. The agent should be stopped once the hemoglobin level reaches 12 g/dL. A number of studies have shown lower survival rates when ESAs are used in nonhematologic malignancies, particularly if the malignancy is advanced and when the ESA is used to achieve a goal hemoglobin above 12 g/dL. There are no data to suggest a higher death rate in patients with hematologic malignancies who take ESAs. The use of ESAs in MDS patients should be judicious, however, and titrated to a goal hemoglobin level no higher than 12 g/dL.27
Other treatments
If ESA treatment is ineffective, other treatments may be considered, usually initiated by a hematologist or medical oncologist.
Immunosuppressive therapy with antithymocyte globulin (Thymoglobulin)28 is an option for patients with hypocellular or immune-mediated MDS. This treatment may decrease the need for transfusion and may improve the blood count.
Lenalidomide (Revlimid) for MDS with isolated chromosome 5q deletion29 can decrease the need for blood transfusion in approximately two-thirds of these patients.
Azacitidine (Vidaza) or decitabine (Dacogen), in patients with more advanced subtypes of MDS (eg, those with excess blasts) or with pancytopenia unresponsive to other therapies, can induce hematologic improvement and decrease transfusion dependence, as well as prolong survival.
Stem cell transplantation, for patients with more advanced subtypes of MDS and who have an appropriately matched donor, has the potential of being curative.
Experimental treatments are available in clinical trials.
TREATMENT OF HIGHER-RISK DISEASE
About 25% of patients with newly diagnosed MDS and 15% to 20% of patients with established MDS have higher-risk disease.30 These patients should almost always be followed by a hematologist or medical oncologist, with therapy initiated immediately, regardless of blood counts, given the high likelihood of transformation to AML or death within 1.5 years.
The treatment options for higher-risk disease include:
- Methyltransferase inhibitors such as azacitidine and decitabine31–34
- Cytotoxic chemotherapy (similar to treatment of acute myeloid leukemia)
- Bone marrow-hematopoeitic stem cell transplantation35,36
- Experimental treatments in clinical trials.
As mentioned earlier, outside of transplantation, only azacitidine has been shown to improve overall survival (with a doubling of survival at 2 years, to 50%), and no drug therapy is curative. Managing patient expectations for treatment outcome is thus crucial in higher-risk disease, and ongoing assessments of quality of life, both on or off therapy, should be considered obligatory.
Stem cell transplantation cures MDS
MDS are complex and heterogeneous, so treatment options range from supportive care to chemotherapy and allogeneic stem cell transplantation.6 The choice depends on the severity of disease, ie, lower-risk or higherrisk (Table 3, not available online), as well as on the prognosis, the availability of therapeutic options, and the patient’s expectations.
Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation is the only curative treatment for MDS. However, it is performed in fewer than 5% of patients,30 usually younger patients with few comorbidities, because the rate of transplantrelated death is high. Therefore, most treatments are palliative, aimed at improving the quality of life and prolonging survival.
The balance between risks and benefits of these treatments must be justifiable.30 Further, patients who have no symptoms or who have lower-risk disease need no treatment and may not for years. However, they do need close follow-up, because their symptoms will worsen and will eventually require treatment.
TAKE-HOME POINTS
- Myelodysplastic syndromes are more prevalent than previously realized. Mainly a disease of older adults, they should be suspected in any patient with unexplained cytopenia.
- Life expectancy at the time of diagnosis depends on the types of cells affected.
- Supportive and disease-altering options are available.
- Prompt referral to a hematologist or oncologist is important for confirmation of the diagnosis and initiation of an appropriate treatment plan. Patients with lower-risk disease can continue follow-up with their primary care provider once treatment goals and plans are established.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We thank Dr. Karl Theil of the Cleveland Clinic Department of Clinical Pathology for the photomicrographs used on the cover.
- Malcovati L, Nimer SD. Myelodysplastic syndromes: diagnosis and staging. Cancer Control 2008; 15 (suppl 4):4–13.
- Greenberg P, Cox C, LeBeau MM, et al. International scoring system for evaluating prognosis in myelodysplastic syndromes. Blood 1997; 89:2079–2088.
- Rollison DE, Howlader N, Smith MT, et al. Epidemiology of myelodysplastic syndromes and chronic myeloproliferative disorders in the United States, 2001–2004, using data from the NAACCR and SEER programs. Blood 2008; 112:45–52.
- Lichtman MA, Rowe JM. The relationship of patient age to the pathobiology of the clonal myeloid diseases. Semin Oncol 2004; 31:185–197.
- Ma X, Does M, Raza A, Mayne ST. Myelodysplastic syndromes: incidence and survival in the United States. Cancer 2007; 109:1536–1542.
- Steensma DP, Bennett JM. The myelodysplastic syndromes: diagnosis and treatment. Mayo Clin Proc 2006; 81:104–130.
- The MDS Foundation. http://www.mds-foundation.org/. Accessed August 27, 2009.
- Sekeres M, Cosgrove D, Falco A. Managing patients with low-risk MDS. Clin Adv Hematol Oncol 2006; 4( 7 suppl 16):1–10.
- Sandhu SK, Sekeres MA. Myelodysplastic syndromes: more prevalent than we know. Geriatrics 2008; 63:10–17.
- Strom SS, Gu Y, Gruschkus SK, Pierce SA, Estey EH. Risk factors of myelodysplastic syndromes: a case-control study. Leukemia 2005; 19:1912–1918.
- Kuendgen A, Matsuda A, Germing U. Differences in epidemiology of MDS between Western and Eastern countries: Ethnic differences or environmental influence? Leuk Res 2007; 31:103–104.
- Bjork J, Johansson B, Broberg K, Albin M. Smoking as a risk factor for myelodysplastic syndromes and acute myeloid leukemia and its relation to cytogenetic findings: a case-control study. Leuk Res 2009; 33:788–791.
- Germing U, Aul C, Niemeyer CM, Haas R, Bennett JM. Epidemiology, classification and prognosis of adults and children with myelodysplastic syndromes. Ann Hematol 2008; 87:691–699.
- Juneja SK, Imbert M, Jouault H, Scoazec JY, Sigaux F, Sultan C. Haematological features of primary myelodysplastic syndromes (PMDS) at initial presentation: a study of 118 cases. J Clin Pathol 1983; 36:1129–1135.
- Guralnik JM, Eisenstaedt RS, Ferrucci L, Klein HG, Woodman RC. Prevalence of anemia in persons 65 years and older in the United States: evidence for a high rate of unexplained anemia. Blood 2004; 104:2263–2268.
- Swerdlow SH, Campo E, Harris NL, et al. International Agency for Research on Cancer, World Health Organization. WHO Classification of Tumours of Haematopoietic and Lymphoid Tissues, 4th ed. International Agency for Research on Cancer: Lyon, France; 2008.
- Vardiman JW, Thiele J, Arber DA, et al. The 2008 revision of the World Health Organization (WHO) classification of myeloid neoplasms and acute leukemia: rationale and important changes. Blood 2009; 114:937–951.
- Bennett JM. A comparative review of classification systems in myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS). Semin Oncol 2005; 32( 4 suppl 5):S3–S10.
- Haase D. Cytogenetic features in myelodysplastic syndromes. Ann Hematol 2008; 87:515–526.
- Malcovati L, Della Porta MG, Cazzola M. Predicting survival and leukemic evolution in patients with myelodysplastic syndrome. Haematologica 2006; 91:1588–1590.
- Bowen D, Culligan D, Jowitt S, et al. Guidelines for the diagnosis and therapy of adult myelodysplastic syndromes. Br J Haematol 2003; 120:187–200.
- Segal BH, Freifeld AG, Baden LR, et al. Prevention and treatment of cancer-related infections. J Natl Compr Canc Netw 2008; 6:122–174.
- Golshayan AR, Jin T, Maciejewski J, et al. Efficacy of growth factors compared to other therapies for low-risk myelodysplastic syndromes. Br J Haematol 2007; 137:125–132.
- Jadersten M, Malcovati L, Dybedal I, et al. Erythropoietin and granulocyte-colony stimulating factor treatment associated with improved survival in myelodysplastic syndrome. J Clin Oncol 2008; 26:3607–3613.
- Hellstrom-Lindberg E, Gulbrandsen N, Lindberg G, et al; Scandinavian MDS Group. A validated decision model for treating the anaemia of myelodysplastic syndromes with erythropoietin + granulocyte colony-stimulating factor: significant effects on quality of life. Br J Haematol 2003; 120:1037–1046.
- Cheson BD, Greenberg PL, Bennett JM, et al. Clinical application and proposal for modification of the International Working Group (IWG) response criteria in myelodysplasia. Blood 2006; 108:419–425.
- ARANESP Prescribing Information. http://pi.amgen.com/united_states/aranesp/ckd/aranesp_pi_hcp_english.pdf. Accessed August 28, 2009.
- Molldrem JJ, Leifer E, Bahceci E, et al. Antithymocyte globulin for treatment of the bone marrow failure associated with myelodysplastic syndromes. Ann Intern Med 2002; 137:156–163.
- List A, Dewald G, Bennett J, et al; Myelodysplastic Syndrome-003 Study Investigators. Lenalidomide in the myelodysplastic syndrome with chromosome 5q deletion. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:1456–1465.
- Sekeres MA, Schoonen WM, Kantarjian H, et al. Characteristics of US patients with myelodysplastic syndromes: results of six crosssectional physician surveys. J Natl Cancer Inst 2008; 100:1542–1551.
- Stone R, Sekeres M, Garcia-Manero G, Lyons RM. Recent advances in low-and intermediate-1-risk myelodysplastic syndrome: developing a consensus for optimal therapy. Clin Adv Hematol Oncol 2008; 6:1–15.
- Kantarjian H, Issa JP, Rosenfeld CS, et al. Decitabine improves patient outcomes in myelodysplastic syndromes: results of a phase III randomized study. Cancer 2006; 106:1794–1803.
- Fenaux P, Mufti GJ, Hellstrom-Lindberg E, et al; International Vidaza High-Risk MDS Survival Study Group. Efficacy of azacitidine compared with that of conventional care regimens in the treatment of higher-risk myelodysplastic syndromes: a randomised, open-label, phase III study. Lancet Oncol 2009; 10:223–232.
- Silverman LR, Demakos EP, Peterson BL, et al. Randomized controlled trial of azacitidine in patients with the myelodysplastic syndrome: a study of the cancer and leukemia group B. J Clin Oncol 2002; 20:2429–2440.
- Giralt S. Bone marrow transplant in myelodysplastic syndromes: new technologies, same questions. Curr Hematol Rep 2005; 4:200–207.
- Cutler CS, Lee SJ, Greenberg P, et al. A decision analysis of allogeneic bone marrow transplantation for the myelodysplastic syndromes: delayed transplantation for low-risk myelodysplasia is associated with improved outcome. Blood 2004; 104:579–585.
Myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS) are a heterogeneous group of disorders of blood cell production in the bone marrow that can transform into acute myeloid leukemia (AML).1,2 They are diagnosed most often in the elderly.
Primary care physicians and geriatricians tend to be the first to identify the problem, as they recognize that cytopenias are not simply a normal consequence of aging.
MDS are considered to be cancers, akin to chronic leukemia or acute leukemia, with epidemiologic data tracked by national cancer registries and the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, under the auspices of the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER) program.3
In this article, we briefly review the classification of MDS, current epidemiologic data, key diagnostic features, and current management options.
WHEN TO SUSPECT MDS
In many patients, MDS are asymptomatic and appear as an abnormality on a routine complete blood cell count (CBC) or as part of a workup for anemia. Symptoms develop as the bone marrow’s ability to produce normal-functioning blood cells is more and more compromised. The range of symptoms depends on the bone marrow cell type affected.
Patients with MDS typically have some degree of anemia, often detected incidentally on a routine CBC, or they have symptoms stemming from anemia or thrombocytopenia, or have recurrent infections.
Subtypes of MDS have different pathologic and clinical presentations and different prognoses. They are often categorized as lower-risk or higher-risk, depending on the likelihood of transforming to AML. Patients with lower-risk MDS survive a median of 3 to 7 years. Higher-risk types are pathobiologically similar to AML in older adults, and patients either develop AML or die of complications of MDS, on average within 1.5 years.
Several classification schemes and prognostic models guide the selection of the most appropriate therapy.
Older age and comorbidities such as coronary artery disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and chronic kidney disease make MDS more difficult to manage and worsen the prognosis.4
MOST PATIENTS ARE OLDER
Only since 2001, when MDS became reportable to SEER,3,5 has the epidemiology of MDS been reported in the United States.
MDS are currently diagnosed in an estimated 3.4 per 100,000 US citizens yearly.
The incidence rate increased from 3.28 per 100,000 per year in 2001 to 3.56 per 100,000 in 2004.5 The increase has been attributed to enhanced awareness of the disease and to the aging of the population, with the number of people age 65 or older in the United States expected to double from the year 2000 to 2030. Another factor is that effective therapies are now available, possibly making hematologists and oncologists more likely to pursue the diagnosis.
These numbers translate to 10,000 to 15,000 new cases annually, and given the life expectancy of patients affected by this disease (and the life-extending treatments for it), an estimated 30,000 to 60,000 Americans living with MDS.6,7
Even though MDS can occur at any age, most patients are older. The median age at diagnosis is 71 years,3,5,8 and 72% of patients are age 70 or older.3 The prevalence increases with age, to a rate of 36 per 100,000 in those age 80 and older.9 However, in areas of East Asia, it occurs at ages almost 2 decades younger than in the rest of the world.5
MDS are more common in men than in women and in whites than in blacks. Smoking appears to increase the risk, but alcohol consumption does not.10
About 10% of cases of MDS are secondary, most often due to radiation treatment or chemotherapy (particularly with alkylating agents and topoisomerase inhibitors) for cancer. The time from treatment of a primary malignancy (most often prostate, breast, bladder, lung, or non-Hodgkin lymphoma) to the development of MDS is about 5 years.5 A small number of cases are due to occupational exposure to radiation or benzene or other organic solvents, as might occur in the rubber industry (see below). Secondary MDS have a worse prognosis than primary (de novo) MDS.
GENETIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
The cause of de novo MDS is not known. Genetic and environmental factors probably both play a role. The lower median age at diagnosis in Eastern countries such as Japan than in the United States suggests that environmental factors11 such as smoking, ionizing radiation, and benzene exposure play a role.12,13 Some epidemiologic evidence suggests a higher incidence of MDS after exposure to solvents, hair dyes, and pesticides.13
Congenital conditions such as Down syndrome, Fanconi anemia, and Bloom syndrome are associated with MDS. Those affected usually present at an earlier age,13 suggesting a “multiple-hit” mechanism of cancer development with genetic and environmental factors. MDS rarely run in families.
SYMPTOMS ARE OFTEN NONSPECIFIC
Symptoms of MDS are often vague and nonspecific, and the diagnosis is often made during a workup for anemia, thrombocytopenia, or neutropenia discovered on a CBC. If present, signs and symptoms depend on the blood and bone marrow cell types that are affected.
When erythrocytes are affected (the most common situation), patients present with signs of anemia, including pallor, pale conjunctiva, tachycardia, hypotension, fatigue, headache, and exercise intolerance, or with signs and symptoms of a worsening underlying condition such as angina pectoris, heart failure, or emphysema.
When platelets or neutrophils are affected. Fewer than 20% of patients present with symptoms of isolated thrombocytopenia such as minor bleeding (eg, mucosal bleeding, petechiae, easy bruising, epistaxis) or major bleeding (eg, gastrointestinal bleeding, intracranial hemorrhage) or of isolated neutropenia (eg, fatigue, frequent bacterial infections of different organs systems).
Splenomegaly and lymphadenopathy are uncommon in MDS and, if detected, should raise suspicion of a myeloproliferative or lymphoproliferative neoplasm.
LABORATORY TESTS NEEDED
Complete blood cell count
Once the common causes of patient’s symptoms are evaluated, a CBC is needed to look for a hematologic cause. If a patient is ultimately determined to have MDS, anemia is the most common finding on the CBC: about 80% of patients with MDS are anemic at presentation. 6
Anemia associated with MDS can be microcytic, normocytic, or, most commonly, macrocytic. 14 Thrombocytopenia and neutropenia can be solitary or associated with anemia, and they are seen in about 40% of patients at the time of diagnosis.6 As the disease progresses, the degree of cytopenia worsens and, in most cases, preserved cell lineages are eventually affected.
Once cytopenia is discovered, a workup for the cause is needed. We emphasize a workup first for anemia, as it is the most common form of cytopenia in MDS. A workup for isolated thrombocytopenia or neutropenia usually requires a bone marrow examination earlier in the course, and we will discuss it only briefly here. Multilineage cytopenia almost always suggests abnormal bone marrow function and can be the basis for referral to a hematologist or oncologist.
Evaluation of anemia
If anemia is detected, it is reasonable to look for nonhematologic causes such as gastrointestinal bleeding, a cardiac cause, or a nutritional deficiency.
Anemia has a variety of possible hematologic causes, as shown in a study in the United States.15 When blood samples were collected from more than 2,000 people age 65 and older, 10.6% were found to have anemia, categorized as follows:
- Nutrient-deficiency anemia, related to low levels of vitamin B12, folate, or more commonly iron
- Anemia of chronic inflammation (formerly anemia of chronic disease, associated with a major medical disorder)
- Unexplained anemia (of those with unexplained anemia, 17.4% had blood findings compatible with MDS).15
- Tests for nutrient deficiencies such as iron, vitamin B12, and folate levels. Subsequent tests can include assessment for copper deficiencies. Vitamin B12 and copper deficiency can mimic MDS.
- Fecal occult blood testing, and, if positive, further evaluation for a source of gastrointestinal bleeding.
- Liver function tests, renal function tests, and tests for endocrine disorders, such as thyroid function tests.
- Review of drugs that can cause megaloblastoid erythropoiesis, such as methotrexate (Trexall), valproic acid (Depakote), phenytoin (Dilantin), phenobarbital (Luminal), sulfasalazine (Sulfazine), and zidovudine (Retrovir).
- Assesment of the responsiveness of the bone marrow to anemia, via a reticulocyte count or an erythropoietin level, or both, prior to any blood transfusion.
- Screening for relevant infections, including human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis, or, in rare cases, parvovirus.
- Screening for lifestyle factors that may result in bone marrow suppression, such as excessive alcohol intake.
Evaluation of other cytopenias
In cases of isolated thrombocytopenia or combined bicytopenia (eg, anemia and thrombocytopenia), abdominal ultrasonography should be done to evaluate for splenomegaly.
Blood tests to evaluate for immune-mediated cytopenias, including idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura and hemolytic anemia, include the direct and indirect Coombs antiglobulin tests, the lactate dehydrogenase level, the reticulocyte count, and the haptoglobin level. Other immune-mediated causes of cytopenia include connective tissue disorders and vasculitides, and an antinuclear antibody titer and rheumatoid factor level can also be considered.
Referral if tests are negative
If all these tests are negative, the next step is referral to a hematologist-oncologist for further workup, which may include a review of the peripheral blood smear; bone marrow aspiration and biopsy for evaluation of iron stores and bone marrow cellularity; and specialized tests such as assessment of antiplatelet antibodies, protein electrophoresis, or fluorescence in situ hybridization to evaluate for specific clonal disorders. The purpose of bone marrow aspiration and biopsy in MDS is to evaluate the morphology of the bone marrow and the patient’s cytogenetic profile. Each has its prognostic and therapeutic implications.
SCORING SYSTEMS FOR MDS, RATHER THAN STAGING SYSTEMS
The purpose of classification systems for any medical condition is to uniformly evaluate and group patients with a disease subtype to compare patient populations similarly throughout the world, to predict prognosis, and to dictate therapeutic directions.
MDS have two main classification systems, the FAB (French-American-British) and the WHO (World Health Organization). Revised in 2008,16 the WHO classification (Table 2, not available online)17 is widely accepted because it incorporates morphologic and cytogenetic factors and correlates with prognosis.18 The categories are distinguished by specific characteristics of peripheral blood and bone marrow.
Unlike many other cancers, MDS are not “staged.” Rather, prognostic systems have been devised to predict the risk of transformation to AML and to predict overall survival. These systems are based on:
- The number of myeloblasts in the bone marrow (the higher the count, the worse the prognosis)
- The number or degree of cytopenias
- Cytogenetic abnormalities (acquired genetic abnormalities in the neoplastic clone), found in about half of patients with MDS.19
The most widely used prognostic systems are the International Prognostic Scoring System (Table 3, not available online)2 and the WPSS (WHO Classification-based Prognostic Scoring System1). The latter system encorporates transfusion burden.
SUPPORTIVE CARE
Supportive care includes transfusion of blood products to minimize complications of cytopenias and to improve quality of life, as well as antibiotics to treat active infections.
Transfusions
Almost all patients with MDS need red cell transfusions at some point, while fewer need platelets. The frequency of transfusion depends on the extent of the disease and on comorbidities.
Red blood cells typically are given when the hemoglobin level falls below 8.5 g/dL, and platelets are given when the platelet count is below 100 × 109/L, in the absence of symptoms. Patients with symptomatic anemia should receive transfusion to relieve their symptoms. Some patients need transfusions occasionally, while others are transfusion-dependent.
Iron chelation
Blood product transfusions can lead to iron overload, particularly with a lifetime administration of more than 20 units, or with a year of continuous transfusions, and this is associated with diminished survival.20
However, considering the short survival of patients with MDS, the benefit of iron chelation is debatable. This intervention should be reserved for patients with lower-risk disease who are expected to survive more than 1 year and who have received more than 25 units of packed red blood cells.21
Antibiotics
Neutropenia is defined as an absolute neutrophil count less than 1.5 × 109/L. The risk of infection, particularly bacterial infection, is significantly increased when the neutrophil count is below 0.5 × 109/L. Fever (temperature > 100.4°F or 38.0°C) in neutropenic patients is an emergency, requiring hospitalization and immediate initiation of broad-spectrum antibiotics along with a workup for the cause of the fever.22 Prophylactic antibiotics have no proven role in MDS patients with neutropenia.
TREATMENT OF LOWER-RISK DISEASE
Erythropoiesis-stimulating agents
Once a patient starts to require red blood cell transfusions, an erythropoiesis-stimulating agent (EPA) can be considered.23,24 These include recombinant agents such as erythropoietin (Procrit) and darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp).
Response is measured as an improvement in hemoglobin or as independence from transfusions in those previously dependent on them. Patients most likely to respond are those whose pretransfusion erythropoietin level is below 100 IU/L and who have minimal transfusion needs.25,26 Addition of a colony-stimulating factor can be considered for patients with neutropenia. On average, about 40% of patients ultimately respond to an EPA, but those who respond eventually develop resistance to the agent. Retrospective data indicate that use of EPAs may improve survival in MDS.23,24
The recommended threshold hemoglobin level for starting an EPA is less than 10 g/dL. Patients need to be monitored with a CBC every time they receive treatment. The agent should be stopped once the hemoglobin level reaches 12 g/dL. A number of studies have shown lower survival rates when ESAs are used in nonhematologic malignancies, particularly if the malignancy is advanced and when the ESA is used to achieve a goal hemoglobin above 12 g/dL. There are no data to suggest a higher death rate in patients with hematologic malignancies who take ESAs. The use of ESAs in MDS patients should be judicious, however, and titrated to a goal hemoglobin level no higher than 12 g/dL.27
Other treatments
If ESA treatment is ineffective, other treatments may be considered, usually initiated by a hematologist or medical oncologist.
Immunosuppressive therapy with antithymocyte globulin (Thymoglobulin)28 is an option for patients with hypocellular or immune-mediated MDS. This treatment may decrease the need for transfusion and may improve the blood count.
Lenalidomide (Revlimid) for MDS with isolated chromosome 5q deletion29 can decrease the need for blood transfusion in approximately two-thirds of these patients.
Azacitidine (Vidaza) or decitabine (Dacogen), in patients with more advanced subtypes of MDS (eg, those with excess blasts) or with pancytopenia unresponsive to other therapies, can induce hematologic improvement and decrease transfusion dependence, as well as prolong survival.
Stem cell transplantation, for patients with more advanced subtypes of MDS and who have an appropriately matched donor, has the potential of being curative.
Experimental treatments are available in clinical trials.
TREATMENT OF HIGHER-RISK DISEASE
About 25% of patients with newly diagnosed MDS and 15% to 20% of patients with established MDS have higher-risk disease.30 These patients should almost always be followed by a hematologist or medical oncologist, with therapy initiated immediately, regardless of blood counts, given the high likelihood of transformation to AML or death within 1.5 years.
The treatment options for higher-risk disease include:
- Methyltransferase inhibitors such as azacitidine and decitabine31–34
- Cytotoxic chemotherapy (similar to treatment of acute myeloid leukemia)
- Bone marrow-hematopoeitic stem cell transplantation35,36
- Experimental treatments in clinical trials.
As mentioned earlier, outside of transplantation, only azacitidine has been shown to improve overall survival (with a doubling of survival at 2 years, to 50%), and no drug therapy is curative. Managing patient expectations for treatment outcome is thus crucial in higher-risk disease, and ongoing assessments of quality of life, both on or off therapy, should be considered obligatory.
Stem cell transplantation cures MDS
MDS are complex and heterogeneous, so treatment options range from supportive care to chemotherapy and allogeneic stem cell transplantation.6 The choice depends on the severity of disease, ie, lower-risk or higherrisk (Table 3, not available online), as well as on the prognosis, the availability of therapeutic options, and the patient’s expectations.
Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation is the only curative treatment for MDS. However, it is performed in fewer than 5% of patients,30 usually younger patients with few comorbidities, because the rate of transplantrelated death is high. Therefore, most treatments are palliative, aimed at improving the quality of life and prolonging survival.
The balance between risks and benefits of these treatments must be justifiable.30 Further, patients who have no symptoms or who have lower-risk disease need no treatment and may not for years. However, they do need close follow-up, because their symptoms will worsen and will eventually require treatment.
TAKE-HOME POINTS
- Myelodysplastic syndromes are more prevalent than previously realized. Mainly a disease of older adults, they should be suspected in any patient with unexplained cytopenia.
- Life expectancy at the time of diagnosis depends on the types of cells affected.
- Supportive and disease-altering options are available.
- Prompt referral to a hematologist or oncologist is important for confirmation of the diagnosis and initiation of an appropriate treatment plan. Patients with lower-risk disease can continue follow-up with their primary care provider once treatment goals and plans are established.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We thank Dr. Karl Theil of the Cleveland Clinic Department of Clinical Pathology for the photomicrographs used on the cover.
Myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS) are a heterogeneous group of disorders of blood cell production in the bone marrow that can transform into acute myeloid leukemia (AML).1,2 They are diagnosed most often in the elderly.
Primary care physicians and geriatricians tend to be the first to identify the problem, as they recognize that cytopenias are not simply a normal consequence of aging.
MDS are considered to be cancers, akin to chronic leukemia or acute leukemia, with epidemiologic data tracked by national cancer registries and the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, under the auspices of the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER) program.3
In this article, we briefly review the classification of MDS, current epidemiologic data, key diagnostic features, and current management options.
WHEN TO SUSPECT MDS
In many patients, MDS are asymptomatic and appear as an abnormality on a routine complete blood cell count (CBC) or as part of a workup for anemia. Symptoms develop as the bone marrow’s ability to produce normal-functioning blood cells is more and more compromised. The range of symptoms depends on the bone marrow cell type affected.
Patients with MDS typically have some degree of anemia, often detected incidentally on a routine CBC, or they have symptoms stemming from anemia or thrombocytopenia, or have recurrent infections.
Subtypes of MDS have different pathologic and clinical presentations and different prognoses. They are often categorized as lower-risk or higher-risk, depending on the likelihood of transforming to AML. Patients with lower-risk MDS survive a median of 3 to 7 years. Higher-risk types are pathobiologically similar to AML in older adults, and patients either develop AML or die of complications of MDS, on average within 1.5 years.
Several classification schemes and prognostic models guide the selection of the most appropriate therapy.
Older age and comorbidities such as coronary artery disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and chronic kidney disease make MDS more difficult to manage and worsen the prognosis.4
MOST PATIENTS ARE OLDER
Only since 2001, when MDS became reportable to SEER,3,5 has the epidemiology of MDS been reported in the United States.
MDS are currently diagnosed in an estimated 3.4 per 100,000 US citizens yearly.
The incidence rate increased from 3.28 per 100,000 per year in 2001 to 3.56 per 100,000 in 2004.5 The increase has been attributed to enhanced awareness of the disease and to the aging of the population, with the number of people age 65 or older in the United States expected to double from the year 2000 to 2030. Another factor is that effective therapies are now available, possibly making hematologists and oncologists more likely to pursue the diagnosis.
These numbers translate to 10,000 to 15,000 new cases annually, and given the life expectancy of patients affected by this disease (and the life-extending treatments for it), an estimated 30,000 to 60,000 Americans living with MDS.6,7
Even though MDS can occur at any age, most patients are older. The median age at diagnosis is 71 years,3,5,8 and 72% of patients are age 70 or older.3 The prevalence increases with age, to a rate of 36 per 100,000 in those age 80 and older.9 However, in areas of East Asia, it occurs at ages almost 2 decades younger than in the rest of the world.5
MDS are more common in men than in women and in whites than in blacks. Smoking appears to increase the risk, but alcohol consumption does not.10
About 10% of cases of MDS are secondary, most often due to radiation treatment or chemotherapy (particularly with alkylating agents and topoisomerase inhibitors) for cancer. The time from treatment of a primary malignancy (most often prostate, breast, bladder, lung, or non-Hodgkin lymphoma) to the development of MDS is about 5 years.5 A small number of cases are due to occupational exposure to radiation or benzene or other organic solvents, as might occur in the rubber industry (see below). Secondary MDS have a worse prognosis than primary (de novo) MDS.
GENETIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
The cause of de novo MDS is not known. Genetic and environmental factors probably both play a role. The lower median age at diagnosis in Eastern countries such as Japan than in the United States suggests that environmental factors11 such as smoking, ionizing radiation, and benzene exposure play a role.12,13 Some epidemiologic evidence suggests a higher incidence of MDS after exposure to solvents, hair dyes, and pesticides.13
Congenital conditions such as Down syndrome, Fanconi anemia, and Bloom syndrome are associated with MDS. Those affected usually present at an earlier age,13 suggesting a “multiple-hit” mechanism of cancer development with genetic and environmental factors. MDS rarely run in families.
SYMPTOMS ARE OFTEN NONSPECIFIC
Symptoms of MDS are often vague and nonspecific, and the diagnosis is often made during a workup for anemia, thrombocytopenia, or neutropenia discovered on a CBC. If present, signs and symptoms depend on the blood and bone marrow cell types that are affected.
When erythrocytes are affected (the most common situation), patients present with signs of anemia, including pallor, pale conjunctiva, tachycardia, hypotension, fatigue, headache, and exercise intolerance, or with signs and symptoms of a worsening underlying condition such as angina pectoris, heart failure, or emphysema.
When platelets or neutrophils are affected. Fewer than 20% of patients present with symptoms of isolated thrombocytopenia such as minor bleeding (eg, mucosal bleeding, petechiae, easy bruising, epistaxis) or major bleeding (eg, gastrointestinal bleeding, intracranial hemorrhage) or of isolated neutropenia (eg, fatigue, frequent bacterial infections of different organs systems).
Splenomegaly and lymphadenopathy are uncommon in MDS and, if detected, should raise suspicion of a myeloproliferative or lymphoproliferative neoplasm.
LABORATORY TESTS NEEDED
Complete blood cell count
Once the common causes of patient’s symptoms are evaluated, a CBC is needed to look for a hematologic cause. If a patient is ultimately determined to have MDS, anemia is the most common finding on the CBC: about 80% of patients with MDS are anemic at presentation. 6
Anemia associated with MDS can be microcytic, normocytic, or, most commonly, macrocytic. 14 Thrombocytopenia and neutropenia can be solitary or associated with anemia, and they are seen in about 40% of patients at the time of diagnosis.6 As the disease progresses, the degree of cytopenia worsens and, in most cases, preserved cell lineages are eventually affected.
Once cytopenia is discovered, a workup for the cause is needed. We emphasize a workup first for anemia, as it is the most common form of cytopenia in MDS. A workup for isolated thrombocytopenia or neutropenia usually requires a bone marrow examination earlier in the course, and we will discuss it only briefly here. Multilineage cytopenia almost always suggests abnormal bone marrow function and can be the basis for referral to a hematologist or oncologist.
Evaluation of anemia
If anemia is detected, it is reasonable to look for nonhematologic causes such as gastrointestinal bleeding, a cardiac cause, or a nutritional deficiency.
Anemia has a variety of possible hematologic causes, as shown in a study in the United States.15 When blood samples were collected from more than 2,000 people age 65 and older, 10.6% were found to have anemia, categorized as follows:
- Nutrient-deficiency anemia, related to low levels of vitamin B12, folate, or more commonly iron
- Anemia of chronic inflammation (formerly anemia of chronic disease, associated with a major medical disorder)
- Unexplained anemia (of those with unexplained anemia, 17.4% had blood findings compatible with MDS).15
- Tests for nutrient deficiencies such as iron, vitamin B12, and folate levels. Subsequent tests can include assessment for copper deficiencies. Vitamin B12 and copper deficiency can mimic MDS.
- Fecal occult blood testing, and, if positive, further evaluation for a source of gastrointestinal bleeding.
- Liver function tests, renal function tests, and tests for endocrine disorders, such as thyroid function tests.
- Review of drugs that can cause megaloblastoid erythropoiesis, such as methotrexate (Trexall), valproic acid (Depakote), phenytoin (Dilantin), phenobarbital (Luminal), sulfasalazine (Sulfazine), and zidovudine (Retrovir).
- Assesment of the responsiveness of the bone marrow to anemia, via a reticulocyte count or an erythropoietin level, or both, prior to any blood transfusion.
- Screening for relevant infections, including human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis, or, in rare cases, parvovirus.
- Screening for lifestyle factors that may result in bone marrow suppression, such as excessive alcohol intake.
Evaluation of other cytopenias
In cases of isolated thrombocytopenia or combined bicytopenia (eg, anemia and thrombocytopenia), abdominal ultrasonography should be done to evaluate for splenomegaly.
Blood tests to evaluate for immune-mediated cytopenias, including idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura and hemolytic anemia, include the direct and indirect Coombs antiglobulin tests, the lactate dehydrogenase level, the reticulocyte count, and the haptoglobin level. Other immune-mediated causes of cytopenia include connective tissue disorders and vasculitides, and an antinuclear antibody titer and rheumatoid factor level can also be considered.
Referral if tests are negative
If all these tests are negative, the next step is referral to a hematologist-oncologist for further workup, which may include a review of the peripheral blood smear; bone marrow aspiration and biopsy for evaluation of iron stores and bone marrow cellularity; and specialized tests such as assessment of antiplatelet antibodies, protein electrophoresis, or fluorescence in situ hybridization to evaluate for specific clonal disorders. The purpose of bone marrow aspiration and biopsy in MDS is to evaluate the morphology of the bone marrow and the patient’s cytogenetic profile. Each has its prognostic and therapeutic implications.
SCORING SYSTEMS FOR MDS, RATHER THAN STAGING SYSTEMS
The purpose of classification systems for any medical condition is to uniformly evaluate and group patients with a disease subtype to compare patient populations similarly throughout the world, to predict prognosis, and to dictate therapeutic directions.
MDS have two main classification systems, the FAB (French-American-British) and the WHO (World Health Organization). Revised in 2008,16 the WHO classification (Table 2, not available online)17 is widely accepted because it incorporates morphologic and cytogenetic factors and correlates with prognosis.18 The categories are distinguished by specific characteristics of peripheral blood and bone marrow.
Unlike many other cancers, MDS are not “staged.” Rather, prognostic systems have been devised to predict the risk of transformation to AML and to predict overall survival. These systems are based on:
- The number of myeloblasts in the bone marrow (the higher the count, the worse the prognosis)
- The number or degree of cytopenias
- Cytogenetic abnormalities (acquired genetic abnormalities in the neoplastic clone), found in about half of patients with MDS.19
The most widely used prognostic systems are the International Prognostic Scoring System (Table 3, not available online)2 and the WPSS (WHO Classification-based Prognostic Scoring System1). The latter system encorporates transfusion burden.
SUPPORTIVE CARE
Supportive care includes transfusion of blood products to minimize complications of cytopenias and to improve quality of life, as well as antibiotics to treat active infections.
Transfusions
Almost all patients with MDS need red cell transfusions at some point, while fewer need platelets. The frequency of transfusion depends on the extent of the disease and on comorbidities.
Red blood cells typically are given when the hemoglobin level falls below 8.5 g/dL, and platelets are given when the platelet count is below 100 × 109/L, in the absence of symptoms. Patients with symptomatic anemia should receive transfusion to relieve their symptoms. Some patients need transfusions occasionally, while others are transfusion-dependent.
Iron chelation
Blood product transfusions can lead to iron overload, particularly with a lifetime administration of more than 20 units, or with a year of continuous transfusions, and this is associated with diminished survival.20
However, considering the short survival of patients with MDS, the benefit of iron chelation is debatable. This intervention should be reserved for patients with lower-risk disease who are expected to survive more than 1 year and who have received more than 25 units of packed red blood cells.21
Antibiotics
Neutropenia is defined as an absolute neutrophil count less than 1.5 × 109/L. The risk of infection, particularly bacterial infection, is significantly increased when the neutrophil count is below 0.5 × 109/L. Fever (temperature > 100.4°F or 38.0°C) in neutropenic patients is an emergency, requiring hospitalization and immediate initiation of broad-spectrum antibiotics along with a workup for the cause of the fever.22 Prophylactic antibiotics have no proven role in MDS patients with neutropenia.
TREATMENT OF LOWER-RISK DISEASE
Erythropoiesis-stimulating agents
Once a patient starts to require red blood cell transfusions, an erythropoiesis-stimulating agent (EPA) can be considered.23,24 These include recombinant agents such as erythropoietin (Procrit) and darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp).
Response is measured as an improvement in hemoglobin or as independence from transfusions in those previously dependent on them. Patients most likely to respond are those whose pretransfusion erythropoietin level is below 100 IU/L and who have minimal transfusion needs.25,26 Addition of a colony-stimulating factor can be considered for patients with neutropenia. On average, about 40% of patients ultimately respond to an EPA, but those who respond eventually develop resistance to the agent. Retrospective data indicate that use of EPAs may improve survival in MDS.23,24
The recommended threshold hemoglobin level for starting an EPA is less than 10 g/dL. Patients need to be monitored with a CBC every time they receive treatment. The agent should be stopped once the hemoglobin level reaches 12 g/dL. A number of studies have shown lower survival rates when ESAs are used in nonhematologic malignancies, particularly if the malignancy is advanced and when the ESA is used to achieve a goal hemoglobin above 12 g/dL. There are no data to suggest a higher death rate in patients with hematologic malignancies who take ESAs. The use of ESAs in MDS patients should be judicious, however, and titrated to a goal hemoglobin level no higher than 12 g/dL.27
Other treatments
If ESA treatment is ineffective, other treatments may be considered, usually initiated by a hematologist or medical oncologist.
Immunosuppressive therapy with antithymocyte globulin (Thymoglobulin)28 is an option for patients with hypocellular or immune-mediated MDS. This treatment may decrease the need for transfusion and may improve the blood count.
Lenalidomide (Revlimid) for MDS with isolated chromosome 5q deletion29 can decrease the need for blood transfusion in approximately two-thirds of these patients.
Azacitidine (Vidaza) or decitabine (Dacogen), in patients with more advanced subtypes of MDS (eg, those with excess blasts) or with pancytopenia unresponsive to other therapies, can induce hematologic improvement and decrease transfusion dependence, as well as prolong survival.
Stem cell transplantation, for patients with more advanced subtypes of MDS and who have an appropriately matched donor, has the potential of being curative.
Experimental treatments are available in clinical trials.
TREATMENT OF HIGHER-RISK DISEASE
About 25% of patients with newly diagnosed MDS and 15% to 20% of patients with established MDS have higher-risk disease.30 These patients should almost always be followed by a hematologist or medical oncologist, with therapy initiated immediately, regardless of blood counts, given the high likelihood of transformation to AML or death within 1.5 years.
The treatment options for higher-risk disease include:
- Methyltransferase inhibitors such as azacitidine and decitabine31–34
- Cytotoxic chemotherapy (similar to treatment of acute myeloid leukemia)
- Bone marrow-hematopoeitic stem cell transplantation35,36
- Experimental treatments in clinical trials.
As mentioned earlier, outside of transplantation, only azacitidine has been shown to improve overall survival (with a doubling of survival at 2 years, to 50%), and no drug therapy is curative. Managing patient expectations for treatment outcome is thus crucial in higher-risk disease, and ongoing assessments of quality of life, both on or off therapy, should be considered obligatory.
Stem cell transplantation cures MDS
MDS are complex and heterogeneous, so treatment options range from supportive care to chemotherapy and allogeneic stem cell transplantation.6 The choice depends on the severity of disease, ie, lower-risk or higherrisk (Table 3, not available online), as well as on the prognosis, the availability of therapeutic options, and the patient’s expectations.
Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation is the only curative treatment for MDS. However, it is performed in fewer than 5% of patients,30 usually younger patients with few comorbidities, because the rate of transplantrelated death is high. Therefore, most treatments are palliative, aimed at improving the quality of life and prolonging survival.
The balance between risks and benefits of these treatments must be justifiable.30 Further, patients who have no symptoms or who have lower-risk disease need no treatment and may not for years. However, they do need close follow-up, because their symptoms will worsen and will eventually require treatment.
TAKE-HOME POINTS
- Myelodysplastic syndromes are more prevalent than previously realized. Mainly a disease of older adults, they should be suspected in any patient with unexplained cytopenia.
- Life expectancy at the time of diagnosis depends on the types of cells affected.
- Supportive and disease-altering options are available.
- Prompt referral to a hematologist or oncologist is important for confirmation of the diagnosis and initiation of an appropriate treatment plan. Patients with lower-risk disease can continue follow-up with their primary care provider once treatment goals and plans are established.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We thank Dr. Karl Theil of the Cleveland Clinic Department of Clinical Pathology for the photomicrographs used on the cover.
- Malcovati L, Nimer SD. Myelodysplastic syndromes: diagnosis and staging. Cancer Control 2008; 15 (suppl 4):4–13.
- Greenberg P, Cox C, LeBeau MM, et al. International scoring system for evaluating prognosis in myelodysplastic syndromes. Blood 1997; 89:2079–2088.
- Rollison DE, Howlader N, Smith MT, et al. Epidemiology of myelodysplastic syndromes and chronic myeloproliferative disorders in the United States, 2001–2004, using data from the NAACCR and SEER programs. Blood 2008; 112:45–52.
- Lichtman MA, Rowe JM. The relationship of patient age to the pathobiology of the clonal myeloid diseases. Semin Oncol 2004; 31:185–197.
- Ma X, Does M, Raza A, Mayne ST. Myelodysplastic syndromes: incidence and survival in the United States. Cancer 2007; 109:1536–1542.
- Steensma DP, Bennett JM. The myelodysplastic syndromes: diagnosis and treatment. Mayo Clin Proc 2006; 81:104–130.
- The MDS Foundation. http://www.mds-foundation.org/. Accessed August 27, 2009.
- Sekeres M, Cosgrove D, Falco A. Managing patients with low-risk MDS. Clin Adv Hematol Oncol 2006; 4( 7 suppl 16):1–10.
- Sandhu SK, Sekeres MA. Myelodysplastic syndromes: more prevalent than we know. Geriatrics 2008; 63:10–17.
- Strom SS, Gu Y, Gruschkus SK, Pierce SA, Estey EH. Risk factors of myelodysplastic syndromes: a case-control study. Leukemia 2005; 19:1912–1918.
- Kuendgen A, Matsuda A, Germing U. Differences in epidemiology of MDS between Western and Eastern countries: Ethnic differences or environmental influence? Leuk Res 2007; 31:103–104.
- Bjork J, Johansson B, Broberg K, Albin M. Smoking as a risk factor for myelodysplastic syndromes and acute myeloid leukemia and its relation to cytogenetic findings: a case-control study. Leuk Res 2009; 33:788–791.
- Germing U, Aul C, Niemeyer CM, Haas R, Bennett JM. Epidemiology, classification and prognosis of adults and children with myelodysplastic syndromes. Ann Hematol 2008; 87:691–699.
- Juneja SK, Imbert M, Jouault H, Scoazec JY, Sigaux F, Sultan C. Haematological features of primary myelodysplastic syndromes (PMDS) at initial presentation: a study of 118 cases. J Clin Pathol 1983; 36:1129–1135.
- Guralnik JM, Eisenstaedt RS, Ferrucci L, Klein HG, Woodman RC. Prevalence of anemia in persons 65 years and older in the United States: evidence for a high rate of unexplained anemia. Blood 2004; 104:2263–2268.
- Swerdlow SH, Campo E, Harris NL, et al. International Agency for Research on Cancer, World Health Organization. WHO Classification of Tumours of Haematopoietic and Lymphoid Tissues, 4th ed. International Agency for Research on Cancer: Lyon, France; 2008.
- Vardiman JW, Thiele J, Arber DA, et al. The 2008 revision of the World Health Organization (WHO) classification of myeloid neoplasms and acute leukemia: rationale and important changes. Blood 2009; 114:937–951.
- Bennett JM. A comparative review of classification systems in myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS). Semin Oncol 2005; 32( 4 suppl 5):S3–S10.
- Haase D. Cytogenetic features in myelodysplastic syndromes. Ann Hematol 2008; 87:515–526.
- Malcovati L, Della Porta MG, Cazzola M. Predicting survival and leukemic evolution in patients with myelodysplastic syndrome. Haematologica 2006; 91:1588–1590.
- Bowen D, Culligan D, Jowitt S, et al. Guidelines for the diagnosis and therapy of adult myelodysplastic syndromes. Br J Haematol 2003; 120:187–200.
- Segal BH, Freifeld AG, Baden LR, et al. Prevention and treatment of cancer-related infections. J Natl Compr Canc Netw 2008; 6:122–174.
- Golshayan AR, Jin T, Maciejewski J, et al. Efficacy of growth factors compared to other therapies for low-risk myelodysplastic syndromes. Br J Haematol 2007; 137:125–132.
- Jadersten M, Malcovati L, Dybedal I, et al. Erythropoietin and granulocyte-colony stimulating factor treatment associated with improved survival in myelodysplastic syndrome. J Clin Oncol 2008; 26:3607–3613.
- Hellstrom-Lindberg E, Gulbrandsen N, Lindberg G, et al; Scandinavian MDS Group. A validated decision model for treating the anaemia of myelodysplastic syndromes with erythropoietin + granulocyte colony-stimulating factor: significant effects on quality of life. Br J Haematol 2003; 120:1037–1046.
- Cheson BD, Greenberg PL, Bennett JM, et al. Clinical application and proposal for modification of the International Working Group (IWG) response criteria in myelodysplasia. Blood 2006; 108:419–425.
- ARANESP Prescribing Information. http://pi.amgen.com/united_states/aranesp/ckd/aranesp_pi_hcp_english.pdf. Accessed August 28, 2009.
- Molldrem JJ, Leifer E, Bahceci E, et al. Antithymocyte globulin for treatment of the bone marrow failure associated with myelodysplastic syndromes. Ann Intern Med 2002; 137:156–163.
- List A, Dewald G, Bennett J, et al; Myelodysplastic Syndrome-003 Study Investigators. Lenalidomide in the myelodysplastic syndrome with chromosome 5q deletion. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:1456–1465.
- Sekeres MA, Schoonen WM, Kantarjian H, et al. Characteristics of US patients with myelodysplastic syndromes: results of six crosssectional physician surveys. J Natl Cancer Inst 2008; 100:1542–1551.
- Stone R, Sekeres M, Garcia-Manero G, Lyons RM. Recent advances in low-and intermediate-1-risk myelodysplastic syndrome: developing a consensus for optimal therapy. Clin Adv Hematol Oncol 2008; 6:1–15.
- Kantarjian H, Issa JP, Rosenfeld CS, et al. Decitabine improves patient outcomes in myelodysplastic syndromes: results of a phase III randomized study. Cancer 2006; 106:1794–1803.
- Fenaux P, Mufti GJ, Hellstrom-Lindberg E, et al; International Vidaza High-Risk MDS Survival Study Group. Efficacy of azacitidine compared with that of conventional care regimens in the treatment of higher-risk myelodysplastic syndromes: a randomised, open-label, phase III study. Lancet Oncol 2009; 10:223–232.
- Silverman LR, Demakos EP, Peterson BL, et al. Randomized controlled trial of azacitidine in patients with the myelodysplastic syndrome: a study of the cancer and leukemia group B. J Clin Oncol 2002; 20:2429–2440.
- Giralt S. Bone marrow transplant in myelodysplastic syndromes: new technologies, same questions. Curr Hematol Rep 2005; 4:200–207.
- Cutler CS, Lee SJ, Greenberg P, et al. A decision analysis of allogeneic bone marrow transplantation for the myelodysplastic syndromes: delayed transplantation for low-risk myelodysplasia is associated with improved outcome. Blood 2004; 104:579–585.
- Malcovati L, Nimer SD. Myelodysplastic syndromes: diagnosis and staging. Cancer Control 2008; 15 (suppl 4):4–13.
- Greenberg P, Cox C, LeBeau MM, et al. International scoring system for evaluating prognosis in myelodysplastic syndromes. Blood 1997; 89:2079–2088.
- Rollison DE, Howlader N, Smith MT, et al. Epidemiology of myelodysplastic syndromes and chronic myeloproliferative disorders in the United States, 2001–2004, using data from the NAACCR and SEER programs. Blood 2008; 112:45–52.
- Lichtman MA, Rowe JM. The relationship of patient age to the pathobiology of the clonal myeloid diseases. Semin Oncol 2004; 31:185–197.
- Ma X, Does M, Raza A, Mayne ST. Myelodysplastic syndromes: incidence and survival in the United States. Cancer 2007; 109:1536–1542.
- Steensma DP, Bennett JM. The myelodysplastic syndromes: diagnosis and treatment. Mayo Clin Proc 2006; 81:104–130.
- The MDS Foundation. http://www.mds-foundation.org/. Accessed August 27, 2009.
- Sekeres M, Cosgrove D, Falco A. Managing patients with low-risk MDS. Clin Adv Hematol Oncol 2006; 4( 7 suppl 16):1–10.
- Sandhu SK, Sekeres MA. Myelodysplastic syndromes: more prevalent than we know. Geriatrics 2008; 63:10–17.
- Strom SS, Gu Y, Gruschkus SK, Pierce SA, Estey EH. Risk factors of myelodysplastic syndromes: a case-control study. Leukemia 2005; 19:1912–1918.
- Kuendgen A, Matsuda A, Germing U. Differences in epidemiology of MDS between Western and Eastern countries: Ethnic differences or environmental influence? Leuk Res 2007; 31:103–104.
- Bjork J, Johansson B, Broberg K, Albin M. Smoking as a risk factor for myelodysplastic syndromes and acute myeloid leukemia and its relation to cytogenetic findings: a case-control study. Leuk Res 2009; 33:788–791.
- Germing U, Aul C, Niemeyer CM, Haas R, Bennett JM. Epidemiology, classification and prognosis of adults and children with myelodysplastic syndromes. Ann Hematol 2008; 87:691–699.
- Juneja SK, Imbert M, Jouault H, Scoazec JY, Sigaux F, Sultan C. Haematological features of primary myelodysplastic syndromes (PMDS) at initial presentation: a study of 118 cases. J Clin Pathol 1983; 36:1129–1135.
- Guralnik JM, Eisenstaedt RS, Ferrucci L, Klein HG, Woodman RC. Prevalence of anemia in persons 65 years and older in the United States: evidence for a high rate of unexplained anemia. Blood 2004; 104:2263–2268.
- Swerdlow SH, Campo E, Harris NL, et al. International Agency for Research on Cancer, World Health Organization. WHO Classification of Tumours of Haematopoietic and Lymphoid Tissues, 4th ed. International Agency for Research on Cancer: Lyon, France; 2008.
- Vardiman JW, Thiele J, Arber DA, et al. The 2008 revision of the World Health Organization (WHO) classification of myeloid neoplasms and acute leukemia: rationale and important changes. Blood 2009; 114:937–951.
- Bennett JM. A comparative review of classification systems in myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS). Semin Oncol 2005; 32( 4 suppl 5):S3–S10.
- Haase D. Cytogenetic features in myelodysplastic syndromes. Ann Hematol 2008; 87:515–526.
- Malcovati L, Della Porta MG, Cazzola M. Predicting survival and leukemic evolution in patients with myelodysplastic syndrome. Haematologica 2006; 91:1588–1590.
- Bowen D, Culligan D, Jowitt S, et al. Guidelines for the diagnosis and therapy of adult myelodysplastic syndromes. Br J Haematol 2003; 120:187–200.
- Segal BH, Freifeld AG, Baden LR, et al. Prevention and treatment of cancer-related infections. J Natl Compr Canc Netw 2008; 6:122–174.
- Golshayan AR, Jin T, Maciejewski J, et al. Efficacy of growth factors compared to other therapies for low-risk myelodysplastic syndromes. Br J Haematol 2007; 137:125–132.
- Jadersten M, Malcovati L, Dybedal I, et al. Erythropoietin and granulocyte-colony stimulating factor treatment associated with improved survival in myelodysplastic syndrome. J Clin Oncol 2008; 26:3607–3613.
- Hellstrom-Lindberg E, Gulbrandsen N, Lindberg G, et al; Scandinavian MDS Group. A validated decision model for treating the anaemia of myelodysplastic syndromes with erythropoietin + granulocyte colony-stimulating factor: significant effects on quality of life. Br J Haematol 2003; 120:1037–1046.
- Cheson BD, Greenberg PL, Bennett JM, et al. Clinical application and proposal for modification of the International Working Group (IWG) response criteria in myelodysplasia. Blood 2006; 108:419–425.
- ARANESP Prescribing Information. http://pi.amgen.com/united_states/aranesp/ckd/aranesp_pi_hcp_english.pdf. Accessed August 28, 2009.
- Molldrem JJ, Leifer E, Bahceci E, et al. Antithymocyte globulin for treatment of the bone marrow failure associated with myelodysplastic syndromes. Ann Intern Med 2002; 137:156–163.
- List A, Dewald G, Bennett J, et al; Myelodysplastic Syndrome-003 Study Investigators. Lenalidomide in the myelodysplastic syndrome with chromosome 5q deletion. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:1456–1465.
- Sekeres MA, Schoonen WM, Kantarjian H, et al. Characteristics of US patients with myelodysplastic syndromes: results of six crosssectional physician surveys. J Natl Cancer Inst 2008; 100:1542–1551.
- Stone R, Sekeres M, Garcia-Manero G, Lyons RM. Recent advances in low-and intermediate-1-risk myelodysplastic syndrome: developing a consensus for optimal therapy. Clin Adv Hematol Oncol 2008; 6:1–15.
- Kantarjian H, Issa JP, Rosenfeld CS, et al. Decitabine improves patient outcomes in myelodysplastic syndromes: results of a phase III randomized study. Cancer 2006; 106:1794–1803.
- Fenaux P, Mufti GJ, Hellstrom-Lindberg E, et al; International Vidaza High-Risk MDS Survival Study Group. Efficacy of azacitidine compared with that of conventional care regimens in the treatment of higher-risk myelodysplastic syndromes: a randomised, open-label, phase III study. Lancet Oncol 2009; 10:223–232.
- Silverman LR, Demakos EP, Peterson BL, et al. Randomized controlled trial of azacitidine in patients with the myelodysplastic syndrome: a study of the cancer and leukemia group B. J Clin Oncol 2002; 20:2429–2440.
- Giralt S. Bone marrow transplant in myelodysplastic syndromes: new technologies, same questions. Curr Hematol Rep 2005; 4:200–207.
- Cutler CS, Lee SJ, Greenberg P, et al. A decision analysis of allogeneic bone marrow transplantation for the myelodysplastic syndromes: delayed transplantation for low-risk myelodysplasia is associated with improved outcome. Blood 2004; 104:579–585.
KEY POINTS
- Multilineage cytopenia almost always suggests abnormal bone marrow function and can be the reason for referral to a hematologist-oncologist.
- Factors that make MDS more difficult to manage and that worsen the prognosis are older age at diagnosis and comorbidities such as coronary artery disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and chronic kidney disease.
- Patients with lower-risk disease can continue followup with their primary care provider once the treatment goals and plans are established.
Lesions on the hands, high aminotransferase levels
Q: Which is the most likely diagnosis?
- Addison disease
- Lupus erythematosus
- Polymorphous light eruption
- Porphyria cutanea tarda
- Bullous pemphigoid
A: Urine testing, including examination under ultraviolet light with a Wood lamp, indicates porphyria cutanea tarda. This is the most common porphyria, occurring mainly in men. Its true prevalence is not known but is estimated to be from 1:5,000 to 1:25,000.1
There are three types of porphyria cutanea tarda. About 80% of cases are type I, also referred to as “sporadic.” In type I, levels of uroporphyrinogen decarboxylase (UROD) in red blood cells are normal, but are low in the liver during episodes of the disease. In type II, UROD levels are about 50% below normal in all tissues. Type III is similar to type I, except that it occurs in more than one family member.
The genetic mutation that produces a deficiency of UROD leads to an excess of uroporphyrins and porphyrins that are partially decarboxylated and that irreversibly oxidize. When they are deposited in the skin and the skin is exposed to the sun, they cause the classic cutaneous manifestations.1
Risk factors2 for porphyria cutanea tarda can be extrinsic (eg, high iron blood levels,2,3 excessive ethanol intake, hepatitis C,2,4 human immunodeficiency virus, estrogen use,5 dialysis for end-stage renal disease) or intrinsic (altered iron metabolism or cytochrome P450 function2).
CLINICAL PRESENTATION
The cardinal symptom of porphyria cutanea tarda is photosensitivity, with the development of chronic blistering lesions on sun-exposed areas such as the hands, face, and forearms. Fluid-filled vesicles develop and rupture easily, and the denuded areas become crusted and heal slowly.5 Secondary infections can occur. Previous areas of blisters may appear atrophic, brownish, or violaceous. Small white plaques (milia) are also common and may precede or follow vesicle formation. These cutaneous lesions, however, are not specific to porphyria cutanea tarda and can appear in variegated porphyria and coproporphyria. Hypertrichosis5 and hyperpigmentation are usually present, mainly over the cheekbones and around the eyes. Patches of alopecia and hypopigmented sclerodermiform lesions may also be observed.
Porphyria cutanea tarda is usually accompanied by alterations in liver metabolism, affecting mainly aminotransferases and gammaglutamyltransferase. The absence of hepatitis C infection does not rule out porphyria cutanea tarda. About 50% of patients have pathologic structural changes in the liver such as lobular necrosis or fibrotic tracts, and 15% of patients have cirrhosis at presentation.6 The risk of hepatocellular carcinoma is clearly increased.6 Hepatitis C virus infection, iron overload, and excessive ethanol intake lead to a more severe liver disease.
DIAGNOSIS
The diagnosis of porphyria cutanea tarda is strongly suggested by the characteristic skin lesions in sun-exposed areas, but confirmation requires demonstration of high levels of uroporphyrins or coproporphyrins, or both.
Porphyrins accumulate in the liver, plasma, urine, and feces. Plasma porphyrin levels in porphyria cutanea tarda are usually above 10 μg/dL (normal < 1.4 μg/dL), and plasma fluorescence scanning usually shows a maximum fluorescence emission at an excitation wavelength of 619 nm. In this patient, however, the definitive diagnosis was made by chromatographic separation and the quantification of porphyrins in the urine and feces, which showed a predominance of uroporphyrins and heptacarboxyporphyrins in the urine and an excess of isocoproporphyrins in the feces.1
Analysis of UROD activity in erythrocytes can help determine the type of porphyria cutanea tarda. Type I and type III and porphyria cutanea tarda secondary to hepatotoxin exposure have normal levels, whereas type II and the hepatoerythropoietic form have abnormally low levels. Examination of the urine with a Wood lamp reveals coral pink fluorescence due to elimination of porphyrins, and this is another diagnostic clue.
Conditions that need to be ruled out include viral infection with hepatitis B or C or human immunodeficiency virus, iron overload, and hereditary hemochromatosis. Serum alpha fetoprotein level assessment, liver ultrasonography, or even biopsy may be indicated to exclude hepatocellular carcinoma.
TREATMENT
Once secondary causes of porphyria are excluded or treated (eg, advising the patient to avoid alcohol, discontinuing estrogens or iron intake), the next step in management is to reduce the patient’s porphyrin and iron loads. Phlebotomy is the standard way to reduce stores of iron throughout the body and particularly in the liver. It works by interrupting iron-mediated oxidative inhibition of hepatic UROD and the oxidation of hepatic porphyrinogens to porphyrinogens.
This adjustment must be gradual, with about 450 mL of blood removed at intervals of 1 to 2 weeks.7 This improves the cutaneous symptoms progressively, with resolution of vesicles in 2 to 3 months, improvement of skin fragility in 6 to 9 months, and normalization of porphyrin levels in 13 months. The scleroderma, atrophy, hyperpigmentation, and hypertrichosis respond more slowly and may take years to resolve.
Porphyria cutanea tarda can recur, usually with new exposure to risk factors. Treatment by phlebotomy may be stopped when the serum ferritin level has reached low-normal levels; the porphyrin levels may not yet be normal at that point but may continue to decline without additional phlebotomy sessions.
If phlebotomy is contraindicated, alternatives include iron chelation with deferoxamine (Desferal),7 or a low dose of chloroquine (Aralen) (125–250 mg orally twice a week) or hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil) (100 mg orally twice a week) to avoid acute hepatic damage that may be caused by the release of large amounts of porphyrins that accompany standard dosing levels.
- Elder GH. Porphyria cutanea tarda. Semin Liver Dis 1998; 18:67–75.
- Mendez M, Rossetti MV, Del C, Batlle AM, Parera VE. The role of inherited and acquired factors in the development of porphyria cutanea tarda in the Argentinean population. J Am Acad Dermatol 2005; 52:417–424.
- Bonkovsky HL, Poh-Fitzpatrick M, Pimstone N, et al. Porphyria cutanea tarda, hepatitis C, and HFE gene mutations in North America. Hepatology 1998; 27:1661–1669.
- Ali A, Zein NN. Hepatitis C infection: a systemic disease with extrahepatic manifestations. Cleve Clin J Med 2005; 72:1005–1016.
- Grossman ME, Poh-Fitzpatrick MB. Porphyria cutanea tarda. diagnosis and management. Med Clin North Am 1980; 64:807–827.
- Cortés JM, Oliva H, Paradinas FJ, Hernandez-Guío C. The pathology of the liver in porphyria cutanea tarda. Histopathology 1980; 4:471–485.
- Rocchi E, Gibertini P, Cassanelli M, et al. Iron removal therapy in porphyria cutanea tarda: phlebotomy versus slow subcutaneous desferrioxamine infusion. Br J Dermatol 1986; 114:621–629.
Q: Which is the most likely diagnosis?
- Addison disease
- Lupus erythematosus
- Polymorphous light eruption
- Porphyria cutanea tarda
- Bullous pemphigoid
A: Urine testing, including examination under ultraviolet light with a Wood lamp, indicates porphyria cutanea tarda. This is the most common porphyria, occurring mainly in men. Its true prevalence is not known but is estimated to be from 1:5,000 to 1:25,000.1
There are three types of porphyria cutanea tarda. About 80% of cases are type I, also referred to as “sporadic.” In type I, levels of uroporphyrinogen decarboxylase (UROD) in red blood cells are normal, but are low in the liver during episodes of the disease. In type II, UROD levels are about 50% below normal in all tissues. Type III is similar to type I, except that it occurs in more than one family member.
The genetic mutation that produces a deficiency of UROD leads to an excess of uroporphyrins and porphyrins that are partially decarboxylated and that irreversibly oxidize. When they are deposited in the skin and the skin is exposed to the sun, they cause the classic cutaneous manifestations.1
Risk factors2 for porphyria cutanea tarda can be extrinsic (eg, high iron blood levels,2,3 excessive ethanol intake, hepatitis C,2,4 human immunodeficiency virus, estrogen use,5 dialysis for end-stage renal disease) or intrinsic (altered iron metabolism or cytochrome P450 function2).
CLINICAL PRESENTATION
The cardinal symptom of porphyria cutanea tarda is photosensitivity, with the development of chronic blistering lesions on sun-exposed areas such as the hands, face, and forearms. Fluid-filled vesicles develop and rupture easily, and the denuded areas become crusted and heal slowly.5 Secondary infections can occur. Previous areas of blisters may appear atrophic, brownish, or violaceous. Small white plaques (milia) are also common and may precede or follow vesicle formation. These cutaneous lesions, however, are not specific to porphyria cutanea tarda and can appear in variegated porphyria and coproporphyria. Hypertrichosis5 and hyperpigmentation are usually present, mainly over the cheekbones and around the eyes. Patches of alopecia and hypopigmented sclerodermiform lesions may also be observed.
Porphyria cutanea tarda is usually accompanied by alterations in liver metabolism, affecting mainly aminotransferases and gammaglutamyltransferase. The absence of hepatitis C infection does not rule out porphyria cutanea tarda. About 50% of patients have pathologic structural changes in the liver such as lobular necrosis or fibrotic tracts, and 15% of patients have cirrhosis at presentation.6 The risk of hepatocellular carcinoma is clearly increased.6 Hepatitis C virus infection, iron overload, and excessive ethanol intake lead to a more severe liver disease.
DIAGNOSIS
The diagnosis of porphyria cutanea tarda is strongly suggested by the characteristic skin lesions in sun-exposed areas, but confirmation requires demonstration of high levels of uroporphyrins or coproporphyrins, or both.
Porphyrins accumulate in the liver, plasma, urine, and feces. Plasma porphyrin levels in porphyria cutanea tarda are usually above 10 μg/dL (normal < 1.4 μg/dL), and plasma fluorescence scanning usually shows a maximum fluorescence emission at an excitation wavelength of 619 nm. In this patient, however, the definitive diagnosis was made by chromatographic separation and the quantification of porphyrins in the urine and feces, which showed a predominance of uroporphyrins and heptacarboxyporphyrins in the urine and an excess of isocoproporphyrins in the feces.1
Analysis of UROD activity in erythrocytes can help determine the type of porphyria cutanea tarda. Type I and type III and porphyria cutanea tarda secondary to hepatotoxin exposure have normal levels, whereas type II and the hepatoerythropoietic form have abnormally low levels. Examination of the urine with a Wood lamp reveals coral pink fluorescence due to elimination of porphyrins, and this is another diagnostic clue.
Conditions that need to be ruled out include viral infection with hepatitis B or C or human immunodeficiency virus, iron overload, and hereditary hemochromatosis. Serum alpha fetoprotein level assessment, liver ultrasonography, or even biopsy may be indicated to exclude hepatocellular carcinoma.
TREATMENT
Once secondary causes of porphyria are excluded or treated (eg, advising the patient to avoid alcohol, discontinuing estrogens or iron intake), the next step in management is to reduce the patient’s porphyrin and iron loads. Phlebotomy is the standard way to reduce stores of iron throughout the body and particularly in the liver. It works by interrupting iron-mediated oxidative inhibition of hepatic UROD and the oxidation of hepatic porphyrinogens to porphyrinogens.
This adjustment must be gradual, with about 450 mL of blood removed at intervals of 1 to 2 weeks.7 This improves the cutaneous symptoms progressively, with resolution of vesicles in 2 to 3 months, improvement of skin fragility in 6 to 9 months, and normalization of porphyrin levels in 13 months. The scleroderma, atrophy, hyperpigmentation, and hypertrichosis respond more slowly and may take years to resolve.
Porphyria cutanea tarda can recur, usually with new exposure to risk factors. Treatment by phlebotomy may be stopped when the serum ferritin level has reached low-normal levels; the porphyrin levels may not yet be normal at that point but may continue to decline without additional phlebotomy sessions.
If phlebotomy is contraindicated, alternatives include iron chelation with deferoxamine (Desferal),7 or a low dose of chloroquine (Aralen) (125–250 mg orally twice a week) or hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil) (100 mg orally twice a week) to avoid acute hepatic damage that may be caused by the release of large amounts of porphyrins that accompany standard dosing levels.
Q: Which is the most likely diagnosis?
- Addison disease
- Lupus erythematosus
- Polymorphous light eruption
- Porphyria cutanea tarda
- Bullous pemphigoid
A: Urine testing, including examination under ultraviolet light with a Wood lamp, indicates porphyria cutanea tarda. This is the most common porphyria, occurring mainly in men. Its true prevalence is not known but is estimated to be from 1:5,000 to 1:25,000.1
There are three types of porphyria cutanea tarda. About 80% of cases are type I, also referred to as “sporadic.” In type I, levels of uroporphyrinogen decarboxylase (UROD) in red blood cells are normal, but are low in the liver during episodes of the disease. In type II, UROD levels are about 50% below normal in all tissues. Type III is similar to type I, except that it occurs in more than one family member.
The genetic mutation that produces a deficiency of UROD leads to an excess of uroporphyrins and porphyrins that are partially decarboxylated and that irreversibly oxidize. When they are deposited in the skin and the skin is exposed to the sun, they cause the classic cutaneous manifestations.1
Risk factors2 for porphyria cutanea tarda can be extrinsic (eg, high iron blood levels,2,3 excessive ethanol intake, hepatitis C,2,4 human immunodeficiency virus, estrogen use,5 dialysis for end-stage renal disease) or intrinsic (altered iron metabolism or cytochrome P450 function2).
CLINICAL PRESENTATION
The cardinal symptom of porphyria cutanea tarda is photosensitivity, with the development of chronic blistering lesions on sun-exposed areas such as the hands, face, and forearms. Fluid-filled vesicles develop and rupture easily, and the denuded areas become crusted and heal slowly.5 Secondary infections can occur. Previous areas of blisters may appear atrophic, brownish, or violaceous. Small white plaques (milia) are also common and may precede or follow vesicle formation. These cutaneous lesions, however, are not specific to porphyria cutanea tarda and can appear in variegated porphyria and coproporphyria. Hypertrichosis5 and hyperpigmentation are usually present, mainly over the cheekbones and around the eyes. Patches of alopecia and hypopigmented sclerodermiform lesions may also be observed.
Porphyria cutanea tarda is usually accompanied by alterations in liver metabolism, affecting mainly aminotransferases and gammaglutamyltransferase. The absence of hepatitis C infection does not rule out porphyria cutanea tarda. About 50% of patients have pathologic structural changes in the liver such as lobular necrosis or fibrotic tracts, and 15% of patients have cirrhosis at presentation.6 The risk of hepatocellular carcinoma is clearly increased.6 Hepatitis C virus infection, iron overload, and excessive ethanol intake lead to a more severe liver disease.
DIAGNOSIS
The diagnosis of porphyria cutanea tarda is strongly suggested by the characteristic skin lesions in sun-exposed areas, but confirmation requires demonstration of high levels of uroporphyrins or coproporphyrins, or both.
Porphyrins accumulate in the liver, plasma, urine, and feces. Plasma porphyrin levels in porphyria cutanea tarda are usually above 10 μg/dL (normal < 1.4 μg/dL), and plasma fluorescence scanning usually shows a maximum fluorescence emission at an excitation wavelength of 619 nm. In this patient, however, the definitive diagnosis was made by chromatographic separation and the quantification of porphyrins in the urine and feces, which showed a predominance of uroporphyrins and heptacarboxyporphyrins in the urine and an excess of isocoproporphyrins in the feces.1
Analysis of UROD activity in erythrocytes can help determine the type of porphyria cutanea tarda. Type I and type III and porphyria cutanea tarda secondary to hepatotoxin exposure have normal levels, whereas type II and the hepatoerythropoietic form have abnormally low levels. Examination of the urine with a Wood lamp reveals coral pink fluorescence due to elimination of porphyrins, and this is another diagnostic clue.
Conditions that need to be ruled out include viral infection with hepatitis B or C or human immunodeficiency virus, iron overload, and hereditary hemochromatosis. Serum alpha fetoprotein level assessment, liver ultrasonography, or even biopsy may be indicated to exclude hepatocellular carcinoma.
TREATMENT
Once secondary causes of porphyria are excluded or treated (eg, advising the patient to avoid alcohol, discontinuing estrogens or iron intake), the next step in management is to reduce the patient’s porphyrin and iron loads. Phlebotomy is the standard way to reduce stores of iron throughout the body and particularly in the liver. It works by interrupting iron-mediated oxidative inhibition of hepatic UROD and the oxidation of hepatic porphyrinogens to porphyrinogens.
This adjustment must be gradual, with about 450 mL of blood removed at intervals of 1 to 2 weeks.7 This improves the cutaneous symptoms progressively, with resolution of vesicles in 2 to 3 months, improvement of skin fragility in 6 to 9 months, and normalization of porphyrin levels in 13 months. The scleroderma, atrophy, hyperpigmentation, and hypertrichosis respond more slowly and may take years to resolve.
Porphyria cutanea tarda can recur, usually with new exposure to risk factors. Treatment by phlebotomy may be stopped when the serum ferritin level has reached low-normal levels; the porphyrin levels may not yet be normal at that point but may continue to decline without additional phlebotomy sessions.
If phlebotomy is contraindicated, alternatives include iron chelation with deferoxamine (Desferal),7 or a low dose of chloroquine (Aralen) (125–250 mg orally twice a week) or hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil) (100 mg orally twice a week) to avoid acute hepatic damage that may be caused by the release of large amounts of porphyrins that accompany standard dosing levels.
- Elder GH. Porphyria cutanea tarda. Semin Liver Dis 1998; 18:67–75.
- Mendez M, Rossetti MV, Del C, Batlle AM, Parera VE. The role of inherited and acquired factors in the development of porphyria cutanea tarda in the Argentinean population. J Am Acad Dermatol 2005; 52:417–424.
- Bonkovsky HL, Poh-Fitzpatrick M, Pimstone N, et al. Porphyria cutanea tarda, hepatitis C, and HFE gene mutations in North America. Hepatology 1998; 27:1661–1669.
- Ali A, Zein NN. Hepatitis C infection: a systemic disease with extrahepatic manifestations. Cleve Clin J Med 2005; 72:1005–1016.
- Grossman ME, Poh-Fitzpatrick MB. Porphyria cutanea tarda. diagnosis and management. Med Clin North Am 1980; 64:807–827.
- Cortés JM, Oliva H, Paradinas FJ, Hernandez-Guío C. The pathology of the liver in porphyria cutanea tarda. Histopathology 1980; 4:471–485.
- Rocchi E, Gibertini P, Cassanelli M, et al. Iron removal therapy in porphyria cutanea tarda: phlebotomy versus slow subcutaneous desferrioxamine infusion. Br J Dermatol 1986; 114:621–629.
- Elder GH. Porphyria cutanea tarda. Semin Liver Dis 1998; 18:67–75.
- Mendez M, Rossetti MV, Del C, Batlle AM, Parera VE. The role of inherited and acquired factors in the development of porphyria cutanea tarda in the Argentinean population. J Am Acad Dermatol 2005; 52:417–424.
- Bonkovsky HL, Poh-Fitzpatrick M, Pimstone N, et al. Porphyria cutanea tarda, hepatitis C, and HFE gene mutations in North America. Hepatology 1998; 27:1661–1669.
- Ali A, Zein NN. Hepatitis C infection: a systemic disease with extrahepatic manifestations. Cleve Clin J Med 2005; 72:1005–1016.
- Grossman ME, Poh-Fitzpatrick MB. Porphyria cutanea tarda. diagnosis and management. Med Clin North Am 1980; 64:807–827.
- Cortés JM, Oliva H, Paradinas FJ, Hernandez-Guío C. The pathology of the liver in porphyria cutanea tarda. Histopathology 1980; 4:471–485.
- Rocchi E, Gibertini P, Cassanelli M, et al. Iron removal therapy in porphyria cutanea tarda: phlebotomy versus slow subcutaneous desferrioxamine infusion. Br J Dermatol 1986; 114:621–629.
Acetaminophen: Old drug, new warnings
Editor’s note: Portions of this article are based on an article previously published in an internal Cleveland Clinic publication, Pharmacotherapy Update. The version here has been revised, updated, and peer-reviewed.
This drug is generally considered safe, but high doses can be toxic. The number of overdoses is worrisome. In 2006 alone, the American Association of Poison Control Centers implicated acetaminophen in nearly 140,000 poisoning cases, in which more than 100 patients died.2 It is responsible for more emergency room visits than any other drug on the market.
According to a position statement from the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases (AASLD),3 the incidence of acetaminophen-related liver toxicity has been steadily increasing over the past decade, and this drug is now the most common cause of acute liver failure.
MANY OVERDOSES ARE UNINTENTIONAL
Cases of acetaminophen-related liver toxicity can be categorized as either intentional (ie, due to a suicide attempt) or unintentional (ie, due to multiple therapeutic but excessive doses over a period of time, usually more than 3 days).
Up to 50% of cases are unintentional. Bower et al4 reviewed cases of acute liver failure that occurred in the Atlanta, GA, area between November 2000 and October 2004. Acetaminophen was the most common cause in adult patients. Of greater concern is that 61% of the acetaminophen-related cases were due to unintentional overdose. According to the Institute for Safe Medication Practices,5 one hospital (not named) reported that an average of one patient per day was given more than the recommended maximum daily acetaminophen dose of 4 g while in the hospital.
Many patients take more than one acetaminophen product
Unintentional overdoses or “therapeutic misadventures” are most often due to taking multiple products that contain acetaminophen, taking acetaminophen-narcotic combinations, and impulsive behavior involving a lack of understanding of possible injury in consuming multiple acetaminophen-containing products.3
In the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Medwatch Database, in 307 cases of unintentional acetaminophen overdose between 1998 and 2001, 25% of patients had been taking more than one acetaminophencontaining product.5
Larson et al6 found that one-third of patients who had had an unintentional acetaminophen overdose were taking an acetaminophen-narcotic combination in addition to another acetaminophen-containing product.
Many consumers don’t know they are taking acetaminophen
Many consumers don’t know that some of the drugs they take contain acetaminophen. This may be because many drug labels contain abbreviations for acetaminophen such as “APAP” or have inconsistent formatting that makes it difficult to determine if the product contains acetaminophen.
Others may not be aware of the total maximum recommended daily dose or may not be able to calculate the total daily intake from the information on the label. The problem is not only with over-the-counter products. For example, if a physician prescribes one or two tablets of hydrocodone/acetaminophen (Vicodin) 5 mg/500 mg every 4 to 6 hours, a patient could easily exceed the recommended maximum daily dose of 4 g of acetaminophen.
Toxicity can occur even at therapeutic doses
Acetaminophen hepatotoxicity can also occur even with therapeutic doses in certain conditions. Risk factors:
- Chronic alcohol use (ie, more than three drinks per day)
- Malnutrition
- Concurrent use of drugs that induce cytochrome P450 (CYP450) enzymes (more on this below).6
FIRST USED IN 1893
Acetaminophen was first used in medicine in 1893, and it became widely used after 1949, when it was found to be a less-toxic metabolite of two parent compounds, acetanilide and phenacetin.1
Acetaminophen is an effective antipyretic and analgesic, but its anti-inflammatory properties are minimal, especially compared with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). Nevertheless, acetaminophen is preferred over NSAIDs in some patients because it carries a lower risk of gastrointestinal toxicity (eg, ulceration, bleeding) and so may be better tolerated.1
INDICATIONS AND DOSAGE
Acetaminophen is indicated for mild to moderate pain or fever, including the pain of osteoarthritis. It is not recommended for chronic inflammatory conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis, since it lacks anti-inflammatory properties.
In adults and in children over age 12, the usual dosage is 325 to 650 mg orally or rectally every 4 to 6 hours, or 1,000 mg three to four times daily.
The current package label recommends that the total daily dose not exceed 4 g in most adults. Lower maximum daily doses (eg, 2 g) are recommended in patients who may be at higher risk of hepatotoxicity, such as those who drink heavily, are malnourished, or take enzyme-inducing drugs. Tylenol products currently include an alcohol warning, advising those who consume three or more alcoholic drinks a day to ask their doctor if they should take acetaminophen.
In children up to 12 years of age, the recommended dosage is 10 to 15 mg/kg orally or rectally every 4 to 6 hours. The maximum dosing for children in this age group should not exceed five doses (or 50 to 75 mg/kg) in 24 hours.7 In children under age 2 or weighing less than 11 kg, acetaminophen should only be used under the direction of a physician.
MOST ACETAMINOPHEN IS CONJUGATED AND THEN EXCRETED IN THE URINE
Acetaminophen usually has excellent bioavailability (up to 98%), but the exact amount absorbed varies, depending on the dosage form and concomitant use of other drugs.8
At therapeutic doses, the elimination halflife is about 2 hours. Peak plasma concentrations are reached 30 to 60 minutes after the dose is taken,1 but taking acetaminophen with opioids, anticholinergic drugs, or even food may delay the time to peak concentration by delaying gastric emptying.8
NAPQI is a toxic metabolite
Under normal circumstances, a small amount of acetaminophen undergoes hepatic metabolism by a different pathway, ie, by CYP450 enzymes, primarily CYP2E1 and to a lesser extent CYP1A2, CYP2A6, and CYP3A4, forming a toxic metabolite, N-acetyl-p-benzoquinone imine (NAPQI). Then, the sulfhydryl groups of glutathione convert NAPQI into harmless metabolites that are excreted in the urine.1,7
Well tolerated and relatively safe
At recommended doses, acetaminophen is well tolerated, and it is considered relatively safe when used according to labeling instructions.
Rarely, patients experience an erythematous or urticarial rash or other allergic complications.1
However, acetaminophen is a dose-dependent hepatotoxin, and excessive doses (intentional or unintentional) may lead to acute liver failure. In addition, even in therapeutic doses, acetaminophen may still cause transient liver enzyme elevations and possibly hepatotoxicity, particularly in people who are malnourished or alcoholic or are taking certain CYP450-inducing drugs.3,6,10
HOW ACETAMINOPHEN CAN INJURE THE LIVER
Glucuronidation and sulfation, the major metabolic pathways, become saturated after an acetaminophen overdose.7 When this happens, more of the toxic metabolite NAPQI is formed by CYP450-mediated N-hydroxylation. When glutathione is depleted after large doses of acetaminophen or in malnourished people, the toxic metabolite accumulates, resulting in liver damage (Figure 1).6
The liver is damaged by two mechanisms. In one, NAPQI binds to hepatic cell macromolecules, causing dysfunction of the enzymatic systems, structural and metabolic disarray, and eventually necrotic cell death. The other mechanism is oxidative stress due to depletion of glutathione.
In children, single acetaminophen doses of 120 to 150 mg/kg of body weight have been associated with hepatotoxicity,11 as have single doses of more than 150 mg/kg or a total dose of greater than 7.5 g in adults. However, the minimal dose associated with liver injury has ranged from 4 to 10 g, and in healthy volunteers even therapeutic doses of 1 g orally every 6 hours resulted in mild liver injury.12
Patients who are malnourished or fasting are thought to be at greater risk of acetaminophen hepatotoxicity because they may be deficient in glutathione at baseline. In addition, even at lower-than-therapeutic doses, induction of CYP450 enzymes by drugs or chronic alcohol consumption may lead to an increase in the formation of NAPQI, increasing the risk of hepatotoxicity. Examples of drugs that induce CYP450 enzymes to produce more NAPQI include the anticonvuslants phenytoin (Dilantin) and phenobarbital.
CLINICAL PRESENTATION OF ACETAMINOPHEN OVERDOSE
The diagnosis of acetaminophen overdose is often established by a thorough history. The pertinent information may be difficult to obtain, however, because the patient may be confused or stuporous at presentation, may not know that the overthe-counter products he or she has been taking contain acetaminophen, or may be embarrassed about taking too much acetaminophen.13
In acute intentional overdose, signs may not be apparent immediately
The symptoms of toxicity may not be apparent immediately after ingestion of an acute overdose of acetaminophen, but early recognition and treatment can prevent more severe liver damage, decreasing morbidity and the risk of death.9
Phase 1 of an acetaminophen overdose begins shortly after ingestion and can last for 12 to 24 hours. Patients may have signs of gastrointestinal upset, nausea, vomiting, anorexia, diaphoresis, and pallor. Although the signs and symptoms show a consistent pattern and are more pronounced after larger acute overdoses, they are not diagnostic or specific.
Phase 2 (up to 48 hours after ingestion). Patients may begin to feel better during this phase. However, the hepatic enzyme levels, the prothrombin time (PT), and the international normalized ratio (INR) may continue to rise, and right upper quadrant pain may develop. Additionally, other laboratory results may be abnormal, and renal insufficiency can occur due to acetaminophen-induced renal tubular necrosis.6 Most patients receive the antidote, acetylcysteine (Mycomyst, Acetadote) before or during this phase, and consequently, liver function gradually returns to normal.
Phase 3, if reached, may be marked by severe hepatic necrosis, typically 3 to 5 days after ingestion. Symptoms during this phase range from less severe (eg, nausea and general malaise) to more severe (eg, confusion and stupor). Also, at this time, liver enzyme levels can be as high as 10,000 IU/L or even higher, and lactic acidosis and coagulopathy may worsen. If death should occur, it is most likely from complications associated with fulminant hepatic failure, including cerebral edema, multiorgan-system failure, or sepsis.6
Phase 4. Patients who recover generally have complete recovery of liver function with no long-term sequelae..
In unintentional overdoses, patients may have low drug levels
Many patients who present with unintentional acetaminophen toxicity have been taking the drug or products that contain the drug over several days to treat an acute or chronic medical condition. They often have low or undetectable serum acetaminophen levels after 2 to 3 days of nonspecific symptoms.12
MANAGING ACETAMINOPHENHEN OVERDOSE
Unintentional overdoses occur over a more prolonged period, and therefore the nomogram is not useful in this situation.
Acetylcysteine is the antidote
Acetylcysteine is the antidote for acetaminophen toxicity and should be given within 8 hours of ingestion for maximal protection against hepatic injury in patients whose serum acetaminophen levels are above the “possible” toxicity line on the nomogram.15 If acetaminophen overdose is suspected but the time elapsed since ingestion cannot be determined, acetylcysteine should be given immediately regardless of the quantity of acetaminophen ingested. 16 In cases of unintentional overdose, it is often given at the discretion of the physician.
Acetylcysteine limits the toxicity of acetaminophen by increasing glutathione stores, binding with NAPQI as a substitute for glutathione, and enhancing sulfate conjugation.6 It may further limit acetaminophen toxicity by nonspecific mechanisms including anti-inflammatory, antioxidant, inotropic, and vasodilating effects.6 In addition, it may prevent further hepatic damage in any patient thought to have acetaminophen-related liver toxicity even beyond the first 12 hours of an overdose.1
Acetylcysteine is available in an oral (Mucomyst) and an intravenous (Acetadote) formulation, which are similar in efficacy. Because many patients find the taste of the oral solution unpleasant and difficult to tolerate, it should be diluted in a 1:3 ratio with cola, orange juice, or other drink to mask its flavor. This mixture should be used within 1 hour of preparation.
Anaphylactoid reactions have occurred in patients receiving intravenous acetylcysteine for acetaminophen overdose soon after the infusion was started, most commonly during the loading dose. The frequency of infusion-related reactions has been reported to be 0.2% to 20.8%.15
The recommended dosage for intravenous acetylcysteine is a loading dose of 150 mg/kg given over 60 minutes, followed by a second dose of 50 mg/kg given over 4 hours, and finally a third dose of 100 mg/kg given over 16 hours.15 For oral acetylcysteine, the loading dose is 140 mg/kg followed by 70 mg/kg every 4 hours for 17 additional doses.17
Other measures
Activated charcoal can be used if the patient presents within 1 to 2 hours after taking acetaminophen. However, the rapid gastrointestinal absorption of acetaminophen makes this treatment ineffective in most cases.9
FINDINGS FROM LARGE REGISTRIES
Findings in adults
Ostapowicz et al,19 as part of the Acute Liver Failure Study Group, in 2002 prospectively characterized the short-term outcomes of acute liver failure in a large number of patients at 17 tertiary care centers in the United States over approximately 41 months. All centers except one performed liver transplants. Eligible patients had to meet criteria for acute liver failure, including an INR higher than 1.5, evidence of hepatic encephalopathy, and presentation within 26 weeks of illness onset without apparent chronic liver disease.
Of the 308 cases of acute liver failure, 120 (39%) were from acetaminophen overdose, making this drug the most common cause of acute liver failure. Forty-four (37%) of the patients with acetaminophen-related acute liver failure were trying to commit suicide, 57% of cases were accidental, and the remaining reasons for acetaminophen overdose were unknown. The median amount ingested was 13.2 g/day (range 2.6–75 g), and 99 (83%) of the 120 patients took more than 4 g/day.
The patients with acetaminophen-related acute liver toxicity differed from those with other causes of acute liver failure such as idiosyncratic drug reactions or indeterminate causes. The acetaminophen group had a shorter duration of disease and higher serum levels of alanine aminotransferase (ALT), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), and serum creatinine than those with acute liver failure from other causes. They also had lower bilirubin levels and a lower arterial pH.
Rates of liver transplantation were 6% in the acetaminophen group, 53% in the group with other drug-induced liver toxicity, 51% in the indeterminate group, and 36% in the remaining groups. Of the acetaminophen group, 47% met the criteria for transplantation, but only 57% of those eligible were listed for transplantation. Those excluded from the transplant list had medical contraindications or were excluded for psychosocial reasons. The short-term transplant-free survival rate was 68% in the acetaminophen group.
Overall, 11% of the patients died, including 28% of the acetaminophen group. The authors concluded that most cases of liver injury in the United States are due to medications and may be preventable.
Larson et al,20 as part of the Acute Liver Failure Study Group, examined the incidence, risk factors, and outcomes of acetaminopheninduced acute liver failure at 22 tertiary care centers in the United States over a 6-year period. Of the 662 patients in the study, 302 had acetaminophen-related toxicity and 275 were included in the final analysis; some of them had been included in the study by Ostapowicz et al.19 During the study period, the number of cases of acute liver toxicity related to acetaminophen increased from 28% to 51%.
Of the patients enrolled in the study, 56% met the criteria for potentially toxic acetaminophen ingestion. Of those who met the criteria, 77% had detectable acetaminophen levels in their serum, and 91% had ALT levels higher than 1,000 IU/L. The time between ingestion and symptom onset ranged from 1 to 32 days, and the median dose was 24 g (range 1.2–180 g).
Of the overdose cases, 48% were unintentional, 44% were intentional, and the remaining 8% had no definable reason. Of the patients in the unintentional-overdose group, 38% were using more than one acetaminophen-containing product and 63% were taking combination products containing narcotics. Overeall, 44% of patients reported using narcotic-acetaminophen combination products. The unintentional-overdose group had lower serum acetaminophen levels than the intentional-overdose group, but they were more likely to present with severe hepatic encephalopathy.
The number of patients with an unintentional overdose was worrisome. Furthermore, one-third of the patients who were receiving an acetaminophen-narcotic combination product were taking an additional acetaminophencontaining product. The authors concluded that unintentional overdose is the leading cause of acetaminophen-related hepatotoxicity, and efforts to limit the over-the-counter package size and to restrict prescriptions of acetaminophen-narcotic combinations may be necessary to decrease the incidence of this preventable cause of acute liver failure.
Findings in children
Squires et al21 and the Pediatric Acute Liver Failure Study Group examined the pathogenesis, treatment, and outcome of acute liver failure in children (any age from birth to 18 years) with no previous evidence of chronic liver disease, evidence of acute liver injury, or hepatic-based coagulopathy. From December 1999 to December 2004, 348 patients were enrolled.
Fourteen percent of the cases were due to acetaminophen. The median dose of acetaminophen ingested was 183 mg/kg. Most of these patients were white and female, and 96% were over age 3. Hepatic encephalopathy was more common in the non-acetaminophen groups than in the acetaminophen group, although this is often difficult to assess in infants and children. Children with acetaminophen toxicity had the highest rate of spontaneous recovery: 45 (94%) of 48 recovered.
Although there are fewer acetaminophenrelated cases of acute liver failure in children than in adults, the use of acetaminophen in children is still worrisome. The authors concluded that if they do not have hepatic encephalopathy, children with acetaminopheninduced liver toxicity have an excellent prognosis.
THE FDA LOOKS AT THE PROBLEM
Why overdoses occur
A recent FDA report22 cited the following reasons for acetaminophen overdose:
- Some patients may experience liver injury at doses only slightly above the recommended 4-g daily limit.
- Some patients may be more prone to liver injury from acetaminophen.
- The symptoms associated with liver injury due to acetaminophen can be nonspecific and tend to evolve over several days.
- Many acetaminophen-containing products are available, including over-the-counter and prescription drugs with many different strengths and indications.
- Consumers are unaware of the risk of liver toxicity with acetaminophen.
- Prescription products are not always clearly labeled with acetaminophen as an ingredient.
- Pediatric dosage forms are available in many different concentrations.
New package labeling
Recommendations from an advisory panel
In addition, an FDA advisory panel recommended decreasing the maximum recommended daily dose (possibly to 3,250 mg/day in adults, although this is not final) to help prevent overdoses, and reducing the maximum amount in a single nonprescription dose of the drug to 650 mg.23 The panel also voted (by a narrow margin) to ban all acetaminophen-narcotic combination products.
As of this writing, the FDA has not adopted these recommendations. (Although the FDA is not obliged to follow the advice of its advisory panels, in most cases it does.) The recommendations about acetaminophen could take years to implement fully.
THE UNITED KINGDOM ACTED IN 1998
In response to a rising number of analgesicrelated deaths, the United Kingdom enacted legislation in 1998 to limit the package size available to consumers.24 Packages sold in general stores can contain no more than 16 capsules, while those sold in pharmacies can contain 24. Blister packs were also introduced to make it harder for people to impulsively take handfuls of tablets.25
Two studies since then both found that the number of deaths related to paracetamol (as acetaminophen is known in the United Kingdom) had fallen since the legislation was implemented.24,26 Greene et al27 found that patients who ingested potentially toxic doses of paracetamol had obtained the drug “in a manner contravening the 1998 legislation.”27 In other words, shops in London were not obeying the law.
SUMMARY
The new labeling and the proposed changes are sensible and draw needed attention to the problem of acetaminophen toxicity. To prevent unintentional acetaminophen overdoses, education of patients and health care professionals is urgently needed so that the dangers of consuming excess acetaminophen daily are understood.
- Burke A, Smyth EM, Fitzgerald GA. Analgesic-antipyretic agents: pharmacotherapy of gout. In:Brunton LL, Lazo JS, Parker K, editors. Goodman and Gilman’s the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 11th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2006:671–716.
- Bronstein AC, Spyker DA, Cantilena LR, Green J, Rumack BH, Heard SE. 2006 Annual Report of the American Association of Poison Control Centers National Poison Data System (NPDS). Clin Toxicol (Phila) 2007; 45:815–917.
- Schwartz J, Stravitz T, Lee WM; American Association for the Study of Liver Disease Study Group. AASLD position on acetaminophen. www.aasld.org/about/publicpolicy/Documents/Public%2520Policy%2520Documents/AcetaminophenPosition.pdf.
- Bower WA, Johns M, Margolis HS, Williams IT, Bell BP. Populationbased surveillance for acute liver failure. Am J Gastroenterol 2007; 102:2459–2463.
- Institute for Safe Medication Practices. How are you preventing acetaminophen overdoses? www.ismp.org/newsletters/acutecare/articles/20030808.asp. Accessed 11/17/2009.
- Larson AM. Acetaminophen hepatotoxicity. Clin Liver Dis 2007; 11:525–548.
- Tylenol package insert. Fort Washington, PA: McNeil-PPC Inc.; 1999.
- Bizovi KE, Hendrickson RG. Chapter 34. Acetaminophen. In:Hoffman RS, Nelson LS, Howland MA, Lewin NA, Flomenbaum NE, Goldfrank LR, editors. Goldfrank’s Manual of Toxicologic Emergencies. 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill: New York, 2007. www.accessemergencymedicine.com/content.aspx?aID=88781. Accessed 11/7/2009.
- Hung OL, Nelson LS. Chapter 171. Acetaminophen. In:Tintinalli JE, Kelen GD, Stapcynski S, editors. Tintinalli's Emergency Medicine: A Comprehensive Study Guide. 6th ed. McGraw-Hill: New York, 2004. www.accessmedicine.com/content.aspx?aID=602606. Accessed 11/17/2009.
- Watkins PB, Kaplowitz N, Slattery JT, et al. Aminotransferase elevations in healthy adults receiving 4 grams of acetaminophen daily: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2006; 296:87–93.
- American Academy of Pediatrics Committee on Drugs. Acetaminophen toxicity in children. Pediatrics 2001; 108:1020–1024.
- Fontana RJ. Acute liver failure including acetaminophen overdose. Med Clin North Am 2008; 92:761–794.
- Heard KJ. Acetylcysteine for acetaminophen poisoning. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:285–292.
- Rumack BH, Matthew H. Acetaminophen poisoning and toxicity. Pediatrics 1975; 55:871–876.
- Acetadote package insert. Nashville, TN: Cumberland Pharmaceuticals; 2008Dec.
- Polson J, Lee WM; American Association for the Study of Liver Disease. AASLD position paper: the management of acute liver failure. Hepatology 2005; 41:1179–1197.
- Product Information: acetylcysteine inhalation solution, acetylcysteine inhalation solution. Hospira,Inc, Lake Forest, IL, 2004.
- O’Grady JG, Alexander GJ, Hayllar KM, Williams R. Early indicators of prognosis in fulminant hepatic failure. Gastroenterology 1989; 97:439–445.
- Ostapowicz G, Fontana RJ, Schiødt FV, et al. Results of a prospective study of acute liver failure at 17 tertiary care centers in the United States. Ann Intern Med 2002; 137:947–954.
- Larson AM, Polson J, Fontana RJ, et al. Acetaminophen-induced acute liver failure: results of a United States multicenter, prospective study. Hepatology 2005; 42:1364–1372.
- Squires RH, Shneider BL, Bucuvalas J, et al. Acute liver failure in children: the first 348 patients in the Pediatric Acute Liver Failure Study Group. J Pediatr 2006; 148:652–658.
- US Food and Drug Administration. Questions and answers on final rule for labeling changes to over-the-counter pain relievers. www.fda.gov/Drugs/NewsEvents/ucm144068.htm. Accessed 10/30/2009.
- Perrone M. FDA panel recommends smaller doses of painkillers. Associated Press. Adelphi, MD. June 30, 2009.
- Hawton K, Simkin S, Deeks J, et al. UK legislation on analgesic packs: before and after study of long term effect on poisonings. BMJ 2004; 329:1076.
- Hughes B, Durran A, Langford NJ, Mutimer D. Paracetamol poisoning—impact of pack size restrictions. J Clin Pharmacol Ther 2003; 28:307–310.
- Wilkinson S, Taylor G, Templeton L, Mistral W, Salter E, Bennett P. Admissions to hospital for deliberate self-harm in England 1995–2000: an analysis of hospital episode statistics. J Public Health Med 2002; 24:179–183.
- Greene SL, Dargan PI, Leman P, Jones AL. Paracetamol availability and recent changes in paracetamol poisoning: is the 1998 legislation limiting availability of paracetamol being followed? Postgrad Med J 2006; 82:520–523.
Editor’s note: Portions of this article are based on an article previously published in an internal Cleveland Clinic publication, Pharmacotherapy Update. The version here has been revised, updated, and peer-reviewed.
This drug is generally considered safe, but high doses can be toxic. The number of overdoses is worrisome. In 2006 alone, the American Association of Poison Control Centers implicated acetaminophen in nearly 140,000 poisoning cases, in which more than 100 patients died.2 It is responsible for more emergency room visits than any other drug on the market.
According to a position statement from the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases (AASLD),3 the incidence of acetaminophen-related liver toxicity has been steadily increasing over the past decade, and this drug is now the most common cause of acute liver failure.
MANY OVERDOSES ARE UNINTENTIONAL
Cases of acetaminophen-related liver toxicity can be categorized as either intentional (ie, due to a suicide attempt) or unintentional (ie, due to multiple therapeutic but excessive doses over a period of time, usually more than 3 days).
Up to 50% of cases are unintentional. Bower et al4 reviewed cases of acute liver failure that occurred in the Atlanta, GA, area between November 2000 and October 2004. Acetaminophen was the most common cause in adult patients. Of greater concern is that 61% of the acetaminophen-related cases were due to unintentional overdose. According to the Institute for Safe Medication Practices,5 one hospital (not named) reported that an average of one patient per day was given more than the recommended maximum daily acetaminophen dose of 4 g while in the hospital.
Many patients take more than one acetaminophen product
Unintentional overdoses or “therapeutic misadventures” are most often due to taking multiple products that contain acetaminophen, taking acetaminophen-narcotic combinations, and impulsive behavior involving a lack of understanding of possible injury in consuming multiple acetaminophen-containing products.3
In the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Medwatch Database, in 307 cases of unintentional acetaminophen overdose between 1998 and 2001, 25% of patients had been taking more than one acetaminophencontaining product.5
Larson et al6 found that one-third of patients who had had an unintentional acetaminophen overdose were taking an acetaminophen-narcotic combination in addition to another acetaminophen-containing product.
Many consumers don’t know they are taking acetaminophen
Many consumers don’t know that some of the drugs they take contain acetaminophen. This may be because many drug labels contain abbreviations for acetaminophen such as “APAP” or have inconsistent formatting that makes it difficult to determine if the product contains acetaminophen.
Others may not be aware of the total maximum recommended daily dose or may not be able to calculate the total daily intake from the information on the label. The problem is not only with over-the-counter products. For example, if a physician prescribes one or two tablets of hydrocodone/acetaminophen (Vicodin) 5 mg/500 mg every 4 to 6 hours, a patient could easily exceed the recommended maximum daily dose of 4 g of acetaminophen.
Toxicity can occur even at therapeutic doses
Acetaminophen hepatotoxicity can also occur even with therapeutic doses in certain conditions. Risk factors:
- Chronic alcohol use (ie, more than three drinks per day)
- Malnutrition
- Concurrent use of drugs that induce cytochrome P450 (CYP450) enzymes (more on this below).6
FIRST USED IN 1893
Acetaminophen was first used in medicine in 1893, and it became widely used after 1949, when it was found to be a less-toxic metabolite of two parent compounds, acetanilide and phenacetin.1
Acetaminophen is an effective antipyretic and analgesic, but its anti-inflammatory properties are minimal, especially compared with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). Nevertheless, acetaminophen is preferred over NSAIDs in some patients because it carries a lower risk of gastrointestinal toxicity (eg, ulceration, bleeding) and so may be better tolerated.1
INDICATIONS AND DOSAGE
Acetaminophen is indicated for mild to moderate pain or fever, including the pain of osteoarthritis. It is not recommended for chronic inflammatory conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis, since it lacks anti-inflammatory properties.
In adults and in children over age 12, the usual dosage is 325 to 650 mg orally or rectally every 4 to 6 hours, or 1,000 mg three to four times daily.
The current package label recommends that the total daily dose not exceed 4 g in most adults. Lower maximum daily doses (eg, 2 g) are recommended in patients who may be at higher risk of hepatotoxicity, such as those who drink heavily, are malnourished, or take enzyme-inducing drugs. Tylenol products currently include an alcohol warning, advising those who consume three or more alcoholic drinks a day to ask their doctor if they should take acetaminophen.
In children up to 12 years of age, the recommended dosage is 10 to 15 mg/kg orally or rectally every 4 to 6 hours. The maximum dosing for children in this age group should not exceed five doses (or 50 to 75 mg/kg) in 24 hours.7 In children under age 2 or weighing less than 11 kg, acetaminophen should only be used under the direction of a physician.
MOST ACETAMINOPHEN IS CONJUGATED AND THEN EXCRETED IN THE URINE
Acetaminophen usually has excellent bioavailability (up to 98%), but the exact amount absorbed varies, depending on the dosage form and concomitant use of other drugs.8
At therapeutic doses, the elimination halflife is about 2 hours. Peak plasma concentrations are reached 30 to 60 minutes after the dose is taken,1 but taking acetaminophen with opioids, anticholinergic drugs, or even food may delay the time to peak concentration by delaying gastric emptying.8
NAPQI is a toxic metabolite
Under normal circumstances, a small amount of acetaminophen undergoes hepatic metabolism by a different pathway, ie, by CYP450 enzymes, primarily CYP2E1 and to a lesser extent CYP1A2, CYP2A6, and CYP3A4, forming a toxic metabolite, N-acetyl-p-benzoquinone imine (NAPQI). Then, the sulfhydryl groups of glutathione convert NAPQI into harmless metabolites that are excreted in the urine.1,7
Well tolerated and relatively safe
At recommended doses, acetaminophen is well tolerated, and it is considered relatively safe when used according to labeling instructions.
Rarely, patients experience an erythematous or urticarial rash or other allergic complications.1
However, acetaminophen is a dose-dependent hepatotoxin, and excessive doses (intentional or unintentional) may lead to acute liver failure. In addition, even in therapeutic doses, acetaminophen may still cause transient liver enzyme elevations and possibly hepatotoxicity, particularly in people who are malnourished or alcoholic or are taking certain CYP450-inducing drugs.3,6,10
HOW ACETAMINOPHEN CAN INJURE THE LIVER
Glucuronidation and sulfation, the major metabolic pathways, become saturated after an acetaminophen overdose.7 When this happens, more of the toxic metabolite NAPQI is formed by CYP450-mediated N-hydroxylation. When glutathione is depleted after large doses of acetaminophen or in malnourished people, the toxic metabolite accumulates, resulting in liver damage (Figure 1).6
The liver is damaged by two mechanisms. In one, NAPQI binds to hepatic cell macromolecules, causing dysfunction of the enzymatic systems, structural and metabolic disarray, and eventually necrotic cell death. The other mechanism is oxidative stress due to depletion of glutathione.
In children, single acetaminophen doses of 120 to 150 mg/kg of body weight have been associated with hepatotoxicity,11 as have single doses of more than 150 mg/kg or a total dose of greater than 7.5 g in adults. However, the minimal dose associated with liver injury has ranged from 4 to 10 g, and in healthy volunteers even therapeutic doses of 1 g orally every 6 hours resulted in mild liver injury.12
Patients who are malnourished or fasting are thought to be at greater risk of acetaminophen hepatotoxicity because they may be deficient in glutathione at baseline. In addition, even at lower-than-therapeutic doses, induction of CYP450 enzymes by drugs or chronic alcohol consumption may lead to an increase in the formation of NAPQI, increasing the risk of hepatotoxicity. Examples of drugs that induce CYP450 enzymes to produce more NAPQI include the anticonvuslants phenytoin (Dilantin) and phenobarbital.
CLINICAL PRESENTATION OF ACETAMINOPHEN OVERDOSE
The diagnosis of acetaminophen overdose is often established by a thorough history. The pertinent information may be difficult to obtain, however, because the patient may be confused or stuporous at presentation, may not know that the overthe-counter products he or she has been taking contain acetaminophen, or may be embarrassed about taking too much acetaminophen.13
In acute intentional overdose, signs may not be apparent immediately
The symptoms of toxicity may not be apparent immediately after ingestion of an acute overdose of acetaminophen, but early recognition and treatment can prevent more severe liver damage, decreasing morbidity and the risk of death.9
Phase 1 of an acetaminophen overdose begins shortly after ingestion and can last for 12 to 24 hours. Patients may have signs of gastrointestinal upset, nausea, vomiting, anorexia, diaphoresis, and pallor. Although the signs and symptoms show a consistent pattern and are more pronounced after larger acute overdoses, they are not diagnostic or specific.
Phase 2 (up to 48 hours after ingestion). Patients may begin to feel better during this phase. However, the hepatic enzyme levels, the prothrombin time (PT), and the international normalized ratio (INR) may continue to rise, and right upper quadrant pain may develop. Additionally, other laboratory results may be abnormal, and renal insufficiency can occur due to acetaminophen-induced renal tubular necrosis.6 Most patients receive the antidote, acetylcysteine (Mycomyst, Acetadote) before or during this phase, and consequently, liver function gradually returns to normal.
Phase 3, if reached, may be marked by severe hepatic necrosis, typically 3 to 5 days after ingestion. Symptoms during this phase range from less severe (eg, nausea and general malaise) to more severe (eg, confusion and stupor). Also, at this time, liver enzyme levels can be as high as 10,000 IU/L or even higher, and lactic acidosis and coagulopathy may worsen. If death should occur, it is most likely from complications associated with fulminant hepatic failure, including cerebral edema, multiorgan-system failure, or sepsis.6
Phase 4. Patients who recover generally have complete recovery of liver function with no long-term sequelae..
In unintentional overdoses, patients may have low drug levels
Many patients who present with unintentional acetaminophen toxicity have been taking the drug or products that contain the drug over several days to treat an acute or chronic medical condition. They often have low or undetectable serum acetaminophen levels after 2 to 3 days of nonspecific symptoms.12
MANAGING ACETAMINOPHENHEN OVERDOSE
Unintentional overdoses occur over a more prolonged period, and therefore the nomogram is not useful in this situation.
Acetylcysteine is the antidote
Acetylcysteine is the antidote for acetaminophen toxicity and should be given within 8 hours of ingestion for maximal protection against hepatic injury in patients whose serum acetaminophen levels are above the “possible” toxicity line on the nomogram.15 If acetaminophen overdose is suspected but the time elapsed since ingestion cannot be determined, acetylcysteine should be given immediately regardless of the quantity of acetaminophen ingested. 16 In cases of unintentional overdose, it is often given at the discretion of the physician.
Acetylcysteine limits the toxicity of acetaminophen by increasing glutathione stores, binding with NAPQI as a substitute for glutathione, and enhancing sulfate conjugation.6 It may further limit acetaminophen toxicity by nonspecific mechanisms including anti-inflammatory, antioxidant, inotropic, and vasodilating effects.6 In addition, it may prevent further hepatic damage in any patient thought to have acetaminophen-related liver toxicity even beyond the first 12 hours of an overdose.1
Acetylcysteine is available in an oral (Mucomyst) and an intravenous (Acetadote) formulation, which are similar in efficacy. Because many patients find the taste of the oral solution unpleasant and difficult to tolerate, it should be diluted in a 1:3 ratio with cola, orange juice, or other drink to mask its flavor. This mixture should be used within 1 hour of preparation.
Anaphylactoid reactions have occurred in patients receiving intravenous acetylcysteine for acetaminophen overdose soon after the infusion was started, most commonly during the loading dose. The frequency of infusion-related reactions has been reported to be 0.2% to 20.8%.15
The recommended dosage for intravenous acetylcysteine is a loading dose of 150 mg/kg given over 60 minutes, followed by a second dose of 50 mg/kg given over 4 hours, and finally a third dose of 100 mg/kg given over 16 hours.15 For oral acetylcysteine, the loading dose is 140 mg/kg followed by 70 mg/kg every 4 hours for 17 additional doses.17
Other measures
Activated charcoal can be used if the patient presents within 1 to 2 hours after taking acetaminophen. However, the rapid gastrointestinal absorption of acetaminophen makes this treatment ineffective in most cases.9
FINDINGS FROM LARGE REGISTRIES
Findings in adults
Ostapowicz et al,19 as part of the Acute Liver Failure Study Group, in 2002 prospectively characterized the short-term outcomes of acute liver failure in a large number of patients at 17 tertiary care centers in the United States over approximately 41 months. All centers except one performed liver transplants. Eligible patients had to meet criteria for acute liver failure, including an INR higher than 1.5, evidence of hepatic encephalopathy, and presentation within 26 weeks of illness onset without apparent chronic liver disease.
Of the 308 cases of acute liver failure, 120 (39%) were from acetaminophen overdose, making this drug the most common cause of acute liver failure. Forty-four (37%) of the patients with acetaminophen-related acute liver failure were trying to commit suicide, 57% of cases were accidental, and the remaining reasons for acetaminophen overdose were unknown. The median amount ingested was 13.2 g/day (range 2.6–75 g), and 99 (83%) of the 120 patients took more than 4 g/day.
The patients with acetaminophen-related acute liver toxicity differed from those with other causes of acute liver failure such as idiosyncratic drug reactions or indeterminate causes. The acetaminophen group had a shorter duration of disease and higher serum levels of alanine aminotransferase (ALT), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), and serum creatinine than those with acute liver failure from other causes. They also had lower bilirubin levels and a lower arterial pH.
Rates of liver transplantation were 6% in the acetaminophen group, 53% in the group with other drug-induced liver toxicity, 51% in the indeterminate group, and 36% in the remaining groups. Of the acetaminophen group, 47% met the criteria for transplantation, but only 57% of those eligible were listed for transplantation. Those excluded from the transplant list had medical contraindications or were excluded for psychosocial reasons. The short-term transplant-free survival rate was 68% in the acetaminophen group.
Overall, 11% of the patients died, including 28% of the acetaminophen group. The authors concluded that most cases of liver injury in the United States are due to medications and may be preventable.
Larson et al,20 as part of the Acute Liver Failure Study Group, examined the incidence, risk factors, and outcomes of acetaminopheninduced acute liver failure at 22 tertiary care centers in the United States over a 6-year period. Of the 662 patients in the study, 302 had acetaminophen-related toxicity and 275 were included in the final analysis; some of them had been included in the study by Ostapowicz et al.19 During the study period, the number of cases of acute liver toxicity related to acetaminophen increased from 28% to 51%.
Of the patients enrolled in the study, 56% met the criteria for potentially toxic acetaminophen ingestion. Of those who met the criteria, 77% had detectable acetaminophen levels in their serum, and 91% had ALT levels higher than 1,000 IU/L. The time between ingestion and symptom onset ranged from 1 to 32 days, and the median dose was 24 g (range 1.2–180 g).
Of the overdose cases, 48% were unintentional, 44% were intentional, and the remaining 8% had no definable reason. Of the patients in the unintentional-overdose group, 38% were using more than one acetaminophen-containing product and 63% were taking combination products containing narcotics. Overeall, 44% of patients reported using narcotic-acetaminophen combination products. The unintentional-overdose group had lower serum acetaminophen levels than the intentional-overdose group, but they were more likely to present with severe hepatic encephalopathy.
The number of patients with an unintentional overdose was worrisome. Furthermore, one-third of the patients who were receiving an acetaminophen-narcotic combination product were taking an additional acetaminophencontaining product. The authors concluded that unintentional overdose is the leading cause of acetaminophen-related hepatotoxicity, and efforts to limit the over-the-counter package size and to restrict prescriptions of acetaminophen-narcotic combinations may be necessary to decrease the incidence of this preventable cause of acute liver failure.
Findings in children
Squires et al21 and the Pediatric Acute Liver Failure Study Group examined the pathogenesis, treatment, and outcome of acute liver failure in children (any age from birth to 18 years) with no previous evidence of chronic liver disease, evidence of acute liver injury, or hepatic-based coagulopathy. From December 1999 to December 2004, 348 patients were enrolled.
Fourteen percent of the cases were due to acetaminophen. The median dose of acetaminophen ingested was 183 mg/kg. Most of these patients were white and female, and 96% were over age 3. Hepatic encephalopathy was more common in the non-acetaminophen groups than in the acetaminophen group, although this is often difficult to assess in infants and children. Children with acetaminophen toxicity had the highest rate of spontaneous recovery: 45 (94%) of 48 recovered.
Although there are fewer acetaminophenrelated cases of acute liver failure in children than in adults, the use of acetaminophen in children is still worrisome. The authors concluded that if they do not have hepatic encephalopathy, children with acetaminopheninduced liver toxicity have an excellent prognosis.
THE FDA LOOKS AT THE PROBLEM
Why overdoses occur
A recent FDA report22 cited the following reasons for acetaminophen overdose:
- Some patients may experience liver injury at doses only slightly above the recommended 4-g daily limit.
- Some patients may be more prone to liver injury from acetaminophen.
- The symptoms associated with liver injury due to acetaminophen can be nonspecific and tend to evolve over several days.
- Many acetaminophen-containing products are available, including over-the-counter and prescription drugs with many different strengths and indications.
- Consumers are unaware of the risk of liver toxicity with acetaminophen.
- Prescription products are not always clearly labeled with acetaminophen as an ingredient.
- Pediatric dosage forms are available in many different concentrations.
New package labeling
Recommendations from an advisory panel
In addition, an FDA advisory panel recommended decreasing the maximum recommended daily dose (possibly to 3,250 mg/day in adults, although this is not final) to help prevent overdoses, and reducing the maximum amount in a single nonprescription dose of the drug to 650 mg.23 The panel also voted (by a narrow margin) to ban all acetaminophen-narcotic combination products.
As of this writing, the FDA has not adopted these recommendations. (Although the FDA is not obliged to follow the advice of its advisory panels, in most cases it does.) The recommendations about acetaminophen could take years to implement fully.
THE UNITED KINGDOM ACTED IN 1998
In response to a rising number of analgesicrelated deaths, the United Kingdom enacted legislation in 1998 to limit the package size available to consumers.24 Packages sold in general stores can contain no more than 16 capsules, while those sold in pharmacies can contain 24. Blister packs were also introduced to make it harder for people to impulsively take handfuls of tablets.25
Two studies since then both found that the number of deaths related to paracetamol (as acetaminophen is known in the United Kingdom) had fallen since the legislation was implemented.24,26 Greene et al27 found that patients who ingested potentially toxic doses of paracetamol had obtained the drug “in a manner contravening the 1998 legislation.”27 In other words, shops in London were not obeying the law.
SUMMARY
The new labeling and the proposed changes are sensible and draw needed attention to the problem of acetaminophen toxicity. To prevent unintentional acetaminophen overdoses, education of patients and health care professionals is urgently needed so that the dangers of consuming excess acetaminophen daily are understood.
Editor’s note: Portions of this article are based on an article previously published in an internal Cleveland Clinic publication, Pharmacotherapy Update. The version here has been revised, updated, and peer-reviewed.
This drug is generally considered safe, but high doses can be toxic. The number of overdoses is worrisome. In 2006 alone, the American Association of Poison Control Centers implicated acetaminophen in nearly 140,000 poisoning cases, in which more than 100 patients died.2 It is responsible for more emergency room visits than any other drug on the market.
According to a position statement from the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases (AASLD),3 the incidence of acetaminophen-related liver toxicity has been steadily increasing over the past decade, and this drug is now the most common cause of acute liver failure.
MANY OVERDOSES ARE UNINTENTIONAL
Cases of acetaminophen-related liver toxicity can be categorized as either intentional (ie, due to a suicide attempt) or unintentional (ie, due to multiple therapeutic but excessive doses over a period of time, usually more than 3 days).
Up to 50% of cases are unintentional. Bower et al4 reviewed cases of acute liver failure that occurred in the Atlanta, GA, area between November 2000 and October 2004. Acetaminophen was the most common cause in adult patients. Of greater concern is that 61% of the acetaminophen-related cases were due to unintentional overdose. According to the Institute for Safe Medication Practices,5 one hospital (not named) reported that an average of one patient per day was given more than the recommended maximum daily acetaminophen dose of 4 g while in the hospital.
Many patients take more than one acetaminophen product
Unintentional overdoses or “therapeutic misadventures” are most often due to taking multiple products that contain acetaminophen, taking acetaminophen-narcotic combinations, and impulsive behavior involving a lack of understanding of possible injury in consuming multiple acetaminophen-containing products.3
In the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Medwatch Database, in 307 cases of unintentional acetaminophen overdose between 1998 and 2001, 25% of patients had been taking more than one acetaminophencontaining product.5
Larson et al6 found that one-third of patients who had had an unintentional acetaminophen overdose were taking an acetaminophen-narcotic combination in addition to another acetaminophen-containing product.
Many consumers don’t know they are taking acetaminophen
Many consumers don’t know that some of the drugs they take contain acetaminophen. This may be because many drug labels contain abbreviations for acetaminophen such as “APAP” or have inconsistent formatting that makes it difficult to determine if the product contains acetaminophen.
Others may not be aware of the total maximum recommended daily dose or may not be able to calculate the total daily intake from the information on the label. The problem is not only with over-the-counter products. For example, if a physician prescribes one or two tablets of hydrocodone/acetaminophen (Vicodin) 5 mg/500 mg every 4 to 6 hours, a patient could easily exceed the recommended maximum daily dose of 4 g of acetaminophen.
Toxicity can occur even at therapeutic doses
Acetaminophen hepatotoxicity can also occur even with therapeutic doses in certain conditions. Risk factors:
- Chronic alcohol use (ie, more than three drinks per day)
- Malnutrition
- Concurrent use of drugs that induce cytochrome P450 (CYP450) enzymes (more on this below).6
FIRST USED IN 1893
Acetaminophen was first used in medicine in 1893, and it became widely used after 1949, when it was found to be a less-toxic metabolite of two parent compounds, acetanilide and phenacetin.1
Acetaminophen is an effective antipyretic and analgesic, but its anti-inflammatory properties are minimal, especially compared with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). Nevertheless, acetaminophen is preferred over NSAIDs in some patients because it carries a lower risk of gastrointestinal toxicity (eg, ulceration, bleeding) and so may be better tolerated.1
INDICATIONS AND DOSAGE
Acetaminophen is indicated for mild to moderate pain or fever, including the pain of osteoarthritis. It is not recommended for chronic inflammatory conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis, since it lacks anti-inflammatory properties.
In adults and in children over age 12, the usual dosage is 325 to 650 mg orally or rectally every 4 to 6 hours, or 1,000 mg three to four times daily.
The current package label recommends that the total daily dose not exceed 4 g in most adults. Lower maximum daily doses (eg, 2 g) are recommended in patients who may be at higher risk of hepatotoxicity, such as those who drink heavily, are malnourished, or take enzyme-inducing drugs. Tylenol products currently include an alcohol warning, advising those who consume three or more alcoholic drinks a day to ask their doctor if they should take acetaminophen.
In children up to 12 years of age, the recommended dosage is 10 to 15 mg/kg orally or rectally every 4 to 6 hours. The maximum dosing for children in this age group should not exceed five doses (or 50 to 75 mg/kg) in 24 hours.7 In children under age 2 or weighing less than 11 kg, acetaminophen should only be used under the direction of a physician.
MOST ACETAMINOPHEN IS CONJUGATED AND THEN EXCRETED IN THE URINE
Acetaminophen usually has excellent bioavailability (up to 98%), but the exact amount absorbed varies, depending on the dosage form and concomitant use of other drugs.8
At therapeutic doses, the elimination halflife is about 2 hours. Peak plasma concentrations are reached 30 to 60 minutes after the dose is taken,1 but taking acetaminophen with opioids, anticholinergic drugs, or even food may delay the time to peak concentration by delaying gastric emptying.8
NAPQI is a toxic metabolite
Under normal circumstances, a small amount of acetaminophen undergoes hepatic metabolism by a different pathway, ie, by CYP450 enzymes, primarily CYP2E1 and to a lesser extent CYP1A2, CYP2A6, and CYP3A4, forming a toxic metabolite, N-acetyl-p-benzoquinone imine (NAPQI). Then, the sulfhydryl groups of glutathione convert NAPQI into harmless metabolites that are excreted in the urine.1,7
Well tolerated and relatively safe
At recommended doses, acetaminophen is well tolerated, and it is considered relatively safe when used according to labeling instructions.
Rarely, patients experience an erythematous or urticarial rash or other allergic complications.1
However, acetaminophen is a dose-dependent hepatotoxin, and excessive doses (intentional or unintentional) may lead to acute liver failure. In addition, even in therapeutic doses, acetaminophen may still cause transient liver enzyme elevations and possibly hepatotoxicity, particularly in people who are malnourished or alcoholic or are taking certain CYP450-inducing drugs.3,6,10
HOW ACETAMINOPHEN CAN INJURE THE LIVER
Glucuronidation and sulfation, the major metabolic pathways, become saturated after an acetaminophen overdose.7 When this happens, more of the toxic metabolite NAPQI is formed by CYP450-mediated N-hydroxylation. When glutathione is depleted after large doses of acetaminophen or in malnourished people, the toxic metabolite accumulates, resulting in liver damage (Figure 1).6
The liver is damaged by two mechanisms. In one, NAPQI binds to hepatic cell macromolecules, causing dysfunction of the enzymatic systems, structural and metabolic disarray, and eventually necrotic cell death. The other mechanism is oxidative stress due to depletion of glutathione.
In children, single acetaminophen doses of 120 to 150 mg/kg of body weight have been associated with hepatotoxicity,11 as have single doses of more than 150 mg/kg or a total dose of greater than 7.5 g in adults. However, the minimal dose associated with liver injury has ranged from 4 to 10 g, and in healthy volunteers even therapeutic doses of 1 g orally every 6 hours resulted in mild liver injury.12
Patients who are malnourished or fasting are thought to be at greater risk of acetaminophen hepatotoxicity because they may be deficient in glutathione at baseline. In addition, even at lower-than-therapeutic doses, induction of CYP450 enzymes by drugs or chronic alcohol consumption may lead to an increase in the formation of NAPQI, increasing the risk of hepatotoxicity. Examples of drugs that induce CYP450 enzymes to produce more NAPQI include the anticonvuslants phenytoin (Dilantin) and phenobarbital.
CLINICAL PRESENTATION OF ACETAMINOPHEN OVERDOSE
The diagnosis of acetaminophen overdose is often established by a thorough history. The pertinent information may be difficult to obtain, however, because the patient may be confused or stuporous at presentation, may not know that the overthe-counter products he or she has been taking contain acetaminophen, or may be embarrassed about taking too much acetaminophen.13
In acute intentional overdose, signs may not be apparent immediately
The symptoms of toxicity may not be apparent immediately after ingestion of an acute overdose of acetaminophen, but early recognition and treatment can prevent more severe liver damage, decreasing morbidity and the risk of death.9
Phase 1 of an acetaminophen overdose begins shortly after ingestion and can last for 12 to 24 hours. Patients may have signs of gastrointestinal upset, nausea, vomiting, anorexia, diaphoresis, and pallor. Although the signs and symptoms show a consistent pattern and are more pronounced after larger acute overdoses, they are not diagnostic or specific.
Phase 2 (up to 48 hours after ingestion). Patients may begin to feel better during this phase. However, the hepatic enzyme levels, the prothrombin time (PT), and the international normalized ratio (INR) may continue to rise, and right upper quadrant pain may develop. Additionally, other laboratory results may be abnormal, and renal insufficiency can occur due to acetaminophen-induced renal tubular necrosis.6 Most patients receive the antidote, acetylcysteine (Mycomyst, Acetadote) before or during this phase, and consequently, liver function gradually returns to normal.
Phase 3, if reached, may be marked by severe hepatic necrosis, typically 3 to 5 days after ingestion. Symptoms during this phase range from less severe (eg, nausea and general malaise) to more severe (eg, confusion and stupor). Also, at this time, liver enzyme levels can be as high as 10,000 IU/L or even higher, and lactic acidosis and coagulopathy may worsen. If death should occur, it is most likely from complications associated with fulminant hepatic failure, including cerebral edema, multiorgan-system failure, or sepsis.6
Phase 4. Patients who recover generally have complete recovery of liver function with no long-term sequelae..
In unintentional overdoses, patients may have low drug levels
Many patients who present with unintentional acetaminophen toxicity have been taking the drug or products that contain the drug over several days to treat an acute or chronic medical condition. They often have low or undetectable serum acetaminophen levels after 2 to 3 days of nonspecific symptoms.12
MANAGING ACETAMINOPHENHEN OVERDOSE
Unintentional overdoses occur over a more prolonged period, and therefore the nomogram is not useful in this situation.
Acetylcysteine is the antidote
Acetylcysteine is the antidote for acetaminophen toxicity and should be given within 8 hours of ingestion for maximal protection against hepatic injury in patients whose serum acetaminophen levels are above the “possible” toxicity line on the nomogram.15 If acetaminophen overdose is suspected but the time elapsed since ingestion cannot be determined, acetylcysteine should be given immediately regardless of the quantity of acetaminophen ingested. 16 In cases of unintentional overdose, it is often given at the discretion of the physician.
Acetylcysteine limits the toxicity of acetaminophen by increasing glutathione stores, binding with NAPQI as a substitute for glutathione, and enhancing sulfate conjugation.6 It may further limit acetaminophen toxicity by nonspecific mechanisms including anti-inflammatory, antioxidant, inotropic, and vasodilating effects.6 In addition, it may prevent further hepatic damage in any patient thought to have acetaminophen-related liver toxicity even beyond the first 12 hours of an overdose.1
Acetylcysteine is available in an oral (Mucomyst) and an intravenous (Acetadote) formulation, which are similar in efficacy. Because many patients find the taste of the oral solution unpleasant and difficult to tolerate, it should be diluted in a 1:3 ratio with cola, orange juice, or other drink to mask its flavor. This mixture should be used within 1 hour of preparation.
Anaphylactoid reactions have occurred in patients receiving intravenous acetylcysteine for acetaminophen overdose soon after the infusion was started, most commonly during the loading dose. The frequency of infusion-related reactions has been reported to be 0.2% to 20.8%.15
The recommended dosage for intravenous acetylcysteine is a loading dose of 150 mg/kg given over 60 minutes, followed by a second dose of 50 mg/kg given over 4 hours, and finally a third dose of 100 mg/kg given over 16 hours.15 For oral acetylcysteine, the loading dose is 140 mg/kg followed by 70 mg/kg every 4 hours for 17 additional doses.17
Other measures
Activated charcoal can be used if the patient presents within 1 to 2 hours after taking acetaminophen. However, the rapid gastrointestinal absorption of acetaminophen makes this treatment ineffective in most cases.9
FINDINGS FROM LARGE REGISTRIES
Findings in adults
Ostapowicz et al,19 as part of the Acute Liver Failure Study Group, in 2002 prospectively characterized the short-term outcomes of acute liver failure in a large number of patients at 17 tertiary care centers in the United States over approximately 41 months. All centers except one performed liver transplants. Eligible patients had to meet criteria for acute liver failure, including an INR higher than 1.5, evidence of hepatic encephalopathy, and presentation within 26 weeks of illness onset without apparent chronic liver disease.
Of the 308 cases of acute liver failure, 120 (39%) were from acetaminophen overdose, making this drug the most common cause of acute liver failure. Forty-four (37%) of the patients with acetaminophen-related acute liver failure were trying to commit suicide, 57% of cases were accidental, and the remaining reasons for acetaminophen overdose were unknown. The median amount ingested was 13.2 g/day (range 2.6–75 g), and 99 (83%) of the 120 patients took more than 4 g/day.
The patients with acetaminophen-related acute liver toxicity differed from those with other causes of acute liver failure such as idiosyncratic drug reactions or indeterminate causes. The acetaminophen group had a shorter duration of disease and higher serum levels of alanine aminotransferase (ALT), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), and serum creatinine than those with acute liver failure from other causes. They also had lower bilirubin levels and a lower arterial pH.
Rates of liver transplantation were 6% in the acetaminophen group, 53% in the group with other drug-induced liver toxicity, 51% in the indeterminate group, and 36% in the remaining groups. Of the acetaminophen group, 47% met the criteria for transplantation, but only 57% of those eligible were listed for transplantation. Those excluded from the transplant list had medical contraindications or were excluded for psychosocial reasons. The short-term transplant-free survival rate was 68% in the acetaminophen group.
Overall, 11% of the patients died, including 28% of the acetaminophen group. The authors concluded that most cases of liver injury in the United States are due to medications and may be preventable.
Larson et al,20 as part of the Acute Liver Failure Study Group, examined the incidence, risk factors, and outcomes of acetaminopheninduced acute liver failure at 22 tertiary care centers in the United States over a 6-year period. Of the 662 patients in the study, 302 had acetaminophen-related toxicity and 275 were included in the final analysis; some of them had been included in the study by Ostapowicz et al.19 During the study period, the number of cases of acute liver toxicity related to acetaminophen increased from 28% to 51%.
Of the patients enrolled in the study, 56% met the criteria for potentially toxic acetaminophen ingestion. Of those who met the criteria, 77% had detectable acetaminophen levels in their serum, and 91% had ALT levels higher than 1,000 IU/L. The time between ingestion and symptom onset ranged from 1 to 32 days, and the median dose was 24 g (range 1.2–180 g).
Of the overdose cases, 48% were unintentional, 44% were intentional, and the remaining 8% had no definable reason. Of the patients in the unintentional-overdose group, 38% were using more than one acetaminophen-containing product and 63% were taking combination products containing narcotics. Overeall, 44% of patients reported using narcotic-acetaminophen combination products. The unintentional-overdose group had lower serum acetaminophen levels than the intentional-overdose group, but they were more likely to present with severe hepatic encephalopathy.
The number of patients with an unintentional overdose was worrisome. Furthermore, one-third of the patients who were receiving an acetaminophen-narcotic combination product were taking an additional acetaminophencontaining product. The authors concluded that unintentional overdose is the leading cause of acetaminophen-related hepatotoxicity, and efforts to limit the over-the-counter package size and to restrict prescriptions of acetaminophen-narcotic combinations may be necessary to decrease the incidence of this preventable cause of acute liver failure.
Findings in children
Squires et al21 and the Pediatric Acute Liver Failure Study Group examined the pathogenesis, treatment, and outcome of acute liver failure in children (any age from birth to 18 years) with no previous evidence of chronic liver disease, evidence of acute liver injury, or hepatic-based coagulopathy. From December 1999 to December 2004, 348 patients were enrolled.
Fourteen percent of the cases were due to acetaminophen. The median dose of acetaminophen ingested was 183 mg/kg. Most of these patients were white and female, and 96% were over age 3. Hepatic encephalopathy was more common in the non-acetaminophen groups than in the acetaminophen group, although this is often difficult to assess in infants and children. Children with acetaminophen toxicity had the highest rate of spontaneous recovery: 45 (94%) of 48 recovered.
Although there are fewer acetaminophenrelated cases of acute liver failure in children than in adults, the use of acetaminophen in children is still worrisome. The authors concluded that if they do not have hepatic encephalopathy, children with acetaminopheninduced liver toxicity have an excellent prognosis.
THE FDA LOOKS AT THE PROBLEM
Why overdoses occur
A recent FDA report22 cited the following reasons for acetaminophen overdose:
- Some patients may experience liver injury at doses only slightly above the recommended 4-g daily limit.
- Some patients may be more prone to liver injury from acetaminophen.
- The symptoms associated with liver injury due to acetaminophen can be nonspecific and tend to evolve over several days.
- Many acetaminophen-containing products are available, including over-the-counter and prescription drugs with many different strengths and indications.
- Consumers are unaware of the risk of liver toxicity with acetaminophen.
- Prescription products are not always clearly labeled with acetaminophen as an ingredient.
- Pediatric dosage forms are available in many different concentrations.
New package labeling
Recommendations from an advisory panel
In addition, an FDA advisory panel recommended decreasing the maximum recommended daily dose (possibly to 3,250 mg/day in adults, although this is not final) to help prevent overdoses, and reducing the maximum amount in a single nonprescription dose of the drug to 650 mg.23 The panel also voted (by a narrow margin) to ban all acetaminophen-narcotic combination products.
As of this writing, the FDA has not adopted these recommendations. (Although the FDA is not obliged to follow the advice of its advisory panels, in most cases it does.) The recommendations about acetaminophen could take years to implement fully.
THE UNITED KINGDOM ACTED IN 1998
In response to a rising number of analgesicrelated deaths, the United Kingdom enacted legislation in 1998 to limit the package size available to consumers.24 Packages sold in general stores can contain no more than 16 capsules, while those sold in pharmacies can contain 24. Blister packs were also introduced to make it harder for people to impulsively take handfuls of tablets.25
Two studies since then both found that the number of deaths related to paracetamol (as acetaminophen is known in the United Kingdom) had fallen since the legislation was implemented.24,26 Greene et al27 found that patients who ingested potentially toxic doses of paracetamol had obtained the drug “in a manner contravening the 1998 legislation.”27 In other words, shops in London were not obeying the law.
SUMMARY
The new labeling and the proposed changes are sensible and draw needed attention to the problem of acetaminophen toxicity. To prevent unintentional acetaminophen overdoses, education of patients and health care professionals is urgently needed so that the dangers of consuming excess acetaminophen daily are understood.
- Burke A, Smyth EM, Fitzgerald GA. Analgesic-antipyretic agents: pharmacotherapy of gout. In:Brunton LL, Lazo JS, Parker K, editors. Goodman and Gilman’s the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 11th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2006:671–716.
- Bronstein AC, Spyker DA, Cantilena LR, Green J, Rumack BH, Heard SE. 2006 Annual Report of the American Association of Poison Control Centers National Poison Data System (NPDS). Clin Toxicol (Phila) 2007; 45:815–917.
- Schwartz J, Stravitz T, Lee WM; American Association for the Study of Liver Disease Study Group. AASLD position on acetaminophen. www.aasld.org/about/publicpolicy/Documents/Public%2520Policy%2520Documents/AcetaminophenPosition.pdf.
- Bower WA, Johns M, Margolis HS, Williams IT, Bell BP. Populationbased surveillance for acute liver failure. Am J Gastroenterol 2007; 102:2459–2463.
- Institute for Safe Medication Practices. How are you preventing acetaminophen overdoses? www.ismp.org/newsletters/acutecare/articles/20030808.asp. Accessed 11/17/2009.
- Larson AM. Acetaminophen hepatotoxicity. Clin Liver Dis 2007; 11:525–548.
- Tylenol package insert. Fort Washington, PA: McNeil-PPC Inc.; 1999.
- Bizovi KE, Hendrickson RG. Chapter 34. Acetaminophen. In:Hoffman RS, Nelson LS, Howland MA, Lewin NA, Flomenbaum NE, Goldfrank LR, editors. Goldfrank’s Manual of Toxicologic Emergencies. 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill: New York, 2007. www.accessemergencymedicine.com/content.aspx?aID=88781. Accessed 11/7/2009.
- Hung OL, Nelson LS. Chapter 171. Acetaminophen. In:Tintinalli JE, Kelen GD, Stapcynski S, editors. Tintinalli's Emergency Medicine: A Comprehensive Study Guide. 6th ed. McGraw-Hill: New York, 2004. www.accessmedicine.com/content.aspx?aID=602606. Accessed 11/17/2009.
- Watkins PB, Kaplowitz N, Slattery JT, et al. Aminotransferase elevations in healthy adults receiving 4 grams of acetaminophen daily: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2006; 296:87–93.
- American Academy of Pediatrics Committee on Drugs. Acetaminophen toxicity in children. Pediatrics 2001; 108:1020–1024.
- Fontana RJ. Acute liver failure including acetaminophen overdose. Med Clin North Am 2008; 92:761–794.
- Heard KJ. Acetylcysteine for acetaminophen poisoning. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:285–292.
- Rumack BH, Matthew H. Acetaminophen poisoning and toxicity. Pediatrics 1975; 55:871–876.
- Acetadote package insert. Nashville, TN: Cumberland Pharmaceuticals; 2008Dec.
- Polson J, Lee WM; American Association for the Study of Liver Disease. AASLD position paper: the management of acute liver failure. Hepatology 2005; 41:1179–1197.
- Product Information: acetylcysteine inhalation solution, acetylcysteine inhalation solution. Hospira,Inc, Lake Forest, IL, 2004.
- O’Grady JG, Alexander GJ, Hayllar KM, Williams R. Early indicators of prognosis in fulminant hepatic failure. Gastroenterology 1989; 97:439–445.
- Ostapowicz G, Fontana RJ, Schiødt FV, et al. Results of a prospective study of acute liver failure at 17 tertiary care centers in the United States. Ann Intern Med 2002; 137:947–954.
- Larson AM, Polson J, Fontana RJ, et al. Acetaminophen-induced acute liver failure: results of a United States multicenter, prospective study. Hepatology 2005; 42:1364–1372.
- Squires RH, Shneider BL, Bucuvalas J, et al. Acute liver failure in children: the first 348 patients in the Pediatric Acute Liver Failure Study Group. J Pediatr 2006; 148:652–658.
- US Food and Drug Administration. Questions and answers on final rule for labeling changes to over-the-counter pain relievers. www.fda.gov/Drugs/NewsEvents/ucm144068.htm. Accessed 10/30/2009.
- Perrone M. FDA panel recommends smaller doses of painkillers. Associated Press. Adelphi, MD. June 30, 2009.
- Hawton K, Simkin S, Deeks J, et al. UK legislation on analgesic packs: before and after study of long term effect on poisonings. BMJ 2004; 329:1076.
- Hughes B, Durran A, Langford NJ, Mutimer D. Paracetamol poisoning—impact of pack size restrictions. J Clin Pharmacol Ther 2003; 28:307–310.
- Wilkinson S, Taylor G, Templeton L, Mistral W, Salter E, Bennett P. Admissions to hospital for deliberate self-harm in England 1995–2000: an analysis of hospital episode statistics. J Public Health Med 2002; 24:179–183.
- Greene SL, Dargan PI, Leman P, Jones AL. Paracetamol availability and recent changes in paracetamol poisoning: is the 1998 legislation limiting availability of paracetamol being followed? Postgrad Med J 2006; 82:520–523.
- Burke A, Smyth EM, Fitzgerald GA. Analgesic-antipyretic agents: pharmacotherapy of gout. In:Brunton LL, Lazo JS, Parker K, editors. Goodman and Gilman’s the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 11th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2006:671–716.
- Bronstein AC, Spyker DA, Cantilena LR, Green J, Rumack BH, Heard SE. 2006 Annual Report of the American Association of Poison Control Centers National Poison Data System (NPDS). Clin Toxicol (Phila) 2007; 45:815–917.
- Schwartz J, Stravitz T, Lee WM; American Association for the Study of Liver Disease Study Group. AASLD position on acetaminophen. www.aasld.org/about/publicpolicy/Documents/Public%2520Policy%2520Documents/AcetaminophenPosition.pdf.
- Bower WA, Johns M, Margolis HS, Williams IT, Bell BP. Populationbased surveillance for acute liver failure. Am J Gastroenterol 2007; 102:2459–2463.
- Institute for Safe Medication Practices. How are you preventing acetaminophen overdoses? www.ismp.org/newsletters/acutecare/articles/20030808.asp. Accessed 11/17/2009.
- Larson AM. Acetaminophen hepatotoxicity. Clin Liver Dis 2007; 11:525–548.
- Tylenol package insert. Fort Washington, PA: McNeil-PPC Inc.; 1999.
- Bizovi KE, Hendrickson RG. Chapter 34. Acetaminophen. In:Hoffman RS, Nelson LS, Howland MA, Lewin NA, Flomenbaum NE, Goldfrank LR, editors. Goldfrank’s Manual of Toxicologic Emergencies. 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill: New York, 2007. www.accessemergencymedicine.com/content.aspx?aID=88781. Accessed 11/7/2009.
- Hung OL, Nelson LS. Chapter 171. Acetaminophen. In:Tintinalli JE, Kelen GD, Stapcynski S, editors. Tintinalli's Emergency Medicine: A Comprehensive Study Guide. 6th ed. McGraw-Hill: New York, 2004. www.accessmedicine.com/content.aspx?aID=602606. Accessed 11/17/2009.
- Watkins PB, Kaplowitz N, Slattery JT, et al. Aminotransferase elevations in healthy adults receiving 4 grams of acetaminophen daily: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2006; 296:87–93.
- American Academy of Pediatrics Committee on Drugs. Acetaminophen toxicity in children. Pediatrics 2001; 108:1020–1024.
- Fontana RJ. Acute liver failure including acetaminophen overdose. Med Clin North Am 2008; 92:761–794.
- Heard KJ. Acetylcysteine for acetaminophen poisoning. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:285–292.
- Rumack BH, Matthew H. Acetaminophen poisoning and toxicity. Pediatrics 1975; 55:871–876.
- Acetadote package insert. Nashville, TN: Cumberland Pharmaceuticals; 2008Dec.
- Polson J, Lee WM; American Association for the Study of Liver Disease. AASLD position paper: the management of acute liver failure. Hepatology 2005; 41:1179–1197.
- Product Information: acetylcysteine inhalation solution, acetylcysteine inhalation solution. Hospira,Inc, Lake Forest, IL, 2004.
- O’Grady JG, Alexander GJ, Hayllar KM, Williams R. Early indicators of prognosis in fulminant hepatic failure. Gastroenterology 1989; 97:439–445.
- Ostapowicz G, Fontana RJ, Schiødt FV, et al. Results of a prospective study of acute liver failure at 17 tertiary care centers in the United States. Ann Intern Med 2002; 137:947–954.
- Larson AM, Polson J, Fontana RJ, et al. Acetaminophen-induced acute liver failure: results of a United States multicenter, prospective study. Hepatology 2005; 42:1364–1372.
- Squires RH, Shneider BL, Bucuvalas J, et al. Acute liver failure in children: the first 348 patients in the Pediatric Acute Liver Failure Study Group. J Pediatr 2006; 148:652–658.
- US Food and Drug Administration. Questions and answers on final rule for labeling changes to over-the-counter pain relievers. www.fda.gov/Drugs/NewsEvents/ucm144068.htm. Accessed 10/30/2009.
- Perrone M. FDA panel recommends smaller doses of painkillers. Associated Press. Adelphi, MD. June 30, 2009.
- Hawton K, Simkin S, Deeks J, et al. UK legislation on analgesic packs: before and after study of long term effect on poisonings. BMJ 2004; 329:1076.
- Hughes B, Durran A, Langford NJ, Mutimer D. Paracetamol poisoning—impact of pack size restrictions. J Clin Pharmacol Ther 2003; 28:307–310.
- Wilkinson S, Taylor G, Templeton L, Mistral W, Salter E, Bennett P. Admissions to hospital for deliberate self-harm in England 1995–2000: an analysis of hospital episode statistics. J Public Health Med 2002; 24:179–183.
- Greene SL, Dargan PI, Leman P, Jones AL. Paracetamol availability and recent changes in paracetamol poisoning: is the 1998 legislation limiting availability of paracetamol being followed? Postgrad Med J 2006; 82:520–523.
KEY POINTS
- Acetaminophen is the leading cause of acute liver failure in the United States, and nearly half of acetaminophenassociated cases are due to unintentional overdose.
- In many cases of unintentional overdose, patients took more than one acetaminophen-containing product and did not know that both products contained this drug.
- Prescribers need to inform all patients, especially vulnerable ones (eg, those taking enzyme-inducing drugs, those who chronically use alcohol, and those who are malnourished) of the risks associated with acetaminophen.
- Although no consensus has been reached on what is a safe dose in patients with liver disease, 4 g/day is too much: a total daily dose of no more than 2 g is recommended to decrease the risk of toxicity in these patients.
Evidence, limes, and cement
In 1753, Lind2 described how he gave fresh fruit vs cider, vinegar, sulfuric acid, seawater, or barley water to 12 sailors aboard the HMS Salisbury in an effort to find a cure for scurvy. This landmark clinical trial has been hailed as an example of how clinical research can dramatically alter clinical practice. Yet practice did not change aboard British naval ships until almost 50 years after Lind’s treatise was published.3
For many reasons, randomized clinical trials may not immediately affect what physicians do. Sometimes, physicians believe that the trials were not well designed or well conducted, or that the results do not apply to their patients. I briefly discussed some limitations of evidence-based clinical decision-making in our September 2009 issue.4
Another reason is that the conclusions from some trials do not jibe with the experience of seasoned clinicians. That is why, this month, I have asked two physicians, a rheumatologist5 and a spine surgeon,6 to comment on how two studies7,8 have influenced their clinical practice. Both studies concluded that vertebroplasty (injecting cement to shore up osteoporotic vertebrae) was no more beneficial than a sham procedure in patients with vertebral compression fractures. Neither physician is ready to completely abandon vertebroplasty on the basis of these two studies. Thus, it seems that published evidence may provide us guidance and fruit for discussion, but does not give us certainty.
- Sackett DL, Rosenberg WM, Gray JA, Haynes RB, Richardson WS. Evidence based medicine: what it is and what it isn’t [editorial]. BMJ 1996; 312:71–72.
- Lind J. Treatise of the Scurvy in Three Parts. Containing an inquiry into the Nature, Causes and Cure of that Disease. Together with a Critical and Chronological View of what has been published on the subject. Edinburgh: Sands, Murray, and Cochran, 1753.
- Carpenter K. The History of Scurvy and Vitamin C. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 1988.
- Mandell BF. Vertebroplasty, evidence, and health care reform: What is quality care? Cleve Clin J Med 2009; 76:497–502.
- Bolster MA. Consternation and questions about two vertebroplasty trials. Cleve Clin J Med 2010; 77:12–16.
- Orr RD. Vertebroplasty, cognitive dissonance, and evidence-based medicine: what do we do when the ‘evidence’ says we are wrong? Cleve Clin J Med 2010; 77:8–11.
- Kallmes DF, Comstock BA, Heagerty PJ, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for osteoporotic spinal fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:569–579.
- Buchbinder R, Osborne RH, Ebeling PR, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for painful osteoporotic vertebral fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:557–568.
In 1753, Lind2 described how he gave fresh fruit vs cider, vinegar, sulfuric acid, seawater, or barley water to 12 sailors aboard the HMS Salisbury in an effort to find a cure for scurvy. This landmark clinical trial has been hailed as an example of how clinical research can dramatically alter clinical practice. Yet practice did not change aboard British naval ships until almost 50 years after Lind’s treatise was published.3
For many reasons, randomized clinical trials may not immediately affect what physicians do. Sometimes, physicians believe that the trials were not well designed or well conducted, or that the results do not apply to their patients. I briefly discussed some limitations of evidence-based clinical decision-making in our September 2009 issue.4
Another reason is that the conclusions from some trials do not jibe with the experience of seasoned clinicians. That is why, this month, I have asked two physicians, a rheumatologist5 and a spine surgeon,6 to comment on how two studies7,8 have influenced their clinical practice. Both studies concluded that vertebroplasty (injecting cement to shore up osteoporotic vertebrae) was no more beneficial than a sham procedure in patients with vertebral compression fractures. Neither physician is ready to completely abandon vertebroplasty on the basis of these two studies. Thus, it seems that published evidence may provide us guidance and fruit for discussion, but does not give us certainty.
In 1753, Lind2 described how he gave fresh fruit vs cider, vinegar, sulfuric acid, seawater, or barley water to 12 sailors aboard the HMS Salisbury in an effort to find a cure for scurvy. This landmark clinical trial has been hailed as an example of how clinical research can dramatically alter clinical practice. Yet practice did not change aboard British naval ships until almost 50 years after Lind’s treatise was published.3
For many reasons, randomized clinical trials may not immediately affect what physicians do. Sometimes, physicians believe that the trials were not well designed or well conducted, or that the results do not apply to their patients. I briefly discussed some limitations of evidence-based clinical decision-making in our September 2009 issue.4
Another reason is that the conclusions from some trials do not jibe with the experience of seasoned clinicians. That is why, this month, I have asked two physicians, a rheumatologist5 and a spine surgeon,6 to comment on how two studies7,8 have influenced their clinical practice. Both studies concluded that vertebroplasty (injecting cement to shore up osteoporotic vertebrae) was no more beneficial than a sham procedure in patients with vertebral compression fractures. Neither physician is ready to completely abandon vertebroplasty on the basis of these two studies. Thus, it seems that published evidence may provide us guidance and fruit for discussion, but does not give us certainty.
- Sackett DL, Rosenberg WM, Gray JA, Haynes RB, Richardson WS. Evidence based medicine: what it is and what it isn’t [editorial]. BMJ 1996; 312:71–72.
- Lind J. Treatise of the Scurvy in Three Parts. Containing an inquiry into the Nature, Causes and Cure of that Disease. Together with a Critical and Chronological View of what has been published on the subject. Edinburgh: Sands, Murray, and Cochran, 1753.
- Carpenter K. The History of Scurvy and Vitamin C. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 1988.
- Mandell BF. Vertebroplasty, evidence, and health care reform: What is quality care? Cleve Clin J Med 2009; 76:497–502.
- Bolster MA. Consternation and questions about two vertebroplasty trials. Cleve Clin J Med 2010; 77:12–16.
- Orr RD. Vertebroplasty, cognitive dissonance, and evidence-based medicine: what do we do when the ‘evidence’ says we are wrong? Cleve Clin J Med 2010; 77:8–11.
- Kallmes DF, Comstock BA, Heagerty PJ, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for osteoporotic spinal fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:569–579.
- Buchbinder R, Osborne RH, Ebeling PR, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for painful osteoporotic vertebral fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:557–568.
- Sackett DL, Rosenberg WM, Gray JA, Haynes RB, Richardson WS. Evidence based medicine: what it is and what it isn’t [editorial]. BMJ 1996; 312:71–72.
- Lind J. Treatise of the Scurvy in Three Parts. Containing an inquiry into the Nature, Causes and Cure of that Disease. Together with a Critical and Chronological View of what has been published on the subject. Edinburgh: Sands, Murray, and Cochran, 1753.
- Carpenter K. The History of Scurvy and Vitamin C. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 1988.
- Mandell BF. Vertebroplasty, evidence, and health care reform: What is quality care? Cleve Clin J Med 2009; 76:497–502.
- Bolster MA. Consternation and questions about two vertebroplasty trials. Cleve Clin J Med 2010; 77:12–16.
- Orr RD. Vertebroplasty, cognitive dissonance, and evidence-based medicine: what do we do when the ‘evidence’ says we are wrong? Cleve Clin J Med 2010; 77:8–11.
- Kallmes DF, Comstock BA, Heagerty PJ, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for osteoporotic spinal fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:569–579.
- Buchbinder R, Osborne RH, Ebeling PR, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for painful osteoporotic vertebral fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:557–568.
Consternation and questions about two vertebroplasty trials
Confronted with the unexpected results of two trials of vertebroplasty,1,2 physicians are feeling some consternation, We had thought that percutaneous vertebroplasty helps patients with osteoporosis who sustain a painful vertebral insufficiency fracture. However, the trials found it to be no better than a sham procedure in terms of relieving pain.
How will these findings affect our practice? Should we abandon this popular procedure? Or are there other considerations that may mitigate these negative findings? And what should we tell our patients?
700,000 FRACTURES PER YEAR
Vertebral insufficiency fractures are the most common type of fracture in patients with osteoporosis. Every year in the United States, about 700,000 of them occur.
Nearly two-thirds are asymptomatic. The other one-third typically present with the acute onset of localized pain.
Vertebral insufficiency fractures often lead to chronic pain, impair the ability to walk and to perform daily activities, and accentuate thoracic kyphosis, which in turn can lead to pulmonary restrictive disease, and they raise the risk of death. Also, a patient who has a vertebral insufficiency fracture has a 20% risk of sustaining a new one within 1 year.3
Whether symptomatic or asymptomatic, finding a vertebral insufficiency fracture should prompt one to consider drug therapy for osteoporosis. In addition, until now, a patient who presented with the acute onset of back pain and whose evaluation revealed a vertebral insufficiency fracture would also be considered for a vertebral augmentation procedure, either vertebroplasty or kyphoplasty, to relieve the pain.
Vertebroplasty involves injecting polymethylmethacrylate cement percutaneously into the affected vertebral body. Kyphoplasty, a similar procedure, uses a balloon to create a cavity in the fractured vertebral body. After the balloon is withdrawn, the cavity is filled with cement.
TWO RANDOMIZED TRIALS OF SHAM VS REAL VERTEBROPLASTY
Two teams, Kallmes et al2 and Buchbinder et al,1 independently performed randomized controlled trials to see if vertebroplasty really relieves pain as well as has been reported in open studies, case series, and nonrandomized trials.4–7
In both trials, patients were randomized to undergo either sham vertebroplasty or real vertebroplasty. The sham procedure closely approximated the real procedure, including inserting a needle, infiltrating a local anesthetic, bupivacaine (Marcaine), into the periosteum of the posterior lamina1 or the pedicle of the target vertebrae,2 and opening a vial of polymethylmethacrylate so that the patient would smell the product.
Inclusion criteria
Patients in both trials had to have evidence of a recent (acute) or nonhealed vertebral insufficiency fracture.
Pain was the primary outcome measured
In both trials, the investigators assessed the patients’ pain at baseline and again at several specified intervals, using validated tools.
Kallmes et al assessed pain intensity and functional measures at 1 month (the primary outcome measured), and also at 3, 14, and 90 days and at 1 year.
Buchbinder et al assessed pain at 1 week and at 1, 3, and 6 months. The primary outcome measured was pain at 3 months. Secondary outcomes included quality-of-life measures, pain at rest, and pain at night.
Surprising results
In both trials, the mean pain scores were better than at baseline at all time points after the procedure in both the real-procedure and the sham-procedure groups. Moreover, the effect did not differ between the two treatment groups in either study.
QUESTIONS COMPLICATE THE ISSUE
These two trials should make us consider whether this intervention is warranted. We should, however, also consider some limitations of these studies that raise questions about how the conclusions should or should not alter practice.
Does local anesthetic continue to relieve pain?
In both the sham and the real procedure, the bupivacaine injection may have helped relieve pain to some extent afterward, as its anesthetic effect may last longer than we would expect from its 3-hour half-life. The effect could certainly have contributed to improvements in pain levels at the earlier time points after the procedure.
Was there selection bias?
Both studies were highly rigorous and were done at hospitals that had extensive experience with vertebroplasty. However, they may have harbored selection bias, as many more patients were screened than were randomized.
Buchbinder et al1 screened 468 patients. Of these, 30% declined to participate, and another 53% did not meet the eligibility criteria. In the end, only 78 patients were randomized.
Kallmes et al2 screened 1,813 patients, 300 of whom declined and 1,382 of whom were excluded, leaving 131 patients to be randomized. The reasons for exclusion were not specifically reported in many cases.
In both studies, it would be interesting to know how many of those who declined proceeded to undergo a vertebral augmentation procedure.
Did the trials have enough power?
In the study by Kallmes et al,2 recruitment got off to a slow start. Thus, after three patients were recruited, the inclusion requirements were liberalized. The study was originally designed to include 250 patients, which would have given it a power of greater than 80% to detect differences in primary and secondary outcomes. The design was revised to include 130 patients. The statistical power was still 80%, but this was to detect a greater difference in the outcomes than originally projected.
Had the window of opportunity already closed?
Vertebroplasty may have a window of opportunity within which it is most effective. Sooner is probably better than later, but it would be good to identify this time frame.
Kaufmann et al9 reported that patients with older fractures needed slightly more analgesic drugs after the procedure. It has been shown previously that patients who are the most likely to respond to a vertebral augmentation procedure are those with fractures that occurred between 1 and 12 months prior to the procedure and who have evidence that the fracture was recent, ie, edema on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or increased uptake on a bone scan.10
Other studies suggested that intervention works best in patients who have had uncontrolled pain lasting less than 6 weeks.8,11 (In the study by Buchbinder et al,1 only 32% of the patients in either group reported pain lasting less than 6 weeks.)
The study by Kallmes et al included patients whose pain had begun within 1 year previously. However, if the duration of pain (ie, the age of the fracture) was uncertain, MRI was done to look for edema, which would indicate the fracture was fresh. It is thus unclear whether all patients in this study truly had an acute or subacute fracture, since all did not undergo confirmatory MRI.
Why did so many patients cross over from sham to real treatment?
Patients in the Kallmes trial2 could cross over from one treatment group to the other as early as 1 month after the procedure. And, in fact, 43% of patients in the sham-treatment group did choose to cross over by 3 months. In contrast, after real vertebroplasty, significantly fewer—only 12% (P < .001)—crossed over to receive the sham procedure. The patients who crossed over from the sham-procedure group to receive vertebroplasty experienced an early improvement in pain, but this was not sustained at 1 or 3 months of follow-up.
The higher crossover rate in the shamprocedure group suggests they were dissatisfied with this intervention, although their outcomes were not significantly better after they got the real procedure. The patients who first received the sham treatment and elected to cross over to vertebroplasty had higher pain and disability scores at baseline. Thus, they may have had other, more chronic causes of pain or other factors affecting the likelihood of a response, particularly of a durable or sustained response.
How do the interventions compare with medical therapy?
Earlier studies showed that vertebroplasty relieves pain almost immediately.4–6 But the benefit does not last: at 6 weeks and up to 12 months later there is no difference in either pain or functional capacity reported in patients receiving vertebroplasty vs conservative treatment.4,6,7 It would thus appear that pain gradually diminishes over time after a vertebral insufficiency fracture, as the fracture heals.
The recent studies1,2 raise the possibility that the pain relief is due to the local anesthetic, not the vertebroplasty itself. We do not know, however, if either vertebroplasty or the sham procedure is superior to conservative medical management. Prospective multicenter trials are under way to address this question.11
Further complicating the issue, the two trials did not keep track of medical treatments patients were receiving concomitantly during the trial period. It is thus more difficult to compare the pain assessment outcomes following invasive procedures—real or sham.
Would kyphoplasty be better?
These studies addressed one procedure, vertebroplasty, and the results and conclusions should not be generalized to kyphoplasty. A prospective randomized trial of kyphoplasty is clearly warranted.
If kyphoplasty is found to be better than a sham procedure, then vertebroplasty should be re-examined in comparison with kyphoplasty. In any future studies, it will be important to select patients rigorously (eg, to include only patients with recent fractures), to match patients according to concomitant therapies, and to consider other potential superimposed causes of back pain in this elderly population, which has a high prevalence of back pain.
HOW SHOULD MY PRACTICE CHANGE? WHAT SHOULD I TELL PATIENTS?
Having considered the results, conclusions, and limitations of these two randomized trials, particularly in terms of recruitment, I cannot say that my practice has changed in terms of referring patients who have a vertebral compression fracture to an interventionalist. However, the education that I provide to patients has changed.
In my mind, the highest priority for a patient with a vertebral insufficiency fracture is to treat (or to reassess the current treatment of) the underlying systemic disease, ie, osteoporosis. This is especially true since most vertebral insufficiency fractures are asymptomatic.
On the other hand, a patient with a painful vertebral compression fracture needs prompt attention and consideration for interventional pain relief. Rapid pain relief is desirable. And in uncontrolled trials,4–7 vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty rapidly relieved vertebral pain. However, it may be that an anesthetic injection is equivalent to vertebroplasty and could accomplish the goal of immediate pain relief just as well.
The pain relief from sham or real vertebroplasty may not be durable, and 3 to 12 months later the pain benefit may be no greater than if more conservative therapy had been pursued.
It is essential to determine the most appropriate window for treatment as well as the most appropriate candidates on whom to perform a procedure. The recently published studies1,2 may have had significant patient selection bias and may not have optimized the window of opportunity for vertebral augmentation performance. There were many patients who declined the study, and some were excluded because of acute pain requiring hospitalization.
As a rheumatologist treating patients with osteoporosis, it is my responsibility to discuss with the patient and family the potential treatments available, to discuss the associated possible risks and benefits, to report on available evidence, and to refer patients to an appropriate interventional specialist if they desire. In light of the lack of superior pain reduction with vertebroplasty than with a sham procedure, many patients may opt for conservative therapy.
It is thus appropriate to determine the acuity of the fracture and to have a frank discussion with the patient about the options for pain management. Opiate drugs pose risks in elderly patients, particularly altered mentation, somnolence, interference with balance, and risk of falls. Vertebroplasty or anesthetic injection may rapidly relieve the pain and reduce the need for opiate therapy. Not yet subjected to the rigors of a randomized placebocontrolled trial, kyphoplasty may yet prove to be better than a sham intervention.
It is essential to determine if there is a role for vertebral augmentation in a select patient population—perhaps selected on the basis of the time that has elapsed since the fracture occurred (determined objectively), the severity of the fracture, and other factors. Perhaps a subset of patients would gain greater benefit from the procedure, whether it amounts solely to acute pain reduction or perhaps to a more durable response.
The recent studies by Kallmes et al2 and Buchbinder et al1 found vertebroplasty and sham vertebroplasty to be equally effective in reducing pain and improving function. However, given the limitations of each of these studies, particularly the low numbers of patients, it is difficult to establish that vertebral augmentation procedures should no longer be done. And vertebroplasty may still benefit correctly selected patients.
- Buchbinder R, Osborne RH, Ebeling PR, et a.l A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for painful osteoporotic vertebral fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:557–568.
- Kallmes DF, Comstock BA, Heagerty PJ, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for osteoporotic spinal fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:569–579.
- Francis RM, Aspray TJ, Hide G, Sutcliffe AM, Wilkinson P. Back pain in osteoporotic vertebral fractures. Osteoporos Int 2008; 19:895–903.
- Diamond TH, Champion B, Clark WA. Management of acute osteoporotic vertebral fractures: a nonrandomized trial comparing percutaneous vertebroplasty with conservative therapy. Am J Med 2003; 114:257–265.
- Voormolen MH, Mali WP, Lohle PN, et al. Percutaneous vertebroplasty compared with optimal pain medication treatment: short-term clinical outcome of patients with subacute or chronic painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. The VERTOS study. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2007; 28:555–560.
- Alvarez L, Alcaraz M, Pérez-Higueras A, et al. Percutaneous vertebroplasty: functional improvement in patients with osteoporotic compression fractures. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2006; 31:1113–1118.
- Rousing R, Andersen MO, Jespersen SM, Thomsen K, Lauritsen J. Percutaneous vertebroplasty compared to conservative treatment in patients with painful acute or subacute osteoporotic vertebral fractures: three-months follow-up in a clinical randomized study. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2009; 34:1349–1354.
- Clark W, Lyon S, Burnes J. Trials of vertebroplasty for vertebral fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:2097–2098.
- Kaufmann TJ, Jensen ME, Schweickert PA, Marx WF, Kallmes DF. Age of fracture and clinical outcomes of percutaneous vertebroplasty. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2001; 22:1860–1863.
- Maynard AS, Jensen ME, Schweickert PA, Marx WF, Short JG, Kallmes DF. Value of bone scan imaging in predicting pain relief from percutaneous vertebroplasty in osteoporotic vertebral fractures. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2000; 21:1807–1812.
- Klazen C, Verhaar H, Lampmann L, et al. VERTOS II: Percutaneous vertebroplasty versus conservative therapy in patients with painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures; rationale, objectives and design of a multicenter randomized controlled trial. Trials 2007; 8:33.
Confronted with the unexpected results of two trials of vertebroplasty,1,2 physicians are feeling some consternation, We had thought that percutaneous vertebroplasty helps patients with osteoporosis who sustain a painful vertebral insufficiency fracture. However, the trials found it to be no better than a sham procedure in terms of relieving pain.
How will these findings affect our practice? Should we abandon this popular procedure? Or are there other considerations that may mitigate these negative findings? And what should we tell our patients?
700,000 FRACTURES PER YEAR
Vertebral insufficiency fractures are the most common type of fracture in patients with osteoporosis. Every year in the United States, about 700,000 of them occur.
Nearly two-thirds are asymptomatic. The other one-third typically present with the acute onset of localized pain.
Vertebral insufficiency fractures often lead to chronic pain, impair the ability to walk and to perform daily activities, and accentuate thoracic kyphosis, which in turn can lead to pulmonary restrictive disease, and they raise the risk of death. Also, a patient who has a vertebral insufficiency fracture has a 20% risk of sustaining a new one within 1 year.3
Whether symptomatic or asymptomatic, finding a vertebral insufficiency fracture should prompt one to consider drug therapy for osteoporosis. In addition, until now, a patient who presented with the acute onset of back pain and whose evaluation revealed a vertebral insufficiency fracture would also be considered for a vertebral augmentation procedure, either vertebroplasty or kyphoplasty, to relieve the pain.
Vertebroplasty involves injecting polymethylmethacrylate cement percutaneously into the affected vertebral body. Kyphoplasty, a similar procedure, uses a balloon to create a cavity in the fractured vertebral body. After the balloon is withdrawn, the cavity is filled with cement.
TWO RANDOMIZED TRIALS OF SHAM VS REAL VERTEBROPLASTY
Two teams, Kallmes et al2 and Buchbinder et al,1 independently performed randomized controlled trials to see if vertebroplasty really relieves pain as well as has been reported in open studies, case series, and nonrandomized trials.4–7
In both trials, patients were randomized to undergo either sham vertebroplasty or real vertebroplasty. The sham procedure closely approximated the real procedure, including inserting a needle, infiltrating a local anesthetic, bupivacaine (Marcaine), into the periosteum of the posterior lamina1 or the pedicle of the target vertebrae,2 and opening a vial of polymethylmethacrylate so that the patient would smell the product.
Inclusion criteria
Patients in both trials had to have evidence of a recent (acute) or nonhealed vertebral insufficiency fracture.
Pain was the primary outcome measured
In both trials, the investigators assessed the patients’ pain at baseline and again at several specified intervals, using validated tools.
Kallmes et al assessed pain intensity and functional measures at 1 month (the primary outcome measured), and also at 3, 14, and 90 days and at 1 year.
Buchbinder et al assessed pain at 1 week and at 1, 3, and 6 months. The primary outcome measured was pain at 3 months. Secondary outcomes included quality-of-life measures, pain at rest, and pain at night.
Surprising results
In both trials, the mean pain scores were better than at baseline at all time points after the procedure in both the real-procedure and the sham-procedure groups. Moreover, the effect did not differ between the two treatment groups in either study.
QUESTIONS COMPLICATE THE ISSUE
These two trials should make us consider whether this intervention is warranted. We should, however, also consider some limitations of these studies that raise questions about how the conclusions should or should not alter practice.
Does local anesthetic continue to relieve pain?
In both the sham and the real procedure, the bupivacaine injection may have helped relieve pain to some extent afterward, as its anesthetic effect may last longer than we would expect from its 3-hour half-life. The effect could certainly have contributed to improvements in pain levels at the earlier time points after the procedure.
Was there selection bias?
Both studies were highly rigorous and were done at hospitals that had extensive experience with vertebroplasty. However, they may have harbored selection bias, as many more patients were screened than were randomized.
Buchbinder et al1 screened 468 patients. Of these, 30% declined to participate, and another 53% did not meet the eligibility criteria. In the end, only 78 patients were randomized.
Kallmes et al2 screened 1,813 patients, 300 of whom declined and 1,382 of whom were excluded, leaving 131 patients to be randomized. The reasons for exclusion were not specifically reported in many cases.
In both studies, it would be interesting to know how many of those who declined proceeded to undergo a vertebral augmentation procedure.
Did the trials have enough power?
In the study by Kallmes et al,2 recruitment got off to a slow start. Thus, after three patients were recruited, the inclusion requirements were liberalized. The study was originally designed to include 250 patients, which would have given it a power of greater than 80% to detect differences in primary and secondary outcomes. The design was revised to include 130 patients. The statistical power was still 80%, but this was to detect a greater difference in the outcomes than originally projected.
Had the window of opportunity already closed?
Vertebroplasty may have a window of opportunity within which it is most effective. Sooner is probably better than later, but it would be good to identify this time frame.
Kaufmann et al9 reported that patients with older fractures needed slightly more analgesic drugs after the procedure. It has been shown previously that patients who are the most likely to respond to a vertebral augmentation procedure are those with fractures that occurred between 1 and 12 months prior to the procedure and who have evidence that the fracture was recent, ie, edema on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or increased uptake on a bone scan.10
Other studies suggested that intervention works best in patients who have had uncontrolled pain lasting less than 6 weeks.8,11 (In the study by Buchbinder et al,1 only 32% of the patients in either group reported pain lasting less than 6 weeks.)
The study by Kallmes et al included patients whose pain had begun within 1 year previously. However, if the duration of pain (ie, the age of the fracture) was uncertain, MRI was done to look for edema, which would indicate the fracture was fresh. It is thus unclear whether all patients in this study truly had an acute or subacute fracture, since all did not undergo confirmatory MRI.
Why did so many patients cross over from sham to real treatment?
Patients in the Kallmes trial2 could cross over from one treatment group to the other as early as 1 month after the procedure. And, in fact, 43% of patients in the sham-treatment group did choose to cross over by 3 months. In contrast, after real vertebroplasty, significantly fewer—only 12% (P < .001)—crossed over to receive the sham procedure. The patients who crossed over from the sham-procedure group to receive vertebroplasty experienced an early improvement in pain, but this was not sustained at 1 or 3 months of follow-up.
The higher crossover rate in the shamprocedure group suggests they were dissatisfied with this intervention, although their outcomes were not significantly better after they got the real procedure. The patients who first received the sham treatment and elected to cross over to vertebroplasty had higher pain and disability scores at baseline. Thus, they may have had other, more chronic causes of pain or other factors affecting the likelihood of a response, particularly of a durable or sustained response.
How do the interventions compare with medical therapy?
Earlier studies showed that vertebroplasty relieves pain almost immediately.4–6 But the benefit does not last: at 6 weeks and up to 12 months later there is no difference in either pain or functional capacity reported in patients receiving vertebroplasty vs conservative treatment.4,6,7 It would thus appear that pain gradually diminishes over time after a vertebral insufficiency fracture, as the fracture heals.
The recent studies1,2 raise the possibility that the pain relief is due to the local anesthetic, not the vertebroplasty itself. We do not know, however, if either vertebroplasty or the sham procedure is superior to conservative medical management. Prospective multicenter trials are under way to address this question.11
Further complicating the issue, the two trials did not keep track of medical treatments patients were receiving concomitantly during the trial period. It is thus more difficult to compare the pain assessment outcomes following invasive procedures—real or sham.
Would kyphoplasty be better?
These studies addressed one procedure, vertebroplasty, and the results and conclusions should not be generalized to kyphoplasty. A prospective randomized trial of kyphoplasty is clearly warranted.
If kyphoplasty is found to be better than a sham procedure, then vertebroplasty should be re-examined in comparison with kyphoplasty. In any future studies, it will be important to select patients rigorously (eg, to include only patients with recent fractures), to match patients according to concomitant therapies, and to consider other potential superimposed causes of back pain in this elderly population, which has a high prevalence of back pain.
HOW SHOULD MY PRACTICE CHANGE? WHAT SHOULD I TELL PATIENTS?
Having considered the results, conclusions, and limitations of these two randomized trials, particularly in terms of recruitment, I cannot say that my practice has changed in terms of referring patients who have a vertebral compression fracture to an interventionalist. However, the education that I provide to patients has changed.
In my mind, the highest priority for a patient with a vertebral insufficiency fracture is to treat (or to reassess the current treatment of) the underlying systemic disease, ie, osteoporosis. This is especially true since most vertebral insufficiency fractures are asymptomatic.
On the other hand, a patient with a painful vertebral compression fracture needs prompt attention and consideration for interventional pain relief. Rapid pain relief is desirable. And in uncontrolled trials,4–7 vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty rapidly relieved vertebral pain. However, it may be that an anesthetic injection is equivalent to vertebroplasty and could accomplish the goal of immediate pain relief just as well.
The pain relief from sham or real vertebroplasty may not be durable, and 3 to 12 months later the pain benefit may be no greater than if more conservative therapy had been pursued.
It is essential to determine the most appropriate window for treatment as well as the most appropriate candidates on whom to perform a procedure. The recently published studies1,2 may have had significant patient selection bias and may not have optimized the window of opportunity for vertebral augmentation performance. There were many patients who declined the study, and some were excluded because of acute pain requiring hospitalization.
As a rheumatologist treating patients with osteoporosis, it is my responsibility to discuss with the patient and family the potential treatments available, to discuss the associated possible risks and benefits, to report on available evidence, and to refer patients to an appropriate interventional specialist if they desire. In light of the lack of superior pain reduction with vertebroplasty than with a sham procedure, many patients may opt for conservative therapy.
It is thus appropriate to determine the acuity of the fracture and to have a frank discussion with the patient about the options for pain management. Opiate drugs pose risks in elderly patients, particularly altered mentation, somnolence, interference with balance, and risk of falls. Vertebroplasty or anesthetic injection may rapidly relieve the pain and reduce the need for opiate therapy. Not yet subjected to the rigors of a randomized placebocontrolled trial, kyphoplasty may yet prove to be better than a sham intervention.
It is essential to determine if there is a role for vertebral augmentation in a select patient population—perhaps selected on the basis of the time that has elapsed since the fracture occurred (determined objectively), the severity of the fracture, and other factors. Perhaps a subset of patients would gain greater benefit from the procedure, whether it amounts solely to acute pain reduction or perhaps to a more durable response.
The recent studies by Kallmes et al2 and Buchbinder et al1 found vertebroplasty and sham vertebroplasty to be equally effective in reducing pain and improving function. However, given the limitations of each of these studies, particularly the low numbers of patients, it is difficult to establish that vertebral augmentation procedures should no longer be done. And vertebroplasty may still benefit correctly selected patients.
Confronted with the unexpected results of two trials of vertebroplasty,1,2 physicians are feeling some consternation, We had thought that percutaneous vertebroplasty helps patients with osteoporosis who sustain a painful vertebral insufficiency fracture. However, the trials found it to be no better than a sham procedure in terms of relieving pain.
How will these findings affect our practice? Should we abandon this popular procedure? Or are there other considerations that may mitigate these negative findings? And what should we tell our patients?
700,000 FRACTURES PER YEAR
Vertebral insufficiency fractures are the most common type of fracture in patients with osteoporosis. Every year in the United States, about 700,000 of them occur.
Nearly two-thirds are asymptomatic. The other one-third typically present with the acute onset of localized pain.
Vertebral insufficiency fractures often lead to chronic pain, impair the ability to walk and to perform daily activities, and accentuate thoracic kyphosis, which in turn can lead to pulmonary restrictive disease, and they raise the risk of death. Also, a patient who has a vertebral insufficiency fracture has a 20% risk of sustaining a new one within 1 year.3
Whether symptomatic or asymptomatic, finding a vertebral insufficiency fracture should prompt one to consider drug therapy for osteoporosis. In addition, until now, a patient who presented with the acute onset of back pain and whose evaluation revealed a vertebral insufficiency fracture would also be considered for a vertebral augmentation procedure, either vertebroplasty or kyphoplasty, to relieve the pain.
Vertebroplasty involves injecting polymethylmethacrylate cement percutaneously into the affected vertebral body. Kyphoplasty, a similar procedure, uses a balloon to create a cavity in the fractured vertebral body. After the balloon is withdrawn, the cavity is filled with cement.
TWO RANDOMIZED TRIALS OF SHAM VS REAL VERTEBROPLASTY
Two teams, Kallmes et al2 and Buchbinder et al,1 independently performed randomized controlled trials to see if vertebroplasty really relieves pain as well as has been reported in open studies, case series, and nonrandomized trials.4–7
In both trials, patients were randomized to undergo either sham vertebroplasty or real vertebroplasty. The sham procedure closely approximated the real procedure, including inserting a needle, infiltrating a local anesthetic, bupivacaine (Marcaine), into the periosteum of the posterior lamina1 or the pedicle of the target vertebrae,2 and opening a vial of polymethylmethacrylate so that the patient would smell the product.
Inclusion criteria
Patients in both trials had to have evidence of a recent (acute) or nonhealed vertebral insufficiency fracture.
Pain was the primary outcome measured
In both trials, the investigators assessed the patients’ pain at baseline and again at several specified intervals, using validated tools.
Kallmes et al assessed pain intensity and functional measures at 1 month (the primary outcome measured), and also at 3, 14, and 90 days and at 1 year.
Buchbinder et al assessed pain at 1 week and at 1, 3, and 6 months. The primary outcome measured was pain at 3 months. Secondary outcomes included quality-of-life measures, pain at rest, and pain at night.
Surprising results
In both trials, the mean pain scores were better than at baseline at all time points after the procedure in both the real-procedure and the sham-procedure groups. Moreover, the effect did not differ between the two treatment groups in either study.
QUESTIONS COMPLICATE THE ISSUE
These two trials should make us consider whether this intervention is warranted. We should, however, also consider some limitations of these studies that raise questions about how the conclusions should or should not alter practice.
Does local anesthetic continue to relieve pain?
In both the sham and the real procedure, the bupivacaine injection may have helped relieve pain to some extent afterward, as its anesthetic effect may last longer than we would expect from its 3-hour half-life. The effect could certainly have contributed to improvements in pain levels at the earlier time points after the procedure.
Was there selection bias?
Both studies were highly rigorous and were done at hospitals that had extensive experience with vertebroplasty. However, they may have harbored selection bias, as many more patients were screened than were randomized.
Buchbinder et al1 screened 468 patients. Of these, 30% declined to participate, and another 53% did not meet the eligibility criteria. In the end, only 78 patients were randomized.
Kallmes et al2 screened 1,813 patients, 300 of whom declined and 1,382 of whom were excluded, leaving 131 patients to be randomized. The reasons for exclusion were not specifically reported in many cases.
In both studies, it would be interesting to know how many of those who declined proceeded to undergo a vertebral augmentation procedure.
Did the trials have enough power?
In the study by Kallmes et al,2 recruitment got off to a slow start. Thus, after three patients were recruited, the inclusion requirements were liberalized. The study was originally designed to include 250 patients, which would have given it a power of greater than 80% to detect differences in primary and secondary outcomes. The design was revised to include 130 patients. The statistical power was still 80%, but this was to detect a greater difference in the outcomes than originally projected.
Had the window of opportunity already closed?
Vertebroplasty may have a window of opportunity within which it is most effective. Sooner is probably better than later, but it would be good to identify this time frame.
Kaufmann et al9 reported that patients with older fractures needed slightly more analgesic drugs after the procedure. It has been shown previously that patients who are the most likely to respond to a vertebral augmentation procedure are those with fractures that occurred between 1 and 12 months prior to the procedure and who have evidence that the fracture was recent, ie, edema on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or increased uptake on a bone scan.10
Other studies suggested that intervention works best in patients who have had uncontrolled pain lasting less than 6 weeks.8,11 (In the study by Buchbinder et al,1 only 32% of the patients in either group reported pain lasting less than 6 weeks.)
The study by Kallmes et al included patients whose pain had begun within 1 year previously. However, if the duration of pain (ie, the age of the fracture) was uncertain, MRI was done to look for edema, which would indicate the fracture was fresh. It is thus unclear whether all patients in this study truly had an acute or subacute fracture, since all did not undergo confirmatory MRI.
Why did so many patients cross over from sham to real treatment?
Patients in the Kallmes trial2 could cross over from one treatment group to the other as early as 1 month after the procedure. And, in fact, 43% of patients in the sham-treatment group did choose to cross over by 3 months. In contrast, after real vertebroplasty, significantly fewer—only 12% (P < .001)—crossed over to receive the sham procedure. The patients who crossed over from the sham-procedure group to receive vertebroplasty experienced an early improvement in pain, but this was not sustained at 1 or 3 months of follow-up.
The higher crossover rate in the shamprocedure group suggests they were dissatisfied with this intervention, although their outcomes were not significantly better after they got the real procedure. The patients who first received the sham treatment and elected to cross over to vertebroplasty had higher pain and disability scores at baseline. Thus, they may have had other, more chronic causes of pain or other factors affecting the likelihood of a response, particularly of a durable or sustained response.
How do the interventions compare with medical therapy?
Earlier studies showed that vertebroplasty relieves pain almost immediately.4–6 But the benefit does not last: at 6 weeks and up to 12 months later there is no difference in either pain or functional capacity reported in patients receiving vertebroplasty vs conservative treatment.4,6,7 It would thus appear that pain gradually diminishes over time after a vertebral insufficiency fracture, as the fracture heals.
The recent studies1,2 raise the possibility that the pain relief is due to the local anesthetic, not the vertebroplasty itself. We do not know, however, if either vertebroplasty or the sham procedure is superior to conservative medical management. Prospective multicenter trials are under way to address this question.11
Further complicating the issue, the two trials did not keep track of medical treatments patients were receiving concomitantly during the trial period. It is thus more difficult to compare the pain assessment outcomes following invasive procedures—real or sham.
Would kyphoplasty be better?
These studies addressed one procedure, vertebroplasty, and the results and conclusions should not be generalized to kyphoplasty. A prospective randomized trial of kyphoplasty is clearly warranted.
If kyphoplasty is found to be better than a sham procedure, then vertebroplasty should be re-examined in comparison with kyphoplasty. In any future studies, it will be important to select patients rigorously (eg, to include only patients with recent fractures), to match patients according to concomitant therapies, and to consider other potential superimposed causes of back pain in this elderly population, which has a high prevalence of back pain.
HOW SHOULD MY PRACTICE CHANGE? WHAT SHOULD I TELL PATIENTS?
Having considered the results, conclusions, and limitations of these two randomized trials, particularly in terms of recruitment, I cannot say that my practice has changed in terms of referring patients who have a vertebral compression fracture to an interventionalist. However, the education that I provide to patients has changed.
In my mind, the highest priority for a patient with a vertebral insufficiency fracture is to treat (or to reassess the current treatment of) the underlying systemic disease, ie, osteoporosis. This is especially true since most vertebral insufficiency fractures are asymptomatic.
On the other hand, a patient with a painful vertebral compression fracture needs prompt attention and consideration for interventional pain relief. Rapid pain relief is desirable. And in uncontrolled trials,4–7 vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty rapidly relieved vertebral pain. However, it may be that an anesthetic injection is equivalent to vertebroplasty and could accomplish the goal of immediate pain relief just as well.
The pain relief from sham or real vertebroplasty may not be durable, and 3 to 12 months later the pain benefit may be no greater than if more conservative therapy had been pursued.
It is essential to determine the most appropriate window for treatment as well as the most appropriate candidates on whom to perform a procedure. The recently published studies1,2 may have had significant patient selection bias and may not have optimized the window of opportunity for vertebral augmentation performance. There were many patients who declined the study, and some were excluded because of acute pain requiring hospitalization.
As a rheumatologist treating patients with osteoporosis, it is my responsibility to discuss with the patient and family the potential treatments available, to discuss the associated possible risks and benefits, to report on available evidence, and to refer patients to an appropriate interventional specialist if they desire. In light of the lack of superior pain reduction with vertebroplasty than with a sham procedure, many patients may opt for conservative therapy.
It is thus appropriate to determine the acuity of the fracture and to have a frank discussion with the patient about the options for pain management. Opiate drugs pose risks in elderly patients, particularly altered mentation, somnolence, interference with balance, and risk of falls. Vertebroplasty or anesthetic injection may rapidly relieve the pain and reduce the need for opiate therapy. Not yet subjected to the rigors of a randomized placebocontrolled trial, kyphoplasty may yet prove to be better than a sham intervention.
It is essential to determine if there is a role for vertebral augmentation in a select patient population—perhaps selected on the basis of the time that has elapsed since the fracture occurred (determined objectively), the severity of the fracture, and other factors. Perhaps a subset of patients would gain greater benefit from the procedure, whether it amounts solely to acute pain reduction or perhaps to a more durable response.
The recent studies by Kallmes et al2 and Buchbinder et al1 found vertebroplasty and sham vertebroplasty to be equally effective in reducing pain and improving function. However, given the limitations of each of these studies, particularly the low numbers of patients, it is difficult to establish that vertebral augmentation procedures should no longer be done. And vertebroplasty may still benefit correctly selected patients.
- Buchbinder R, Osborne RH, Ebeling PR, et a.l A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for painful osteoporotic vertebral fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:557–568.
- Kallmes DF, Comstock BA, Heagerty PJ, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for osteoporotic spinal fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:569–579.
- Francis RM, Aspray TJ, Hide G, Sutcliffe AM, Wilkinson P. Back pain in osteoporotic vertebral fractures. Osteoporos Int 2008; 19:895–903.
- Diamond TH, Champion B, Clark WA. Management of acute osteoporotic vertebral fractures: a nonrandomized trial comparing percutaneous vertebroplasty with conservative therapy. Am J Med 2003; 114:257–265.
- Voormolen MH, Mali WP, Lohle PN, et al. Percutaneous vertebroplasty compared with optimal pain medication treatment: short-term clinical outcome of patients with subacute or chronic painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. The VERTOS study. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2007; 28:555–560.
- Alvarez L, Alcaraz M, Pérez-Higueras A, et al. Percutaneous vertebroplasty: functional improvement in patients with osteoporotic compression fractures. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2006; 31:1113–1118.
- Rousing R, Andersen MO, Jespersen SM, Thomsen K, Lauritsen J. Percutaneous vertebroplasty compared to conservative treatment in patients with painful acute or subacute osteoporotic vertebral fractures: three-months follow-up in a clinical randomized study. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2009; 34:1349–1354.
- Clark W, Lyon S, Burnes J. Trials of vertebroplasty for vertebral fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:2097–2098.
- Kaufmann TJ, Jensen ME, Schweickert PA, Marx WF, Kallmes DF. Age of fracture and clinical outcomes of percutaneous vertebroplasty. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2001; 22:1860–1863.
- Maynard AS, Jensen ME, Schweickert PA, Marx WF, Short JG, Kallmes DF. Value of bone scan imaging in predicting pain relief from percutaneous vertebroplasty in osteoporotic vertebral fractures. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2000; 21:1807–1812.
- Klazen C, Verhaar H, Lampmann L, et al. VERTOS II: Percutaneous vertebroplasty versus conservative therapy in patients with painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures; rationale, objectives and design of a multicenter randomized controlled trial. Trials 2007; 8:33.
- Buchbinder R, Osborne RH, Ebeling PR, et a.l A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for painful osteoporotic vertebral fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:557–568.
- Kallmes DF, Comstock BA, Heagerty PJ, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for osteoporotic spinal fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:569–579.
- Francis RM, Aspray TJ, Hide G, Sutcliffe AM, Wilkinson P. Back pain in osteoporotic vertebral fractures. Osteoporos Int 2008; 19:895–903.
- Diamond TH, Champion B, Clark WA. Management of acute osteoporotic vertebral fractures: a nonrandomized trial comparing percutaneous vertebroplasty with conservative therapy. Am J Med 2003; 114:257–265.
- Voormolen MH, Mali WP, Lohle PN, et al. Percutaneous vertebroplasty compared with optimal pain medication treatment: short-term clinical outcome of patients with subacute or chronic painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. The VERTOS study. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2007; 28:555–560.
- Alvarez L, Alcaraz M, Pérez-Higueras A, et al. Percutaneous vertebroplasty: functional improvement in patients with osteoporotic compression fractures. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2006; 31:1113–1118.
- Rousing R, Andersen MO, Jespersen SM, Thomsen K, Lauritsen J. Percutaneous vertebroplasty compared to conservative treatment in patients with painful acute or subacute osteoporotic vertebral fractures: three-months follow-up in a clinical randomized study. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2009; 34:1349–1354.
- Clark W, Lyon S, Burnes J. Trials of vertebroplasty for vertebral fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:2097–2098.
- Kaufmann TJ, Jensen ME, Schweickert PA, Marx WF, Kallmes DF. Age of fracture and clinical outcomes of percutaneous vertebroplasty. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2001; 22:1860–1863.
- Maynard AS, Jensen ME, Schweickert PA, Marx WF, Short JG, Kallmes DF. Value of bone scan imaging in predicting pain relief from percutaneous vertebroplasty in osteoporotic vertebral fractures. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2000; 21:1807–1812.
- Klazen C, Verhaar H, Lampmann L, et al. VERTOS II: Percutaneous vertebroplasty versus conservative therapy in patients with painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures; rationale, objectives and design of a multicenter randomized controlled trial. Trials 2007; 8:33.
Vertebroplasty, cognitive dissonance, and evidence-based medicine: What do we do when the ‘evidence’ says we are wrong?
Cognitive dissonance describes how we respond to conflicting information that challenges our existing belief, the uncomfortable feeling we get when new evidence calls into question things that we “know” are true.
To the point: two recent clinical trials1,2 have called into question the efficacy of vertebroplasty for treating osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures and have led many of us to question many of our assumptions, not only about vertebroplasty but also about evidencebased medicine.
Osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures are very common: more than 700,000 are estimated to occur in the United States annually. 3 They are costly and are associated with a risk of death.4 Fortunately, most heal without problems over 4 to 6 weeks with conventional treatment, ie, activity modification, analgesics, and bracing.
However, some patients do not seem to do so well and are debilitated by the pain of the fracture. Conventional fracture surgery carries very high risk and poor outcomes,5 and so has been reserved mostly for patients with neurologic deficits.
VERTEBROPLASTY GOES MAINSTREAM
Given these facts, investigators began looking for alternative treatments. One that rose to the fore was polymethylmethacrylate cement to stabilize the fracture. This technique, called vertebroplasty, involves injecting liquid cement through a needle into the vertebral body, where it hardens and is thought to restore stability.
Since the first description of vertebroplasty for treating symptomatic hemangiomas,6 many papers have been published about the procedure and about similar ones, now grouped under the general heading of vertebral augmentation. This includes kyphoplasty and other newer proprietary techniques. These procedures have been widely accepted, and their use is growing. They have shown good results in several prospective case series, and nonrandomized and randomized controlled studies have shown them to be more effective than conventional medical treatment.7–25 For example, VERTOS, a small prospective randomized trial, showed that vertebroplasty was superior to conventional medical treatment.25 When Wardlaw et al24 showed that shortterm outcomes were better with kyphoplasty than with conventional medical therapy in a prospective randomized trial, many of us had moved past questioning whether vertebral augmentation is effective and were debating the relative merits of different methods and materials.
On a personal level, most of us became proponents of these procedures because we saw dramatic results—usually unequivocal. Most patients report significant improvement in pain immediately after the procedure, and many bedridden patients are able to leave the hospital within hours. In spine surgery, few procedures give such dramatic results with so few complications.
TWO NEW STUDIES UPSET ESTABLISHED BELIEF
This is why I am having such a hard time digesting the results of the trials by Buchbinder et al2 and Kallmes et al,1 published in the August 9, 2009, issue of the New England Journal of Medicine. Both were randomized controlled trials that used sham surgery rather than conventional medical treatment as the control. The sham procedure in each trial was the same as the intervention, with local anesthetic infiltration of the periosteum and mixing of the cement (so that the patients smelled its distinctive odor), but without placing the needle into the vertebra and injecting the cement.
In the study by Buchbinder et al,2 the real treatment had no benefit in any primary or secondary end point. This study did not allow crossovers.
In the study by Kallmes et al,1 more patients who received the real treatment reported clinically meaningful improvement in pain (a secondary end point), but the difference was not quite statistically significant (64% vs 48%, P = .06). In this trial, patients were allowed to cross over to the other study group after 1 month, and significantly more patients crossed over from the sham surgery group to the active treatment group than the other way around (43% vs 12%, P < .001).
My first instinct was to pick through the papers for flaws that would invalidate the results— and there were some problems. Both studies were initially planned to include more patients and therefore to have greater statistical power, but they were reassessed because of slow enrollment. In the study by Kallmes et al,1 the difference in clinically meaningful improvement might have reached statistical significance if the trial had been larger. The study by Buchbinder et al2 was a multicenter trial, but one center accounted for 53 (69%) of the 78 patients. Could this have biased the results?
The surgeon in me also seized for a while on the idea that since all of the interventions in both studies were done by interventional radiologists, the problem may have been in patient selection and that radiologists are not as astute as we are. However, even a surgeon’s ego cannot support this interpretation.
As I looked in more detail at the response I had written to these trials, I realized these criticisms were hardly fatal flaws, and the fact that two separate well-designed studies reached the same conclusion enhances their validity.
One concern that does bear some scrutiny is that the trials were too small to identify subgroups that may benefit from the procedure. In my experience, vertebral augmentation seems to have better results with certain types of fractures. Patients with a mobile pseudarthrotic cleft pattern of fracture seem to do much better than those with the more common nonmobile fracture.
THE POWERFUL PLACEBO EFFECT
Many commentaries on these two trials have discussed a famous study of a different procedure for a different condition. In this study, Moseley et al26 evaluated the use of arthroscopy to treat osteoarthritis of the knee and found that sham arthroscopy was as effective as real arthroscopy and that both were better than conventional treatment.
I was not long out of my orthopedic residency when this trial was published and was very aware of the debate that preceded it, as I once had to prepare a talk about it for resident rounds. I remember that there was a lively debate in the orthopedic community over the efficacy of the procedure before the results of this trial were released.
In contrast, the vertebral augmentation controversy had become a debate about the relative efficacy and the economics of specific techniques, not about the effectiveness of the entire concept. The mainstream had accepted the validity of the procedure, which was not the case in the knee arthroscopy trial.
In both vertebroplasty studies, the activetreatment groups and the sham-treatment groups all showed significant and rapid improvement in pain and disability, and these results were maintained over the study period. Though most vertebral compression fractures do heal, the clinical improvement is usually gradual over a period of weeks. This raises the possibility that the sham treatment was actualy an active placebo.
There is some evidence to support this possibility. In a randomized trial of the efficacy of selective nerve root blocks for lumbar radiculopathy, Riew et al27 showed that injection with a local anesthetic alone, although not as efficacious as a local anesthetic plus a corticosteroid at allowing patients to avoid surgery, showed an effect long after the expected duration of the anesthetic. The effect persisted even at 5 years of follow-up.28
Is it possible that the local anesthetic in this trial and the vertebroplasty trials acted as some sort of “reset button” for pain sensation? This is an area that may bear further investigation.
WHERE DOES THIS LEAVE US?
So where does this leave us? On one hand, randomized controlled trials comparing vertebral augmentation with conventional medical therapy24,25 showed augmentation to be beneficial. On the other hand, the studies by Kallmes et al1 and Buchbinder et al2 indicate vertebroplasty is no more effective than sham surgery.
It is very difficult for me to look at my own experience with vertebral augmentation and say that, on the basis of these trials, I am no longer going to offer it to my patients. I understand on an intellectual level that these trials call the efficacy of the procedure into question, but on a visceral level I cannot rationalize it. When faced with a patient who is barely ambulatory or in fact bed-bound due to pain, my experience tells me that vertebral augmentation has a very high chance of getting them ambulatory within hours. The trials of vertebroplasty would indicate this is a placebo effect or that local anesthetic alone is as effective, but I am not yet ready to make that leap.
Cognitive dissonance seems to rule.
- Kallmes DF, Comstock BA, Heagerty PJ, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for osteoporotic spinal fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:569–579.
- Buchbinder R, Osborne RH, Ebeling PR, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for painful osteoporotic vertebral fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:557–568.
- Carmona RH. Department of Health and Human Services. Office of the Surgeon General. Bone health and osteoporosis: A report of the Surgeon General (2004). www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/bonehealth/content.html. Accessed November 16, 2009.
- Kado DM, Browner WS, Palermo L, Nevitt MC, Genant HK, Cummings SR. Vertebral fractures and mortality in older women: a prospective study. Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group. Arch Intern Med 1999; 159:1215–1220.
- Hu SS. Internal fixation in the osteoporotic spine. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 1997; 22( suppl 24):43S–48S.
- Galibert P, Deramond H, Rosat P, Le Gars D. Preliminary note on the treatment of vertebral angioma by percutaneous acrylic vertebroplasty. Neurochirurgie 1987; 33:166–168.
- Kasperk C, Hillmeier J, Noldge G, et al. Treatment of painful vertebral fractures by kyphoplasty in patients with primary osteoporosis: a prospective nonrandomized controlled study. J Bone Miner Res 2005; 20:604–612.
- Komp M, Ruetten S, Godolias G. Minimally invasive therapy for functionally unstable osteoporotic vertebral fracture by means of kyphoplasty: prospective comparative study of 19 surgically and 17 conservatively treated patients. J Miner Stoffwechs 2004; 11( suppl 1):13–15.
- Coumans JV, Reinhardt MK, Lieberman IH. Kyphoplasty for vertebral compression fractures: 1-year clinical outcomes from a prospective study. J Neurosurg 2003; 99 (suppl 1):44–50.
- Lieberman IH, Dudeney S, Reinhardt MK, Bell G. Initial outcome and efficacy of ‘kyphoplasty’ in the treatment of painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2001; 26:1631–1638.
- Garfin SR, Buckley RA, Ledlie J; Balloon Kyphoplasty Outcomes Group. Balloon kyphoplasty for symptomatic vertebral body compression fractures results in rapid, significant, and sustained improvements in back pain, function, and quality of life for elderly patients. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2006; 31:2213–2220.
- Ledlie JT, Renfro MB. Kyphoplasty treatment of vertebral fractures: 2-year outcomes show sustained benefits. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2006; 31:57–64.
- Majd ME, Farley S, Holt RT. Preliminary outcomes and efficacy of the first 360 consecutive kyphoplasties for the treatment of painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. Spine J 2005; 5:244–255.
- Rhyne A, Banit D, Laxer E, Odum S, Nussman D. Kyphoplasty: report of eighty-two thoracolumbar osteoporotic vertebral fractures. J Orthop Trauma 2004; 18:294–299.
- Theodorou DJ, Theodorou SJ, Duncan TD, Garfin SR, Wong WH. Percutaneous balloon kyphoplasty for the correction of spinal deformity in painful vertebral body compression fractures. Clin Imaging 2002; 26:1–5.
- Berlemann U, Franz T, Orler R, Heini PF. Kyphoplasty for treatment of osteoporotic vertebral fractures: a prospective nonrandomized study. Eur Spine J 2004; 13:496–501.
- McGraw JK, Lippert JA, Minkus KD, Rami PM, Davis TM, Budzik RF. Prospective evaluation of pain relief in 100 patients undergoing percutaneous vertebroplasty: results and followup. J Vasc Interv Radiol 2002; 13:883–886.
- Zoarski GH, Snow P, Olan WJ, et al. Percutaneous vertebroplasty for osteoporotic compression fractures: quantitative prospective evaluation of long-term outcomes. J Vasc Interv Radiol 2002; 13:139–148.
- Evans AJ, Jensen ME, Kip KE, et al. Vertebral compression fractures: pain reduction and improvement in functional mobility after percutaneous polymethylmethacrylate vertebroplasty retrospective report of 245 cases. Radiology 2003; 226:366–372.
- Grohs JG, Matzner M, Trieb K, Krepler P. Minimal invasive stabilization of osteoporotic vertebral fractures: a prospective nonrandomized comparison of vertebroplasty and balloon kyphoplasty. J Spinal Disord Tech 2005; 18:238–242.
- Kallmes DF, Schweickert PA, Marx WF, Jensen ME. Vertebroplasty in the mid-and upper thoracic spine. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2002; 23:1117–1120.
- Grados F, Depriester C, Cayrolle G, Hardy N, Deramond H, Fardellone P. Long-term observations of vertebral osteoporotic fractures treated by percutaneous vertebroplasty. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2000; 39:1410–1414.
- Legroux-Gérot I, Lormeau C, Boutry N, Cotten A, Duquesnoy B, Cortet B. Long-term follow-up of vertebral osteoporotic fractures treated by percutaneous vertebroplasty. Clin Rheumatol 2004; 23:310–317.
- Wardlaw D, Cummings SR, Van Meirhaeghe J, et al. Efficacy and safety of balloon kyphoplasty compared with nonsurgical care for vertebral compression fracture (FREE): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2009; 373:1016–1024.
- Voormolen MH, Mali WP, Lohle PN, et al. Percutaneous vertebroplasty compared with optimal pain medication treatment: short-term outcomes of patients with subacute or chronic painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. The VERTOS study. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2007: 28:555–560.
- Moseley JB, O'Malley K, Petersen NJ. A controlled trial of arthroscopic surgery for osteoarthritis of the knee. N Engl J Med 2002; 347:81–88.
- Riew KD, Yin Y, Gilula L, et al. The effect of nerve-root injections on the need for operative treatment of lumbar radicular pain. A prospective, randomized, controlled, double-blind study. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2000; 82–A:1589–1593.
- Riew KD, Park JB, Cho YS, et al. Nerve root blocks in the treatment of lumbar radicular pain. A minimum five-year follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2006; 88:1722–1725.
Cognitive dissonance describes how we respond to conflicting information that challenges our existing belief, the uncomfortable feeling we get when new evidence calls into question things that we “know” are true.
To the point: two recent clinical trials1,2 have called into question the efficacy of vertebroplasty for treating osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures and have led many of us to question many of our assumptions, not only about vertebroplasty but also about evidencebased medicine.
Osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures are very common: more than 700,000 are estimated to occur in the United States annually. 3 They are costly and are associated with a risk of death.4 Fortunately, most heal without problems over 4 to 6 weeks with conventional treatment, ie, activity modification, analgesics, and bracing.
However, some patients do not seem to do so well and are debilitated by the pain of the fracture. Conventional fracture surgery carries very high risk and poor outcomes,5 and so has been reserved mostly for patients with neurologic deficits.
VERTEBROPLASTY GOES MAINSTREAM
Given these facts, investigators began looking for alternative treatments. One that rose to the fore was polymethylmethacrylate cement to stabilize the fracture. This technique, called vertebroplasty, involves injecting liquid cement through a needle into the vertebral body, where it hardens and is thought to restore stability.
Since the first description of vertebroplasty for treating symptomatic hemangiomas,6 many papers have been published about the procedure and about similar ones, now grouped under the general heading of vertebral augmentation. This includes kyphoplasty and other newer proprietary techniques. These procedures have been widely accepted, and their use is growing. They have shown good results in several prospective case series, and nonrandomized and randomized controlled studies have shown them to be more effective than conventional medical treatment.7–25 For example, VERTOS, a small prospective randomized trial, showed that vertebroplasty was superior to conventional medical treatment.25 When Wardlaw et al24 showed that shortterm outcomes were better with kyphoplasty than with conventional medical therapy in a prospective randomized trial, many of us had moved past questioning whether vertebral augmentation is effective and were debating the relative merits of different methods and materials.
On a personal level, most of us became proponents of these procedures because we saw dramatic results—usually unequivocal. Most patients report significant improvement in pain immediately after the procedure, and many bedridden patients are able to leave the hospital within hours. In spine surgery, few procedures give such dramatic results with so few complications.
TWO NEW STUDIES UPSET ESTABLISHED BELIEF
This is why I am having such a hard time digesting the results of the trials by Buchbinder et al2 and Kallmes et al,1 published in the August 9, 2009, issue of the New England Journal of Medicine. Both were randomized controlled trials that used sham surgery rather than conventional medical treatment as the control. The sham procedure in each trial was the same as the intervention, with local anesthetic infiltration of the periosteum and mixing of the cement (so that the patients smelled its distinctive odor), but without placing the needle into the vertebra and injecting the cement.
In the study by Buchbinder et al,2 the real treatment had no benefit in any primary or secondary end point. This study did not allow crossovers.
In the study by Kallmes et al,1 more patients who received the real treatment reported clinically meaningful improvement in pain (a secondary end point), but the difference was not quite statistically significant (64% vs 48%, P = .06). In this trial, patients were allowed to cross over to the other study group after 1 month, and significantly more patients crossed over from the sham surgery group to the active treatment group than the other way around (43% vs 12%, P < .001).
My first instinct was to pick through the papers for flaws that would invalidate the results— and there were some problems. Both studies were initially planned to include more patients and therefore to have greater statistical power, but they were reassessed because of slow enrollment. In the study by Kallmes et al,1 the difference in clinically meaningful improvement might have reached statistical significance if the trial had been larger. The study by Buchbinder et al2 was a multicenter trial, but one center accounted for 53 (69%) of the 78 patients. Could this have biased the results?
The surgeon in me also seized for a while on the idea that since all of the interventions in both studies were done by interventional radiologists, the problem may have been in patient selection and that radiologists are not as astute as we are. However, even a surgeon’s ego cannot support this interpretation.
As I looked in more detail at the response I had written to these trials, I realized these criticisms were hardly fatal flaws, and the fact that two separate well-designed studies reached the same conclusion enhances their validity.
One concern that does bear some scrutiny is that the trials were too small to identify subgroups that may benefit from the procedure. In my experience, vertebral augmentation seems to have better results with certain types of fractures. Patients with a mobile pseudarthrotic cleft pattern of fracture seem to do much better than those with the more common nonmobile fracture.
THE POWERFUL PLACEBO EFFECT
Many commentaries on these two trials have discussed a famous study of a different procedure for a different condition. In this study, Moseley et al26 evaluated the use of arthroscopy to treat osteoarthritis of the knee and found that sham arthroscopy was as effective as real arthroscopy and that both were better than conventional treatment.
I was not long out of my orthopedic residency when this trial was published and was very aware of the debate that preceded it, as I once had to prepare a talk about it for resident rounds. I remember that there was a lively debate in the orthopedic community over the efficacy of the procedure before the results of this trial were released.
In contrast, the vertebral augmentation controversy had become a debate about the relative efficacy and the economics of specific techniques, not about the effectiveness of the entire concept. The mainstream had accepted the validity of the procedure, which was not the case in the knee arthroscopy trial.
In both vertebroplasty studies, the activetreatment groups and the sham-treatment groups all showed significant and rapid improvement in pain and disability, and these results were maintained over the study period. Though most vertebral compression fractures do heal, the clinical improvement is usually gradual over a period of weeks. This raises the possibility that the sham treatment was actualy an active placebo.
There is some evidence to support this possibility. In a randomized trial of the efficacy of selective nerve root blocks for lumbar radiculopathy, Riew et al27 showed that injection with a local anesthetic alone, although not as efficacious as a local anesthetic plus a corticosteroid at allowing patients to avoid surgery, showed an effect long after the expected duration of the anesthetic. The effect persisted even at 5 years of follow-up.28
Is it possible that the local anesthetic in this trial and the vertebroplasty trials acted as some sort of “reset button” for pain sensation? This is an area that may bear further investigation.
WHERE DOES THIS LEAVE US?
So where does this leave us? On one hand, randomized controlled trials comparing vertebral augmentation with conventional medical therapy24,25 showed augmentation to be beneficial. On the other hand, the studies by Kallmes et al1 and Buchbinder et al2 indicate vertebroplasty is no more effective than sham surgery.
It is very difficult for me to look at my own experience with vertebral augmentation and say that, on the basis of these trials, I am no longer going to offer it to my patients. I understand on an intellectual level that these trials call the efficacy of the procedure into question, but on a visceral level I cannot rationalize it. When faced with a patient who is barely ambulatory or in fact bed-bound due to pain, my experience tells me that vertebral augmentation has a very high chance of getting them ambulatory within hours. The trials of vertebroplasty would indicate this is a placebo effect or that local anesthetic alone is as effective, but I am not yet ready to make that leap.
Cognitive dissonance seems to rule.
Cognitive dissonance describes how we respond to conflicting information that challenges our existing belief, the uncomfortable feeling we get when new evidence calls into question things that we “know” are true.
To the point: two recent clinical trials1,2 have called into question the efficacy of vertebroplasty for treating osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures and have led many of us to question many of our assumptions, not only about vertebroplasty but also about evidencebased medicine.
Osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures are very common: more than 700,000 are estimated to occur in the United States annually. 3 They are costly and are associated with a risk of death.4 Fortunately, most heal without problems over 4 to 6 weeks with conventional treatment, ie, activity modification, analgesics, and bracing.
However, some patients do not seem to do so well and are debilitated by the pain of the fracture. Conventional fracture surgery carries very high risk and poor outcomes,5 and so has been reserved mostly for patients with neurologic deficits.
VERTEBROPLASTY GOES MAINSTREAM
Given these facts, investigators began looking for alternative treatments. One that rose to the fore was polymethylmethacrylate cement to stabilize the fracture. This technique, called vertebroplasty, involves injecting liquid cement through a needle into the vertebral body, where it hardens and is thought to restore stability.
Since the first description of vertebroplasty for treating symptomatic hemangiomas,6 many papers have been published about the procedure and about similar ones, now grouped under the general heading of vertebral augmentation. This includes kyphoplasty and other newer proprietary techniques. These procedures have been widely accepted, and their use is growing. They have shown good results in several prospective case series, and nonrandomized and randomized controlled studies have shown them to be more effective than conventional medical treatment.7–25 For example, VERTOS, a small prospective randomized trial, showed that vertebroplasty was superior to conventional medical treatment.25 When Wardlaw et al24 showed that shortterm outcomes were better with kyphoplasty than with conventional medical therapy in a prospective randomized trial, many of us had moved past questioning whether vertebral augmentation is effective and were debating the relative merits of different methods and materials.
On a personal level, most of us became proponents of these procedures because we saw dramatic results—usually unequivocal. Most patients report significant improvement in pain immediately after the procedure, and many bedridden patients are able to leave the hospital within hours. In spine surgery, few procedures give such dramatic results with so few complications.
TWO NEW STUDIES UPSET ESTABLISHED BELIEF
This is why I am having such a hard time digesting the results of the trials by Buchbinder et al2 and Kallmes et al,1 published in the August 9, 2009, issue of the New England Journal of Medicine. Both were randomized controlled trials that used sham surgery rather than conventional medical treatment as the control. The sham procedure in each trial was the same as the intervention, with local anesthetic infiltration of the periosteum and mixing of the cement (so that the patients smelled its distinctive odor), but without placing the needle into the vertebra and injecting the cement.
In the study by Buchbinder et al,2 the real treatment had no benefit in any primary or secondary end point. This study did not allow crossovers.
In the study by Kallmes et al,1 more patients who received the real treatment reported clinically meaningful improvement in pain (a secondary end point), but the difference was not quite statistically significant (64% vs 48%, P = .06). In this trial, patients were allowed to cross over to the other study group after 1 month, and significantly more patients crossed over from the sham surgery group to the active treatment group than the other way around (43% vs 12%, P < .001).
My first instinct was to pick through the papers for flaws that would invalidate the results— and there were some problems. Both studies were initially planned to include more patients and therefore to have greater statistical power, but they were reassessed because of slow enrollment. In the study by Kallmes et al,1 the difference in clinically meaningful improvement might have reached statistical significance if the trial had been larger. The study by Buchbinder et al2 was a multicenter trial, but one center accounted for 53 (69%) of the 78 patients. Could this have biased the results?
The surgeon in me also seized for a while on the idea that since all of the interventions in both studies were done by interventional radiologists, the problem may have been in patient selection and that radiologists are not as astute as we are. However, even a surgeon’s ego cannot support this interpretation.
As I looked in more detail at the response I had written to these trials, I realized these criticisms were hardly fatal flaws, and the fact that two separate well-designed studies reached the same conclusion enhances their validity.
One concern that does bear some scrutiny is that the trials were too small to identify subgroups that may benefit from the procedure. In my experience, vertebral augmentation seems to have better results with certain types of fractures. Patients with a mobile pseudarthrotic cleft pattern of fracture seem to do much better than those with the more common nonmobile fracture.
THE POWERFUL PLACEBO EFFECT
Many commentaries on these two trials have discussed a famous study of a different procedure for a different condition. In this study, Moseley et al26 evaluated the use of arthroscopy to treat osteoarthritis of the knee and found that sham arthroscopy was as effective as real arthroscopy and that both were better than conventional treatment.
I was not long out of my orthopedic residency when this trial was published and was very aware of the debate that preceded it, as I once had to prepare a talk about it for resident rounds. I remember that there was a lively debate in the orthopedic community over the efficacy of the procedure before the results of this trial were released.
In contrast, the vertebral augmentation controversy had become a debate about the relative efficacy and the economics of specific techniques, not about the effectiveness of the entire concept. The mainstream had accepted the validity of the procedure, which was not the case in the knee arthroscopy trial.
In both vertebroplasty studies, the activetreatment groups and the sham-treatment groups all showed significant and rapid improvement in pain and disability, and these results were maintained over the study period. Though most vertebral compression fractures do heal, the clinical improvement is usually gradual over a period of weeks. This raises the possibility that the sham treatment was actualy an active placebo.
There is some evidence to support this possibility. In a randomized trial of the efficacy of selective nerve root blocks for lumbar radiculopathy, Riew et al27 showed that injection with a local anesthetic alone, although not as efficacious as a local anesthetic plus a corticosteroid at allowing patients to avoid surgery, showed an effect long after the expected duration of the anesthetic. The effect persisted even at 5 years of follow-up.28
Is it possible that the local anesthetic in this trial and the vertebroplasty trials acted as some sort of “reset button” for pain sensation? This is an area that may bear further investigation.
WHERE DOES THIS LEAVE US?
So where does this leave us? On one hand, randomized controlled trials comparing vertebral augmentation with conventional medical therapy24,25 showed augmentation to be beneficial. On the other hand, the studies by Kallmes et al1 and Buchbinder et al2 indicate vertebroplasty is no more effective than sham surgery.
It is very difficult for me to look at my own experience with vertebral augmentation and say that, on the basis of these trials, I am no longer going to offer it to my patients. I understand on an intellectual level that these trials call the efficacy of the procedure into question, but on a visceral level I cannot rationalize it. When faced with a patient who is barely ambulatory or in fact bed-bound due to pain, my experience tells me that vertebral augmentation has a very high chance of getting them ambulatory within hours. The trials of vertebroplasty would indicate this is a placebo effect or that local anesthetic alone is as effective, but I am not yet ready to make that leap.
Cognitive dissonance seems to rule.
- Kallmes DF, Comstock BA, Heagerty PJ, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for osteoporotic spinal fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:569–579.
- Buchbinder R, Osborne RH, Ebeling PR, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for painful osteoporotic vertebral fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:557–568.
- Carmona RH. Department of Health and Human Services. Office of the Surgeon General. Bone health and osteoporosis: A report of the Surgeon General (2004). www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/bonehealth/content.html. Accessed November 16, 2009.
- Kado DM, Browner WS, Palermo L, Nevitt MC, Genant HK, Cummings SR. Vertebral fractures and mortality in older women: a prospective study. Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group. Arch Intern Med 1999; 159:1215–1220.
- Hu SS. Internal fixation in the osteoporotic spine. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 1997; 22( suppl 24):43S–48S.
- Galibert P, Deramond H, Rosat P, Le Gars D. Preliminary note on the treatment of vertebral angioma by percutaneous acrylic vertebroplasty. Neurochirurgie 1987; 33:166–168.
- Kasperk C, Hillmeier J, Noldge G, et al. Treatment of painful vertebral fractures by kyphoplasty in patients with primary osteoporosis: a prospective nonrandomized controlled study. J Bone Miner Res 2005; 20:604–612.
- Komp M, Ruetten S, Godolias G. Minimally invasive therapy for functionally unstable osteoporotic vertebral fracture by means of kyphoplasty: prospective comparative study of 19 surgically and 17 conservatively treated patients. J Miner Stoffwechs 2004; 11( suppl 1):13–15.
- Coumans JV, Reinhardt MK, Lieberman IH. Kyphoplasty for vertebral compression fractures: 1-year clinical outcomes from a prospective study. J Neurosurg 2003; 99 (suppl 1):44–50.
- Lieberman IH, Dudeney S, Reinhardt MK, Bell G. Initial outcome and efficacy of ‘kyphoplasty’ in the treatment of painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2001; 26:1631–1638.
- Garfin SR, Buckley RA, Ledlie J; Balloon Kyphoplasty Outcomes Group. Balloon kyphoplasty for symptomatic vertebral body compression fractures results in rapid, significant, and sustained improvements in back pain, function, and quality of life for elderly patients. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2006; 31:2213–2220.
- Ledlie JT, Renfro MB. Kyphoplasty treatment of vertebral fractures: 2-year outcomes show sustained benefits. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2006; 31:57–64.
- Majd ME, Farley S, Holt RT. Preliminary outcomes and efficacy of the first 360 consecutive kyphoplasties for the treatment of painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. Spine J 2005; 5:244–255.
- Rhyne A, Banit D, Laxer E, Odum S, Nussman D. Kyphoplasty: report of eighty-two thoracolumbar osteoporotic vertebral fractures. J Orthop Trauma 2004; 18:294–299.
- Theodorou DJ, Theodorou SJ, Duncan TD, Garfin SR, Wong WH. Percutaneous balloon kyphoplasty for the correction of spinal deformity in painful vertebral body compression fractures. Clin Imaging 2002; 26:1–5.
- Berlemann U, Franz T, Orler R, Heini PF. Kyphoplasty for treatment of osteoporotic vertebral fractures: a prospective nonrandomized study. Eur Spine J 2004; 13:496–501.
- McGraw JK, Lippert JA, Minkus KD, Rami PM, Davis TM, Budzik RF. Prospective evaluation of pain relief in 100 patients undergoing percutaneous vertebroplasty: results and followup. J Vasc Interv Radiol 2002; 13:883–886.
- Zoarski GH, Snow P, Olan WJ, et al. Percutaneous vertebroplasty for osteoporotic compression fractures: quantitative prospective evaluation of long-term outcomes. J Vasc Interv Radiol 2002; 13:139–148.
- Evans AJ, Jensen ME, Kip KE, et al. Vertebral compression fractures: pain reduction and improvement in functional mobility after percutaneous polymethylmethacrylate vertebroplasty retrospective report of 245 cases. Radiology 2003; 226:366–372.
- Grohs JG, Matzner M, Trieb K, Krepler P. Minimal invasive stabilization of osteoporotic vertebral fractures: a prospective nonrandomized comparison of vertebroplasty and balloon kyphoplasty. J Spinal Disord Tech 2005; 18:238–242.
- Kallmes DF, Schweickert PA, Marx WF, Jensen ME. Vertebroplasty in the mid-and upper thoracic spine. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2002; 23:1117–1120.
- Grados F, Depriester C, Cayrolle G, Hardy N, Deramond H, Fardellone P. Long-term observations of vertebral osteoporotic fractures treated by percutaneous vertebroplasty. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2000; 39:1410–1414.
- Legroux-Gérot I, Lormeau C, Boutry N, Cotten A, Duquesnoy B, Cortet B. Long-term follow-up of vertebral osteoporotic fractures treated by percutaneous vertebroplasty. Clin Rheumatol 2004; 23:310–317.
- Wardlaw D, Cummings SR, Van Meirhaeghe J, et al. Efficacy and safety of balloon kyphoplasty compared with nonsurgical care for vertebral compression fracture (FREE): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2009; 373:1016–1024.
- Voormolen MH, Mali WP, Lohle PN, et al. Percutaneous vertebroplasty compared with optimal pain medication treatment: short-term outcomes of patients with subacute or chronic painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. The VERTOS study. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2007: 28:555–560.
- Moseley JB, O'Malley K, Petersen NJ. A controlled trial of arthroscopic surgery for osteoarthritis of the knee. N Engl J Med 2002; 347:81–88.
- Riew KD, Yin Y, Gilula L, et al. The effect of nerve-root injections on the need for operative treatment of lumbar radicular pain. A prospective, randomized, controlled, double-blind study. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2000; 82–A:1589–1593.
- Riew KD, Park JB, Cho YS, et al. Nerve root blocks in the treatment of lumbar radicular pain. A minimum five-year follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2006; 88:1722–1725.
- Kallmes DF, Comstock BA, Heagerty PJ, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for osteoporotic spinal fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:569–579.
- Buchbinder R, Osborne RH, Ebeling PR, et al. A randomized trial of vertebroplasty for painful osteoporotic vertebral fractures. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:557–568.
- Carmona RH. Department of Health and Human Services. Office of the Surgeon General. Bone health and osteoporosis: A report of the Surgeon General (2004). www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/bonehealth/content.html. Accessed November 16, 2009.
- Kado DM, Browner WS, Palermo L, Nevitt MC, Genant HK, Cummings SR. Vertebral fractures and mortality in older women: a prospective study. Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group. Arch Intern Med 1999; 159:1215–1220.
- Hu SS. Internal fixation in the osteoporotic spine. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 1997; 22( suppl 24):43S–48S.
- Galibert P, Deramond H, Rosat P, Le Gars D. Preliminary note on the treatment of vertebral angioma by percutaneous acrylic vertebroplasty. Neurochirurgie 1987; 33:166–168.
- Kasperk C, Hillmeier J, Noldge G, et al. Treatment of painful vertebral fractures by kyphoplasty in patients with primary osteoporosis: a prospective nonrandomized controlled study. J Bone Miner Res 2005; 20:604–612.
- Komp M, Ruetten S, Godolias G. Minimally invasive therapy for functionally unstable osteoporotic vertebral fracture by means of kyphoplasty: prospective comparative study of 19 surgically and 17 conservatively treated patients. J Miner Stoffwechs 2004; 11( suppl 1):13–15.
- Coumans JV, Reinhardt MK, Lieberman IH. Kyphoplasty for vertebral compression fractures: 1-year clinical outcomes from a prospective study. J Neurosurg 2003; 99 (suppl 1):44–50.
- Lieberman IH, Dudeney S, Reinhardt MK, Bell G. Initial outcome and efficacy of ‘kyphoplasty’ in the treatment of painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2001; 26:1631–1638.
- Garfin SR, Buckley RA, Ledlie J; Balloon Kyphoplasty Outcomes Group. Balloon kyphoplasty for symptomatic vertebral body compression fractures results in rapid, significant, and sustained improvements in back pain, function, and quality of life for elderly patients. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2006; 31:2213–2220.
- Ledlie JT, Renfro MB. Kyphoplasty treatment of vertebral fractures: 2-year outcomes show sustained benefits. Spine (Phila PA 1976) 2006; 31:57–64.
- Majd ME, Farley S, Holt RT. Preliminary outcomes and efficacy of the first 360 consecutive kyphoplasties for the treatment of painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. Spine J 2005; 5:244–255.
- Rhyne A, Banit D, Laxer E, Odum S, Nussman D. Kyphoplasty: report of eighty-two thoracolumbar osteoporotic vertebral fractures. J Orthop Trauma 2004; 18:294–299.
- Theodorou DJ, Theodorou SJ, Duncan TD, Garfin SR, Wong WH. Percutaneous balloon kyphoplasty for the correction of spinal deformity in painful vertebral body compression fractures. Clin Imaging 2002; 26:1–5.
- Berlemann U, Franz T, Orler R, Heini PF. Kyphoplasty for treatment of osteoporotic vertebral fractures: a prospective nonrandomized study. Eur Spine J 2004; 13:496–501.
- McGraw JK, Lippert JA, Minkus KD, Rami PM, Davis TM, Budzik RF. Prospective evaluation of pain relief in 100 patients undergoing percutaneous vertebroplasty: results and followup. J Vasc Interv Radiol 2002; 13:883–886.
- Zoarski GH, Snow P, Olan WJ, et al. Percutaneous vertebroplasty for osteoporotic compression fractures: quantitative prospective evaluation of long-term outcomes. J Vasc Interv Radiol 2002; 13:139–148.
- Evans AJ, Jensen ME, Kip KE, et al. Vertebral compression fractures: pain reduction and improvement in functional mobility after percutaneous polymethylmethacrylate vertebroplasty retrospective report of 245 cases. Radiology 2003; 226:366–372.
- Grohs JG, Matzner M, Trieb K, Krepler P. Minimal invasive stabilization of osteoporotic vertebral fractures: a prospective nonrandomized comparison of vertebroplasty and balloon kyphoplasty. J Spinal Disord Tech 2005; 18:238–242.
- Kallmes DF, Schweickert PA, Marx WF, Jensen ME. Vertebroplasty in the mid-and upper thoracic spine. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2002; 23:1117–1120.
- Grados F, Depriester C, Cayrolle G, Hardy N, Deramond H, Fardellone P. Long-term observations of vertebral osteoporotic fractures treated by percutaneous vertebroplasty. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2000; 39:1410–1414.
- Legroux-Gérot I, Lormeau C, Boutry N, Cotten A, Duquesnoy B, Cortet B. Long-term follow-up of vertebral osteoporotic fractures treated by percutaneous vertebroplasty. Clin Rheumatol 2004; 23:310–317.
- Wardlaw D, Cummings SR, Van Meirhaeghe J, et al. Efficacy and safety of balloon kyphoplasty compared with nonsurgical care for vertebral compression fracture (FREE): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2009; 373:1016–1024.
- Voormolen MH, Mali WP, Lohle PN, et al. Percutaneous vertebroplasty compared with optimal pain medication treatment: short-term outcomes of patients with subacute or chronic painful osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures. The VERTOS study. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 2007: 28:555–560.
- Moseley JB, O'Malley K, Petersen NJ. A controlled trial of arthroscopic surgery for osteoarthritis of the knee. N Engl J Med 2002; 347:81–88.
- Riew KD, Yin Y, Gilula L, et al. The effect of nerve-root injections on the need for operative treatment of lumbar radicular pain. A prospective, randomized, controlled, double-blind study. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2000; 82–A:1589–1593.
- Riew KD, Park JB, Cho YS, et al. Nerve root blocks in the treatment of lumbar radicular pain. A minimum five-year follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2006; 88:1722–1725.
The Role of Incretin-Based Therapies in Treating Patients with Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
Supplement Editor:
Laurence Kennedy, MD
Contents
Incretin-based therapies for type 2 diabetes mellitus: New therapeutic mechanisms
Laurence Kennedy, MD
Current antihyperglycemic treatment strategies for patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus
Lawrence Blonde, MD
Role of the incretin pathway in the pathogenesis of type 2 diabetes mellitus
Jeffrey S. Freeman, DO
Patient and treatment perspectives: Revisiting the link between type 2 diabetes, weight gain, and cardiovascular risk
Anne L. Peters, MD, CDE
Advances in therapy for type 2 diabetes: GLP-1 receptor agonists and DPP-4 inhibitors
Jaime A. Davidson, MD
Redefining treatment success in type 2 diabetes mellitus: Comprehensive targeting of core defects
William T. Cefalu, MD; Robert J. Richards, MD; and Lydia Y. Melendez-Ramirez, MD
Supplement Editor:
Laurence Kennedy, MD
Contents
Incretin-based therapies for type 2 diabetes mellitus: New therapeutic mechanisms
Laurence Kennedy, MD
Current antihyperglycemic treatment strategies for patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus
Lawrence Blonde, MD
Role of the incretin pathway in the pathogenesis of type 2 diabetes mellitus
Jeffrey S. Freeman, DO
Patient and treatment perspectives: Revisiting the link between type 2 diabetes, weight gain, and cardiovascular risk
Anne L. Peters, MD, CDE
Advances in therapy for type 2 diabetes: GLP-1 receptor agonists and DPP-4 inhibitors
Jaime A. Davidson, MD
Redefining treatment success in type 2 diabetes mellitus: Comprehensive targeting of core defects
William T. Cefalu, MD; Robert J. Richards, MD; and Lydia Y. Melendez-Ramirez, MD
Supplement Editor:
Laurence Kennedy, MD
Contents
Incretin-based therapies for type 2 diabetes mellitus: New therapeutic mechanisms
Laurence Kennedy, MD
Current antihyperglycemic treatment strategies for patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus
Lawrence Blonde, MD
Role of the incretin pathway in the pathogenesis of type 2 diabetes mellitus
Jeffrey S. Freeman, DO
Patient and treatment perspectives: Revisiting the link between type 2 diabetes, weight gain, and cardiovascular risk
Anne L. Peters, MD, CDE
Advances in therapy for type 2 diabetes: GLP-1 receptor agonists and DPP-4 inhibitors
Jaime A. Davidson, MD
Redefining treatment success in type 2 diabetes mellitus: Comprehensive targeting of core defects
William T. Cefalu, MD; Robert J. Richards, MD; and Lydia Y. Melendez-Ramirez, MD
Incretin-based therapies for type 2 diabetes mellitus: New therapeutic mechanisms
Almost a decade into the 21st century, the global epidemic of diabetes—which accelerated in the 1970s—shows no sign of slowing. At the same time, our insights into both type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) have increased at a similarly rapid rate.
At the beginning of the 1970s, it was far from clear whether improved glycemic control made much difference in the long-term well-being of people with diabetes other than to relieve their symptoms of hyperglycemia and decrease the likelihood of diabetic ketoacidosis or hyperglycemic hyperosmolar nonketotic coma. Concerns were expressed about the risk/benefit ratio of antihyperglycemic drugs—so there is nothing new under the sun! The drugs available in the United States were limited to insulin and sulfonylureas. The rest of the world also had access to metformin, but, in truth, its potential was underestimated until much later.
RECOGNIZING THE VALUE OF GLYCEMIC CONTROL
Out of this milieu of scientific uncertainty grew the two clinical trials that effectively ended the debate about the value of glycemic control: the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT)1 for type 1 diabetes, and the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)2,3 for T2DM. The conduct of these trials was facilitated by the timely demonstration of the utility of glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c) as an objective measure of glycemic control, and of microalbuminuria as a marker of early nephropathy.
Both the DCCT and the UKPDS, in their initial “end of study” analyses in the 1990s, established the role of glycemic control in reducing the risk of retinopathy, neuropathy, and nephropathy—the microvascular complications of diabetes. Additionally, the UKPDS demonstrated that in T2DM, hypertension management was at least as important as glycemic control in reducing the risk of microvascular complications.
Neither the DCCT nor the UKPDS was powered to determine initially whether glycemic control was a risk factor for cardiovascular disease; however, careful longer-term surveillance of the patient cohorts in the studies has recently borne fruit in this regard. Reports from both studies have shown that efforts to control glycemia early in the course of diabetes are rewarded many years later by a decreased risk of cardiovascular events and death.4,5 This is true even when excellent glycemic control achieved early on is not sustained indefinitely. It has also become widely recognized that the management of diabetes, with prevention of microvascular and cardiovascular disease as major aims, involves much more than a simple preoccupation with glycemic control—important as that is.
NEW TREATMENT OPTIONS
Concurrent with the DCCT and the UKPDS being conducted with, in effect, the therapeutic tools of the 1970s, considerable strides were being made in the development of new classes of antihyperglycemic agents for use in T2DM. These include the thiazolidinediones (TZDs), alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, nonsulfonylurea insulin secretagogues (also known as glinides), and, more recently, the incretin-based drugs that are the focus of this supplement to the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine.
Understandable enthusiasm for tapping into the hitherto unexploited pathways and mechanisms targeted by a new drug class is inevitably tempered by known, or sometimes unforeseen, adverse effects. Some of the adverse effects typically associated with antihyperglycemic drugs used before the incretin-based therapies became available include hypoglycemia, weight gain, and fluid retention; all of these are perceived as possibly increasing the risk of the very thing we are striving to avoid in diabetes—cardiovascular morbidity and mortality. Such is the concern about this risk—epitomized, rightly or wrongly, in the controversial meta-analysis of clinical trials involving rosiglitazone6—that the US Food and Drug Administration now requires new antihyperglycemic drugs not only to meet efficacy standards for improving glycemia but also to show no sign of increased cardiovascular risk. The requirement must be met in preapproval trials, to be followed by postmarketing studies to prove the lack of cardiovascular risk.
As the contributions in this supplement point out, incretin-based therapies generally are either weight neutral or promote weight loss; by their modes of action, they are unlikely to cause hypoglycemia; and, as shown thus far, they are unassociated with fluid retention or increased likelihood of heart failure. Continued vigilance regarding cardiovascular risk will be important for the new incretin-based therapies, however.
BETA-CELL FUNCTION STILL A CHALLENGE
Another aspect of T2DM highlighted by the UKPDS is the degree of pancreatic beta-cell function loss—typically about 50% or more—at the time of clinical diagnosis, and the steady decline in function thereafter.7 This, as much as the understandable fatigue with lifestyle modification that normal humans experience, accounts for the frequent failure of oral antihyperglycemic monotherapy or dual therapy to maintain satisfactory glycemic control over the years. Relieving hyperglycemia at the time of diagnosis by any means usually leads to a temporary improvement in beta-cell function, but the possibility of slowing or even reversing the long-term decline has been an elusive therapeutic goal.
Although direct quantitative assessment of beta-cell function in humans is difficult in routine practice or outside of strict research protocols, a randomized study comparing different monotherapies for T2DM showed that over several years, the rise in HbA1c was more gradual with rosiglitazone than with glyburide or metformin; this suggests that, at least compared with metformin and sulfonylureas, the TZDs may have some longer-term benefit with respect to beta-cell function.8
That incretin-based treatments may help preserve or improve beta-cell function has been suggested by animal data.9 Proving that that is the case in humans will be much more challenging. A recent randomized study in patients with T2DM already taking metformin showed that addition of exenatide for 1 year resulted in improved beta-cell function, assessed by C-peptide responses to glucose and to arginine during a combined euglycemic-hyperinsulinemic and hyperglycemic clamp procedure. The improvement was evident compared with baseline function and with patients randomized to receive insulin glargine in addition to metformin for a year.10 However, 4 weeks after exenatide and glargine were discontinued, the beta-cell function had reverted to the pretreatment level and was not significantly different in the two groups of patients. Moreover, 3 months after treatment discontinuation, the HbA1c levels, which had decreased during the year to a similar extent in both groups, had returned to pretreatment levels. The investigators acknowledged that it was impossible in their study to “discriminate between acute and long-term effects of exenatide on beta-cell function.”10 So, in my opinion, the challenge remains to show that meaningful long-term effects on beta-cell function can be achieved with incretin-based therapy.
That said, there is no doubt that the incretin-based therapies bring a new dimension to our ability to treat diabetes. The articles in this supplement will provide both the specialist and nonspecialist with a better understanding of these relatively new therapies.
- The Diabetes Control and Complications Trial Research Group. The effect of intensive treatment of diabetes on the development and progression of long-term complications in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 1993; 329:977–986.
- UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). Lancet 1998; 352:837–853.
- UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Effect of intensive blood-glucose control with metformin on complications in overweight patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 34). Lancet 1998; 352:854–865.
- Nathan DM, Cleary PA, Backlund JY, et al. Intensive diabetes treatment and cardiovascular disease in patients with type 1 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2005; 353:2643–2653.
- Holman RR, Paul SK, Bethel MA, Matthews DR, Neil HA. 10-year follow-up of intensive glucose control in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:1577–1589.
- Nissen SE, Wolski K. Effect of rosiglitazone on the risk of myocardial infarction and death from cardiovascular causes. N Engl J Med 2007; 356:2457–2471.
- UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group. UK prospective diabetes study 16: overview of 6 years’ therapy of type II diabetes: a progressive disease. Diabetes 1995; 44:1249–1258.
- Kahn SE, Haffner SM, Heise MA, et al. Glycemic durability of rosiglitazone, metformin, or glyburide monotherapy. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:2427–2443.
- Baggio LL, Drucker DJ. Biology of incretins: GLP-1 and GIP. Gastroenterology 2007; 132:2131–2157.
- Bunck MC, Diamant M, Cornér A, et al. One-year treatment with exenatide improves beta-cell function, compared with insulin glargine, in metformin-treated type 2 diabetes patients: a randomized, controlled trial. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:762–768.
Almost a decade into the 21st century, the global epidemic of diabetes—which accelerated in the 1970s—shows no sign of slowing. At the same time, our insights into both type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) have increased at a similarly rapid rate.
At the beginning of the 1970s, it was far from clear whether improved glycemic control made much difference in the long-term well-being of people with diabetes other than to relieve their symptoms of hyperglycemia and decrease the likelihood of diabetic ketoacidosis or hyperglycemic hyperosmolar nonketotic coma. Concerns were expressed about the risk/benefit ratio of antihyperglycemic drugs—so there is nothing new under the sun! The drugs available in the United States were limited to insulin and sulfonylureas. The rest of the world also had access to metformin, but, in truth, its potential was underestimated until much later.
RECOGNIZING THE VALUE OF GLYCEMIC CONTROL
Out of this milieu of scientific uncertainty grew the two clinical trials that effectively ended the debate about the value of glycemic control: the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT)1 for type 1 diabetes, and the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)2,3 for T2DM. The conduct of these trials was facilitated by the timely demonstration of the utility of glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c) as an objective measure of glycemic control, and of microalbuminuria as a marker of early nephropathy.
Both the DCCT and the UKPDS, in their initial “end of study” analyses in the 1990s, established the role of glycemic control in reducing the risk of retinopathy, neuropathy, and nephropathy—the microvascular complications of diabetes. Additionally, the UKPDS demonstrated that in T2DM, hypertension management was at least as important as glycemic control in reducing the risk of microvascular complications.
Neither the DCCT nor the UKPDS was powered to determine initially whether glycemic control was a risk factor for cardiovascular disease; however, careful longer-term surveillance of the patient cohorts in the studies has recently borne fruit in this regard. Reports from both studies have shown that efforts to control glycemia early in the course of diabetes are rewarded many years later by a decreased risk of cardiovascular events and death.4,5 This is true even when excellent glycemic control achieved early on is not sustained indefinitely. It has also become widely recognized that the management of diabetes, with prevention of microvascular and cardiovascular disease as major aims, involves much more than a simple preoccupation with glycemic control—important as that is.
NEW TREATMENT OPTIONS
Concurrent with the DCCT and the UKPDS being conducted with, in effect, the therapeutic tools of the 1970s, considerable strides were being made in the development of new classes of antihyperglycemic agents for use in T2DM. These include the thiazolidinediones (TZDs), alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, nonsulfonylurea insulin secretagogues (also known as glinides), and, more recently, the incretin-based drugs that are the focus of this supplement to the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine.
Understandable enthusiasm for tapping into the hitherto unexploited pathways and mechanisms targeted by a new drug class is inevitably tempered by known, or sometimes unforeseen, adverse effects. Some of the adverse effects typically associated with antihyperglycemic drugs used before the incretin-based therapies became available include hypoglycemia, weight gain, and fluid retention; all of these are perceived as possibly increasing the risk of the very thing we are striving to avoid in diabetes—cardiovascular morbidity and mortality. Such is the concern about this risk—epitomized, rightly or wrongly, in the controversial meta-analysis of clinical trials involving rosiglitazone6—that the US Food and Drug Administration now requires new antihyperglycemic drugs not only to meet efficacy standards for improving glycemia but also to show no sign of increased cardiovascular risk. The requirement must be met in preapproval trials, to be followed by postmarketing studies to prove the lack of cardiovascular risk.
As the contributions in this supplement point out, incretin-based therapies generally are either weight neutral or promote weight loss; by their modes of action, they are unlikely to cause hypoglycemia; and, as shown thus far, they are unassociated with fluid retention or increased likelihood of heart failure. Continued vigilance regarding cardiovascular risk will be important for the new incretin-based therapies, however.
BETA-CELL FUNCTION STILL A CHALLENGE
Another aspect of T2DM highlighted by the UKPDS is the degree of pancreatic beta-cell function loss—typically about 50% or more—at the time of clinical diagnosis, and the steady decline in function thereafter.7 This, as much as the understandable fatigue with lifestyle modification that normal humans experience, accounts for the frequent failure of oral antihyperglycemic monotherapy or dual therapy to maintain satisfactory glycemic control over the years. Relieving hyperglycemia at the time of diagnosis by any means usually leads to a temporary improvement in beta-cell function, but the possibility of slowing or even reversing the long-term decline has been an elusive therapeutic goal.
Although direct quantitative assessment of beta-cell function in humans is difficult in routine practice or outside of strict research protocols, a randomized study comparing different monotherapies for T2DM showed that over several years, the rise in HbA1c was more gradual with rosiglitazone than with glyburide or metformin; this suggests that, at least compared with metformin and sulfonylureas, the TZDs may have some longer-term benefit with respect to beta-cell function.8
That incretin-based treatments may help preserve or improve beta-cell function has been suggested by animal data.9 Proving that that is the case in humans will be much more challenging. A recent randomized study in patients with T2DM already taking metformin showed that addition of exenatide for 1 year resulted in improved beta-cell function, assessed by C-peptide responses to glucose and to arginine during a combined euglycemic-hyperinsulinemic and hyperglycemic clamp procedure. The improvement was evident compared with baseline function and with patients randomized to receive insulin glargine in addition to metformin for a year.10 However, 4 weeks after exenatide and glargine were discontinued, the beta-cell function had reverted to the pretreatment level and was not significantly different in the two groups of patients. Moreover, 3 months after treatment discontinuation, the HbA1c levels, which had decreased during the year to a similar extent in both groups, had returned to pretreatment levels. The investigators acknowledged that it was impossible in their study to “discriminate between acute and long-term effects of exenatide on beta-cell function.”10 So, in my opinion, the challenge remains to show that meaningful long-term effects on beta-cell function can be achieved with incretin-based therapy.
That said, there is no doubt that the incretin-based therapies bring a new dimension to our ability to treat diabetes. The articles in this supplement will provide both the specialist and nonspecialist with a better understanding of these relatively new therapies.
Almost a decade into the 21st century, the global epidemic of diabetes—which accelerated in the 1970s—shows no sign of slowing. At the same time, our insights into both type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) have increased at a similarly rapid rate.
At the beginning of the 1970s, it was far from clear whether improved glycemic control made much difference in the long-term well-being of people with diabetes other than to relieve their symptoms of hyperglycemia and decrease the likelihood of diabetic ketoacidosis or hyperglycemic hyperosmolar nonketotic coma. Concerns were expressed about the risk/benefit ratio of antihyperglycemic drugs—so there is nothing new under the sun! The drugs available in the United States were limited to insulin and sulfonylureas. The rest of the world also had access to metformin, but, in truth, its potential was underestimated until much later.
RECOGNIZING THE VALUE OF GLYCEMIC CONTROL
Out of this milieu of scientific uncertainty grew the two clinical trials that effectively ended the debate about the value of glycemic control: the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT)1 for type 1 diabetes, and the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)2,3 for T2DM. The conduct of these trials was facilitated by the timely demonstration of the utility of glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c) as an objective measure of glycemic control, and of microalbuminuria as a marker of early nephropathy.
Both the DCCT and the UKPDS, in their initial “end of study” analyses in the 1990s, established the role of glycemic control in reducing the risk of retinopathy, neuropathy, and nephropathy—the microvascular complications of diabetes. Additionally, the UKPDS demonstrated that in T2DM, hypertension management was at least as important as glycemic control in reducing the risk of microvascular complications.
Neither the DCCT nor the UKPDS was powered to determine initially whether glycemic control was a risk factor for cardiovascular disease; however, careful longer-term surveillance of the patient cohorts in the studies has recently borne fruit in this regard. Reports from both studies have shown that efforts to control glycemia early in the course of diabetes are rewarded many years later by a decreased risk of cardiovascular events and death.4,5 This is true even when excellent glycemic control achieved early on is not sustained indefinitely. It has also become widely recognized that the management of diabetes, with prevention of microvascular and cardiovascular disease as major aims, involves much more than a simple preoccupation with glycemic control—important as that is.
NEW TREATMENT OPTIONS
Concurrent with the DCCT and the UKPDS being conducted with, in effect, the therapeutic tools of the 1970s, considerable strides were being made in the development of new classes of antihyperglycemic agents for use in T2DM. These include the thiazolidinediones (TZDs), alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, nonsulfonylurea insulin secretagogues (also known as glinides), and, more recently, the incretin-based drugs that are the focus of this supplement to the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine.
Understandable enthusiasm for tapping into the hitherto unexploited pathways and mechanisms targeted by a new drug class is inevitably tempered by known, or sometimes unforeseen, adverse effects. Some of the adverse effects typically associated with antihyperglycemic drugs used before the incretin-based therapies became available include hypoglycemia, weight gain, and fluid retention; all of these are perceived as possibly increasing the risk of the very thing we are striving to avoid in diabetes—cardiovascular morbidity and mortality. Such is the concern about this risk—epitomized, rightly or wrongly, in the controversial meta-analysis of clinical trials involving rosiglitazone6—that the US Food and Drug Administration now requires new antihyperglycemic drugs not only to meet efficacy standards for improving glycemia but also to show no sign of increased cardiovascular risk. The requirement must be met in preapproval trials, to be followed by postmarketing studies to prove the lack of cardiovascular risk.
As the contributions in this supplement point out, incretin-based therapies generally are either weight neutral or promote weight loss; by their modes of action, they are unlikely to cause hypoglycemia; and, as shown thus far, they are unassociated with fluid retention or increased likelihood of heart failure. Continued vigilance regarding cardiovascular risk will be important for the new incretin-based therapies, however.
BETA-CELL FUNCTION STILL A CHALLENGE
Another aspect of T2DM highlighted by the UKPDS is the degree of pancreatic beta-cell function loss—typically about 50% or more—at the time of clinical diagnosis, and the steady decline in function thereafter.7 This, as much as the understandable fatigue with lifestyle modification that normal humans experience, accounts for the frequent failure of oral antihyperglycemic monotherapy or dual therapy to maintain satisfactory glycemic control over the years. Relieving hyperglycemia at the time of diagnosis by any means usually leads to a temporary improvement in beta-cell function, but the possibility of slowing or even reversing the long-term decline has been an elusive therapeutic goal.
Although direct quantitative assessment of beta-cell function in humans is difficult in routine practice or outside of strict research protocols, a randomized study comparing different monotherapies for T2DM showed that over several years, the rise in HbA1c was more gradual with rosiglitazone than with glyburide or metformin; this suggests that, at least compared with metformin and sulfonylureas, the TZDs may have some longer-term benefit with respect to beta-cell function.8
That incretin-based treatments may help preserve or improve beta-cell function has been suggested by animal data.9 Proving that that is the case in humans will be much more challenging. A recent randomized study in patients with T2DM already taking metformin showed that addition of exenatide for 1 year resulted in improved beta-cell function, assessed by C-peptide responses to glucose and to arginine during a combined euglycemic-hyperinsulinemic and hyperglycemic clamp procedure. The improvement was evident compared with baseline function and with patients randomized to receive insulin glargine in addition to metformin for a year.10 However, 4 weeks after exenatide and glargine were discontinued, the beta-cell function had reverted to the pretreatment level and was not significantly different in the two groups of patients. Moreover, 3 months after treatment discontinuation, the HbA1c levels, which had decreased during the year to a similar extent in both groups, had returned to pretreatment levels. The investigators acknowledged that it was impossible in their study to “discriminate between acute and long-term effects of exenatide on beta-cell function.”10 So, in my opinion, the challenge remains to show that meaningful long-term effects on beta-cell function can be achieved with incretin-based therapy.
That said, there is no doubt that the incretin-based therapies bring a new dimension to our ability to treat diabetes. The articles in this supplement will provide both the specialist and nonspecialist with a better understanding of these relatively new therapies.
- The Diabetes Control and Complications Trial Research Group. The effect of intensive treatment of diabetes on the development and progression of long-term complications in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 1993; 329:977–986.
- UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). Lancet 1998; 352:837–853.
- UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Effect of intensive blood-glucose control with metformin on complications in overweight patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 34). Lancet 1998; 352:854–865.
- Nathan DM, Cleary PA, Backlund JY, et al. Intensive diabetes treatment and cardiovascular disease in patients with type 1 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2005; 353:2643–2653.
- Holman RR, Paul SK, Bethel MA, Matthews DR, Neil HA. 10-year follow-up of intensive glucose control in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:1577–1589.
- Nissen SE, Wolski K. Effect of rosiglitazone on the risk of myocardial infarction and death from cardiovascular causes. N Engl J Med 2007; 356:2457–2471.
- UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group. UK prospective diabetes study 16: overview of 6 years’ therapy of type II diabetes: a progressive disease. Diabetes 1995; 44:1249–1258.
- Kahn SE, Haffner SM, Heise MA, et al. Glycemic durability of rosiglitazone, metformin, or glyburide monotherapy. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:2427–2443.
- Baggio LL, Drucker DJ. Biology of incretins: GLP-1 and GIP. Gastroenterology 2007; 132:2131–2157.
- Bunck MC, Diamant M, Cornér A, et al. One-year treatment with exenatide improves beta-cell function, compared with insulin glargine, in metformin-treated type 2 diabetes patients: a randomized, controlled trial. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:762–768.
- The Diabetes Control and Complications Trial Research Group. The effect of intensive treatment of diabetes on the development and progression of long-term complications in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 1993; 329:977–986.
- UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). Lancet 1998; 352:837–853.
- UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Effect of intensive blood-glucose control with metformin on complications in overweight patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 34). Lancet 1998; 352:854–865.
- Nathan DM, Cleary PA, Backlund JY, et al. Intensive diabetes treatment and cardiovascular disease in patients with type 1 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2005; 353:2643–2653.
- Holman RR, Paul SK, Bethel MA, Matthews DR, Neil HA. 10-year follow-up of intensive glucose control in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:1577–1589.
- Nissen SE, Wolski K. Effect of rosiglitazone on the risk of myocardial infarction and death from cardiovascular causes. N Engl J Med 2007; 356:2457–2471.
- UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group. UK prospective diabetes study 16: overview of 6 years’ therapy of type II diabetes: a progressive disease. Diabetes 1995; 44:1249–1258.
- Kahn SE, Haffner SM, Heise MA, et al. Glycemic durability of rosiglitazone, metformin, or glyburide monotherapy. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:2427–2443.
- Baggio LL, Drucker DJ. Biology of incretins: GLP-1 and GIP. Gastroenterology 2007; 132:2131–2157.
- Bunck MC, Diamant M, Cornér A, et al. One-year treatment with exenatide improves beta-cell function, compared with insulin glargine, in metformin-treated type 2 diabetes patients: a randomized, controlled trial. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:762–768.
Current antihyperglycemic treatment strategies for patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus
Data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention indicate that almost 24 million Americans, or 7.8% of the population, have diabetes; 90% to 95% of these have type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM).1 Diabetes and excessive weight often coexist. An analysis of data from the 1999–2002 National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES) showed that among individuals with diabetes, 85% were overweight or obese and 55% were obese.2
Gaps remain in the management of T2DM between the goals for clinical parameters of care (eg, control of glucose, blood pressure [BP], and lipids) and actual clinical practice.3 NHANES data reveal that glycemic control improved from a mean glycosylated hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) of 7.82% in 1999–2000 to 7.18% in 2003–2004.4 Hazard models based on the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) 10-year outcomes data in 4,320 newly diagnosed T2DM patients suggest that a sustained decrease in HbA1c of 0.511 percentage points could reduce diabetes complications by 10.7%.4,5
Additional analysis of NHANES data showed that in 2003–2004, about 57% of individuals achieved glycemic control, 48% reached BP targets, and 50% achieved target cholesterol goals.Only about 13% of diabetes patients achieved their target goals for all three parameters concurrently.6
This article reviews the association between cardiometabolic risk and the current antihyperglycemic treatments for patients with T2DM, with a focus on the role of incretin-related therapies.
THE IMPORTANCE OF CARDIOMETABOLIC RISK IN T2DM
Cardiovascular disease (CVD) is the leading cause of morbidity and mortality among people with diabetes and is the reported cause of mortality in up to 65% of deaths in persons with diabetes in the United States.7 The risk of CVD is two- to fourfold greater among adults with diabetes than among adults who do not have diabetes.8 The risk of CVD in patients with T2DM was evident in the UKPDS 17, where macrovascular complications, including CVD, were about twice as common as microvascular complications (20% vs 9%) after 9 years of follow-up.9 A study that involved more than 44,000 patients showed an almost double rate of mortality from all causes among individuals with T2DM compared with those with no diabetes (hazard ratio, 1.93; 95% confidence interval, 1.89 to 1.97).10 Current guidelines recommend aggressive management of CV risk factors, including BP control, correction of atherogenic dyslipidemia, glycemic control, weight reduction for those who are overweight or obese, and smoking cessation for those who smoke.3,11 Lifestyle interventions, including weight reduction and appropriately prescribed physical activity, result in reduced CV risk factors, which can help slow the progression of T2DM.12
GOALS OF T2DM THERAPY
Several studies have demonstrated that glycemic control can delay or prevent the development and progression of microvascular complications.13,14 UKPDS 33 showed that more intensive blood glucose control (median HbA1c 7.0%) in patients with T2DM followed over 10 years significantly (P = .029) reduced the risk for any diabetes-related end point by 12% compared with conventional therapy (median HbA1c 7.9%). Most of the risk reduction was accounted for by a 25% risk reduction in microvascular end points (P = .0099).13 Another report (UKPDS 35) demonstrated that HbA1c was strongly related to microvascular effects, with a 1% reduction in HbA1c associated with a 37% reduction in microvascular complications.14
Does intensive glucose control reduce CV risk?
To resolve the ongoing question of whether intensive glucose control can lead to a reduction in CV risk in patients with T2DM, three large, long-term trials were conducted within the last decade.15–18 Two of these, the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) and Action in Diabetes and Vascular Disease: Preterax and Diamicron Modified Release Controlled Evaluation (ADVANCE) trials, each enrolled more than 10,000 previously treated patients with long-standing T2DM. Patients were randomized to standard or intensive glycemic control for 3.5 years in the ACCORD trial and for 5 years in the ADVANCE trial.15,16
The ACCORD and ADVANCE trials, along with the smaller Veterans Administration Diabetes Trial (VADT) (N = 1,791), failed to show that more intensive glycemic control significantly reduced CVD.15–17 Additionally, the glycemic control component of ACCORD was halted because of increased mortality in the intensive arm compared with the standard arm.15 Further analyses of ACCORD data presented at the 69th Scientific Sessions of the American Diabetes Association (ADA) showed that HbA1c values lower than 7.0% did not explain the increased mortality. The 20% higher risk of death for every 1.0% increase in HbA1c greater than 6.0% suggests that glucose concentrations even lower than the general HbA1c goal of less than 7.0% may be appropriate in some patients.18 The most recent finding from VADT was that CV risk was dependent on disease duration and presence of comorbidities. Intensive therapy seemed to work best in patients with diabetes of less than 15 years’ duration, while risk of a CV event was more than doubled with intensive therapy in patients having diabetes for more than 21 years.
Clarification of treatment goals
A position statement of the ADA and a scientific statement of the American College of Cardiology Foundation and the American Heart Association19 concluded that the “evidence obtained from ACCORD, ADVANCE, and VADT does not suggest the need for major changes in glycemic control targets but, rather, additional clarification of the language that has consistently stressed individualization.” They state that while the general HbA1c goal of less than 7.0% seems reasonable, even lower HbA1c goals may be appropriate for some patients if they can be achieved without significant hypoglycemia or other adverse effects. Such patients might include those with diabetes of short duration, long life expectancy, or no significant CVD or hypoglycemia. Conversely, higher HbA1c goals may be appropriate for patients with limited life expectancy, a history of severe hypoglycemia, established microvascular or macrovascular complications, significant other comorbid conditions, or longstanding diabetes in whom an HbA1c of less than 7.0% has been difficult to attain despite optimal treatment and diabetes self-management education.19
Long-term risk reduction
A 10-year, postinterventional follow-up study (UKPDS 80) of the UKPDS survivor cohort was reported recently.20 Results showed that despite an early loss of glycemic differences between patients treated with diet and those treated with intensive regimens (sulfonylurea or insulin; metformin in overweight patients), the pharmacotherapy group demonstrated a prolonged reduction in microvascular risk as well as a significant reduction in the risk for myocardial infarction (15% [P = .01] in the sulfonylurea-insulin group and 33% [P = .005] in the metformin group) and death from any cause.20 This suggests that early improvement in glycemic control is associated with long-term benefits in the micro- and macrovascular health of patients with T2DM.
Additionally, the recent long-term follow-up of the Steno-2 study21 showed that a multifactorial intervention striving for intensive glucose, BP, and lipid control that included the use of renin-angiotensin system blockers, aspirin, and lipid-lowering agents not only reduced the risk of nonfatal CVD among patients with T2DM and microalbuminuria, but also had sustained beneficial effects on vascular complications and on rates of death from any cause and from CV causes. From a health care payer perspective, intensive multifactorial intervention was more likely to be cost-effective than conventional treatment in Denmark, especially if applied in a primary care setting.22
Comprehensive care needed
The lower-than-expected rates of CV outcomes in the ACCORD, ADVANCE, VADT, and Steno-2 studies reinforce the importance of comprehensive diabetes care that treats not only hyperglycemia but also elevated BP and dyslipidemia; these are considered the “ABCs” of diabetes.11,19 The 2009 ADA standards of medical care guidelines recommend that for most T2DM patients, HbA1c should be maintained at less than 7.0%,3 while the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists (AACE) 2007 guidelines state that HbA1c should be 6.5% or less.11 Both organizations stress the importance of individualized goals, as discussed above, and advocate BP goals of less than 130/80 mm Hg and dyslipidemia goals of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) less than 100 mg/dL, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) greater than 40 mg/dL for men and 50 mg/dL for women, and triglycerides less than 150 mg/dL. It is recommended that an optional LDL-C goal of less than 70 mg/dL be considered for individuals with overt CVD.
CURRENT ANTIHYPERGLYCEMIC TREATMENT STRATEGIES
In response to new insights from clinical research and emerging treatment strategies, disease-specific organizations and medical specialty societies regularly revise and update their treatment guidelines and algorithms. These resources recommend that glycemic progress should be regularly monitored and pharmacologic therapy titrated or new drugs added promptly if glycemic goals are not met after 2 to 3 months.
Several algorithms combine scientific evidence with expert clinical opinion to guide physicians in treating their patients with T2DM. The American College of Endocrinology (ACE)/AACE road maps are designed to help develop individualized treatment regimens to achieve an HbA1c of 6.5% or less.23 The algorithm from a writing group assembled by the ADA and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD) similarly promotes pharmacologic treatment together with lifestyle modifications to maintain a glycemic goal of HbA1c less than 7.0%.24
OVERVIEW OF ANTIHYPERGLYCEMIC TREATMENT APPROACHES
Initial oral therapy
T2DM is usually treated initially with a single oral agent. Consistent with the progressive nature of the disease, patients often eventually require one or more additional oral agents and in many cases insulin.13,27 Choice of specific agents is based on individual patient circumstances, including the need for weight loss and control of fasting versus postprandial glucose, the presence of dyslipidemia and hypertension, and the risk for and potential consequences of hypoglycemia.24 T2DM patients with severely uncontrolled and symptomatic hyperglycemia are best treated, at least initially, with a combination of insulin therapy and lifestyle intervention, often with metformin.
Metformin. The recently revised ADA/EASD writing group algorithm recommends that patients not requiring initial insulin begin treatment with metformin at the time of diagnosis unless there are contraindications.24 Metformin is not associated with hypoglycemia and is considered weight-neutral, although some patients may lose weight.28
Sulfonylureas. Sulfonylureas stimulate insulin secretion from pancreatic beta cells; their use may be associated with hypoglycemia and weight gain. Mechanisms for weight gain with sulfonylureas include reduction of glucosuria and increased caloric intake to prevent or treat hypoglycemia.11,28 Nateglinide and repaglinide are nonsulfonylurea oral insulin secretagogues. They result in rapid and relatively short-lived insulin responses and are usually administered three times a day, before each meal. Their use may be associated with weight gain and hypoglycemia.11
Thiazolidinediones. Thiazolidinediones (TZD) increase insulin sensitivity in muscle, adipose tissue, and the liver. Hypoglycemia is uncommon with TZD monotherapy but weight gain related to increased and redistributed adiposity and fluid retention frequently occurs.
Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors. The alpha-glucosidase inhibitors are administered before meals and primarily reduce postprandial hyperglycemia. They are generally weight-neutral.28
Insulin. Insulin and insulin analogues are the most effective antihyperglycemic agents, but their use can be associated with hypoglycemia and clinically significant weight gain.28
Colesevelam. Colesevelam is a bile acid sequestrant that was recently approved by the US Food and Drug Administration as an antihyperglycemic therapy in people with T2DM. At a dosage of 1.875 g BID or 3.75 g QD in combination with a sulfonylurea, metformin, or insulin therapy, reductions in HbA1c compared with placebo in clinical trials of colesevelam have ranged from –0.5% to –0.7% (P < .02). Frequency of hypoglycemia and weight gain is low with this agent.26
Weight management. Weight reduction is important for overweight or obese patients with T2DM.27,28 Even moderate weight loss (5% of body weight) can be associated with improved insulin action and reduced hyperglycemia.29 Conversely, weight gain has been shown to worsen hyperglycemia and other CV risk factors. Treatment-related weight gain can also lead to decreased regimen adherence, contributing to poor glycemic control.28
THE ROLE OF INCRETIN HORMONES AND INCRETIN-BASED THERAPIES IN T2DM PATIENTS
Over the last few years, the role of incretin hormones and their contribution to diabetes pathophysiology has become more apparent. The incretin effect refers to the observation that orally administered glucose elicits a greater insulin response than does glucose administered intravenously to produce equivalent blood glucose concentrations.30,31 The incretin effect is diminished in patients with T2DM.
Hormone mediation of the incretin effect
The two hormones that mediate the incretin effect are GIP (also known as gastric inhibitory polypeptide or glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide) and glucagon-like peptide−1 (GLP-1).30,31 GLP-1 has several glucoregulatory actions, including enhancement of endogenous insulin release and suppression of inappropriate glucagon secretion, both in a glucose-dependent manner. Therefore, these effects of GLP-1 occur only when glucose concentrations are elevated, thereby minimizing the risk of hypoglycemia. GLP-1 also regulates gastric emptying; infusions of GLP-1 can slow the accelerated emptying that is often present in T2DM patients. GLP-1 also increases satiety and decreases food intake via a central mechanism.31
Because GLP-1 is rapidly inactivated by the enzyme dipeptidyl peptidase–4 (DPP-4), therapeutic use of GLP-1 would require continuous infusion, which is impractical.30,31 Two strategies have been used to produce incretin-related therapies. One, inhibition of the DPP-4 enzyme, results in a two- to threefold enhancement of endogenous GLP-1. The other, involving agents that resist breakdown by DPP-4 but bind to and activate the GLP-1 receptor, produces glucoregulatory effects similar to those of GLP-1.30
Following subcutaneous (SC) injection, GLP-1 receptor agonists enhance insulin secretion and suppress inappropriately elevated glucagon, both in a glucose-dependent manner, as well as slow gastric emptying and enhance satiety.30 DPP-4 inhibitors provide glucose-dependent enhanced insulin secretion and glucagon suppression, but they do not have the same effects on gastric emptying or satiety.
Clinically, the GLP-1 receptor agonists improve glycemia and are associated with weight loss.32–35 Adverse gastrointestinal symptoms are relatively common during the first few weeks of treatment. DPP-4 inhibitors improve glycemia but are weight-neutral and are not generally associated with significant gastrointestinal symptoms.32,36–38
Incretin-based therapies
Incretin-based therapies are currently part of the antihyperglycemic armamentarium.25,32 The AACE guidelines11 and the ACE/AACE roadmaps23 include the GLP-1 receptor agonist exenatide and the DPP-4 inhibitor sitagliptin among antihyperglycemic therapies for patients with T2DM. The most recent update of the consensus algorithm statement of a joint ADA/EASD writing group included GLP-1 receptor agonists (but not DPP-4 inhibitors) in tier 2 of preferred agents, especially for patients who have concerns related to weight and hypoglycemia.24 They noted that DPP-4 inhibitors may be appropriate choices in selected patients.
DPP-4 inhibitors: sitagliptin, saxagliptin. Until recently, sitagliptin was the only DPP-4 inhibitor available in the United States. Sitagliptin is approved by the FDA for treatment of T2DM at a recommended oral dosage of 100 mg QD, either as monotherapy or in combination with other oral antihyperglycemic medications. The dosage of sitagliptin should be reduced to 50 mg/day in patients with creatinine clearance (CrCl) levels that are between 30 mL/min and 50 mL/min and to 25 mg/day in those with CrCl less than 30 mL/min.39
In a meta-analysis of incretin-based therapies, DPP-4 inhibitors produced a reduction in HbA1c compared with placebo (weighted mean difference of –0.74%; 95% confidence interval, –0.85% to –0.62%).32 DPP-4 inhibitor antihyperglycemic efficacy has been shown to be similar whether used as a monotherapy or add-on therapy.32,37,38 This same meta-analysis showed DPP-4 inhibitors as having a neutral effect on weight.32 More recently, a single-pill combination of metformin and sitagliptin was approved.40
A study comparing metformin, sitagliptin, and the combination of the two as initial monotherapy in T2DM patients with a baseline HbA1c of 8.8% showed 24-week HbA1c reductions from baseline of –0.66% with sitagliptin 100 mg QD, –0.82% with metformin 500 mg BID, and –1.90% with sitagliptin 50 mg + metformin 1,000 mg BID.41
On July 31, 2009, the FDA approved another DPP-4 inhibitor, saxagliptin, for the treatment of T2DM either as monotherapy or in combination with metformin, a sulfonylurea, or a TZD.42
GLP-1 receptor agonist: exenatide. Exenatide, the only FDA-approved GLP-1 receptor agonist, is the synthetic version of exendin-4, which binds to the human GLP-1 receptor and in vitro possesses many of the glucoregulatory effects of endogenous GLP-1.30,32 Exenatide is indicated as monotherapy or adjunctive therapy for patients with T2DM who have not achieved adequate glycemic control with metformin, a sulfonylurea, a TZD, or metformin in combination with a sulfonylurea or a TZD.43 Exenatide is administered by SC injection BID at a starting dosage of 5 mg BID for 4 weeks, followed by an increase to 10 mg BID.
Exenatide has been shown not only to enhance glucose-dependent insulin secretion but also to restore impaired first-phase insulin response in subjects with T2DM. Exenatide also helps control postprandial glycemic excursions by suppressing inappropriate glucagon secretion, slowing accelerated gastric emptying, and enhancing satiety. The increased satiety results in decreased food intake and weight loss.31,44 In a recent head-to-head crossover study, exenatide was shown to be more effective than sitagliptin in lowering postprandial glucose concentrations, increasing insulin secretion, and reducing postprandial glucagon secretion.45 Exenatide also slowed gastric emptying and reduced caloric intake.
Exenatide, in most studies, resulted in a placebo-subtracted HbA1c reduction of approximately –1.0% and in one study lowered HbA1c from baseline by –1.5%. Completer analyses have shown HbA1c reductions of –1.0% up to 3 years and –0.8% up to 3.5 years. Exenatide has also been associated with a mean weight loss of as much as –3.6 kg at 30 weeks and as much as –5.3 kg at 3.5 years.33–35,46,47 A 1-year study showed that exenatide improved beta-cell secretory function compared with insulin glargine in metformin-treated patients with T2DM.48 Long-term data, including findings from completed and intention-to-treat analyses of 82 weeks49 to at least 3 years47 have demonstrated that exenatide improved CV risk factors, including those related to BP, lipids, and hepatic injury biomarkers.
Therapies in development
Incretin-based therapies in development include a novel once-weekly formulation of exenatide; taspoglutide, another once-weekly GLP-1 receptor agonist; and liraglutide, a GLP-1 receptor agonist that is administered once daily.50 Liraglutide is currently being evaluated in clinical trials as a once-daily SC injection.51–53 Liraglutide has been reported to reduce HbA1c by –1.1% at 26 weeks and up to –1.14% at 52 weeks and result in weight loss (up to –2.8 kg at 26 weeks and up to –2.5 kg at 52 weeks) in patients with T2DM who are treatment-naïve or taking other antidiabetes agents, including metformin, sulfonylurea, and TZD.51–53 Evaluation of the once-weekly formulation of exenatide showed reductions in HbA1c of –1.9% at 30 weeks and –2.0% at 52 weeks with a weight loss of –3.7 kg at 30 weeks and –4.1 kg over 52 weeks of treatment.46,54
CONCLUSION
In the United States, the epidemics of excessive weight and T2DM have contributed to an increased medical risk for many individuals. Comprehensive diabetes treatments targeting not only hyperglycemia but also frequently associated overweight/obesity, hypertension, and dyslipidemia will be required to reduce such risk. Current treatment strategies have evolved based on updated clinical guidelines and trials, as well as practice experience, including those related to newer agents. Incretin-based therapies, such as the GLP-1 receptor agonist, exenatide, and the DPP-4 inhibitors, sitagliptin and saxagliptin, are important additions to the treatment armamentarium, offering a reduction in hyperglycemia and beneficial effects on weight (reduction with exenatide and neutral with sitagliptin), and have been shown to improve several CV risk factors.
- National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. National Diabetes Statistics, 2007 fact sheet. Bethesda, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health, 2008. Available at: http://www.diabetes.niddk.nih.gov/dm/pubs/statistics/index.htm. Accessed September 16, 2009.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Prevalence of overweight and obesity among adults with diagnosed diabetes: United States, 1988–1994 and 1999–2002. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2004; 53:1066–1068.
- American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes: 2009. Diabetes Care 2009; 32(suppl 1):S13–S61.
- Hoerger TJ, Segel JE, Gregg EW, Saaddine JB. Is glycemic control improving in U.S. adults? Diabetes Care 2008; 31:81–86.
- Stratton IM, Cull CA, Adler AI, Matthews DR, Neil HA, Holman RR. Additive effects of glycaemia and blood pressure exposure on risk of complications in type 2 diabetes: a prospective observational study (UKPDS 75). Diabetologia 2006; 49:1761–1769.
- Ong KL, Cheung BM, Wong LY, Wat NM, Tan KC, Lam KS. Prevalence, treatment, and control of diagnosed diabetes in the U.S. National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey 1999–2004. Ann Epidemiol 2008; 18:222–229.
- Engelgau MM, Geiss LS, Saaddine JB, et al. The evolving diabetes burden in the United States. Ann Intern Med 2004; 140:945–950.
- Fox CS, Coady S, Sorlie PD, et al. Trends in cardiovascular complications of diabetes. JAMA 2004; 292:2495–2499.
- Turner R, Cull C, Holman R. United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study 17: a 9-year update of a randomized, controlled trial on the effect of improved metabolic control on complications in noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med 1996; 124(1 Pt 2):136–145.
- Mulnier HE, Seaman HE, Raleigh VS, Soedamah-Muthu SS, Colhoun HM, Lawrenson RA. Mortality in people with type 2 diabetes in the UK. Diabet Med 2006; 23:516–521.
- AACE Diabetes Mellitus Clinical Practice Guidelines Task Force. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists medical guidelines for clinical practice for the management of diabetes mellitus. Endocr Pract 2007; 13(suppl 1):S4–S68.
- American Diabetes Association. Nutrition recommendations and interventions for diabetes: a position statement of the American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care 2008; 31(suppl 1):S61−S78.
- UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). Lancet 1998; 352:837–853.
- Stratton IM, Adler AI, Neil HA, et al. Association of glycaemia with macrovascular and microvascular complications of type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 35): prospective observational study. BMJ 2000; 321:405–412.
- The Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes Study Group. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2545–2559.
- The ADVANCE Collaborative Group. Intensive blood glucose control and vascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2560–2572.
- Duckworth W, Abraira C, Moritz T, et al; for the VADT Investigators. Glucose control and vascular complications in veterans with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:129–139.
- Kerr M. ADA 2009: intensive glycemic control not directly linked to excess cardiovascular risk. Medscape Medical News Web site. http://www.medscape.com/viewarticle/704260_print. Published June 11, 2009. Accessed September 16, 2009.
- Skyler JS, Bergenstal R, Bonow RO, et al. Intensive glycemic control and the prevention of cardiovascular events: implications of the ACCORD, ADVANCE, and VA diabetes trials: a position statement of the American Diabetes Association and a scientific statement of the American College of Cardiology Foundation and the American Heart Association. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:187–192.
- Holman RR, Paul SK, Bethel MA, Matthews DR, Neil HA. 10-year follow-up of intensive glucose control in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:1577–1589.
- Gaede P, Lund-Andersen H, Parving HH, Pedersen O. Effect of a multifactorial intervention on mortality in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:580–591.
- Gaede P, Valentine WJ, Palmer AJ, et al. Cost-effectiveness of intensified versus conventional multifactorial intervention in type 2 diabetes: results and projections from the Steno-2 study. Diabetes Care 2008; 31:1510–1515.
- ACE/AACE Diabetes Road Map Task Force. Road maps to achieve glycemic control in type 2 diabetes mellitus. Endocr Pract 2007; 13:260–268.
- Nathan DM, Buse JB, Davidson MB, et al. Medical management of hyperglycemia in type 2 diabetes: a consensus algorithm for the initiation and adjustment of therapy: a consensus statement of the American Diabetes Association and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:193–203.
- Alexander GC, Sehgal NL, Moloney RM, Stafford RS. National trends in treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus, 1994–2007. Arch Intern Med 2008; 168:2088–2094.
- Sonnett TE, Levien TL, Neumiller JJ, Gates BJ, Setter SM. Colesevelam hydrochloride for the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus. Clin Ther 2009; 31:245–259.
- DeFronzo RA. Pharmacologic therapy for type 2 diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med 1999; 131:281–303.
- Purnell JQ, Weyer C. Weight effect of current and experimental drugs for diabetes mellitus: from promotion to alleviation of obesity. Treat Endocrinol 2003; 2:33–47.
- Klein S, Sheard NF, Pi-Sunyer X, et al. Weight management through lifestyle modification for the prevention and management of type 2 diabetes: rationale and strategies: a statement of the American Diabetes Association, the North American Association for the Study of Obesity, and the American Society for Clinical Nutrition. Diabetes Care 2004; 27:2067–2073.
- Stonehouse A, Okerson T, Kendall D, Maggs D. Emerging incretin based therapies for type 2 diabetes: incretin mimetics and DPP-4 inhibitors. Curr Diabetes Rev 2008; 4:101–109.
- Drucker DJ. The biology of incretin hormones. Cell Metab 2006; 3:153–165.
- Amori RE, Lau J, Pittas AG. Efficacy and safety of incretin therapy in type 2 diabetes: systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 2007; 298:194–206.
- Buse JB, Henry RR, Han J, et al. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control over 30 weeks in sulfonylurea-treated patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2004; 27:2628–2635.
- DeFronzo RA, Ratner RE, Han J, Kim DD, Fineman MS, Baron AD. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control and weight over 30 weeks in metformin-treated patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2005; 28:1092–1100.
- Kendall DM, Riddle MC, Rosenstock J, et al. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control over 30 weeks in patients with type 2 diabetes treated with metformin and a sulfonylurea. Diabetes Care 2005; 28:1083–1091.
- Aschner P, Kipnes MS, Lunceford JK, et al. Effect of the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor sitagliptin as monotherapy on glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2006; 29:2632−2637.
- Charbonnel B, Karasik A, Liu J, Wu M, Meininger G, for the Sitagliptin Study 020 Group. Efficacy and safety of the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor sitagliptin added to ongoing metformin therapy in patients with type 2 diabetes inadequately controlled with metformin alone. Diabetes Care 2006; 29:2638–2643.
- Scott R, Wu M, Sanchez M, Stein P. Efficacy and tolerability of the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor sitagliptin as monotherapy over 12 weeks in patients with type 2 diabetes. Int J Clin Pract 2007; 61:171–180.
- Januvia. Physicians’ Desk Reference. 63rd edition. Montvale, NJ: Physicians’ Desk Reference Inc; 2008:2048–2054.
- Janumet. Physicians’ Desk Reference. 63rd edition. Montvale, NJ: Physicians’ Desk Reference Inc; 2008:2041–2048.
- Goldstein BJ, Feinglos MN, Lunceford JK, Johnson J, Williams-Herman DE, for the Sitagliptin 036 Study Group. Effect of initial combination therapy with sitagliptin, a dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor, and metformin on glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2007; 30:1979–1987.
- US Department of Health and Human Services. FDA approves new drug treatment for type 2 diabetes. US Food and Drug Administration Web site. http://www.fda.gov/newsevents/newsroom/pressannouncements/ucm174780.htm. Published July 31, 2009. Accessed September 18, 2009.
- Byetta [package insert]. San Diego, CA: Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; 2009.
- Edwards CM, Stanley SA, Davis R, et al. Exendin-4 reduces fasting and postprandial glucose and decreases energy intake in healthy volunteers. Am J Physiol Endocrinol Metab 2001; 281:E155–E161.
- DeFronzo RA, Okerson T, Viswanathan P, Guan X, Holcombe JH, MacConell L. Effects of exenatide versus sitagliptin on postprandial glucose, insulin and glucagon secretion, gastric emptying, and caloric intake: a randomized, cross-over study. Curr Med Res Opin 2008; 24:2943–2952.
- Drucker DJ, Buse JB, Taylor K, et al. Exenatide once weekly versus twice daily for the treatment of type 2 diabetes: a randomised, open-label, non-inferiority study. Lancet 2008; 372:1240–1250.
- Klonoff DC, Buse JB, Nielsen LL, et al. Exenatide effects on diabetes, obesity, cardiovascular risk factors and hepatic biomarkers in patients with type 2 diabetes treated for at least 3 years. Curr Med Res Opin 2008; 24:275–286.
- Bunck MC, Diamant M, Cornér A, et al. One-year treatment with exenatide improves beta-cell function, compared with insulin glargine, in metformin-treated type 2 diabetic patients: a randomized, controlled trial. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:762–768.
- Blonde L, Klein EJ, Han J, et al. Interim analysis of the effects of exenatide treatment on A1C, weight and cardiovascular risk factors over 82 weeks in 314 overweight patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Obes Metab 2006; 8:436–447.
- Baggio LL, Drucker DJ, Maida A, Lamont BJ. ADA 2008: incretin-based therapeutics. MedscapeCME Web site. http://www.medscape.com/viewprogram/15786. Accessed September 18, 2009.
- Garber A, Henry R, Ratner R, et al. Liraglutide versus glimepiride monotherapy for type 2 diabetes (LEAD-3 Mono): a randomised, 52-week, phase III, double-blind, parallel-treatment trial. Lancet 2009; 373:473–481.
- Nauck M, Frid A, Hermansen K, et al. Efficacy and safety comparison of liraglutide, glimepiride, and placebo, all in combination with metformin, in type 2 diabetes: the LEAD (liraglutide effect and action in diabetes)-2 study. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:84–90.
- Marre M, Shaw J, Brändle M, et al. Liraglutide, a once-daily human GLP-1 analogue, added to a sulphonylurea over 26 weeks produces greater improvements in glycaemic and weight control compared with adding rosiglitazone or placebo in subjects with type 2 diabetes (LEAD-1 SU). Diabet Med 2009; 26:268–278.
- Bergenstal RM, Kim T, Trautmann M, Zhuang D, Okerson T, Taylor K. Exenatide once weekly elicited improvements in blood pressure and lipid profile over 52 weeks in patients with type 2 diabetes. Circulation 2008; 118:S1086. Abstract 1239.
Data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention indicate that almost 24 million Americans, or 7.8% of the population, have diabetes; 90% to 95% of these have type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM).1 Diabetes and excessive weight often coexist. An analysis of data from the 1999–2002 National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES) showed that among individuals with diabetes, 85% were overweight or obese and 55% were obese.2
Gaps remain in the management of T2DM between the goals for clinical parameters of care (eg, control of glucose, blood pressure [BP], and lipids) and actual clinical practice.3 NHANES data reveal that glycemic control improved from a mean glycosylated hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) of 7.82% in 1999–2000 to 7.18% in 2003–2004.4 Hazard models based on the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) 10-year outcomes data in 4,320 newly diagnosed T2DM patients suggest that a sustained decrease in HbA1c of 0.511 percentage points could reduce diabetes complications by 10.7%.4,5
Additional analysis of NHANES data showed that in 2003–2004, about 57% of individuals achieved glycemic control, 48% reached BP targets, and 50% achieved target cholesterol goals.Only about 13% of diabetes patients achieved their target goals for all three parameters concurrently.6
This article reviews the association between cardiometabolic risk and the current antihyperglycemic treatments for patients with T2DM, with a focus on the role of incretin-related therapies.
THE IMPORTANCE OF CARDIOMETABOLIC RISK IN T2DM
Cardiovascular disease (CVD) is the leading cause of morbidity and mortality among people with diabetes and is the reported cause of mortality in up to 65% of deaths in persons with diabetes in the United States.7 The risk of CVD is two- to fourfold greater among adults with diabetes than among adults who do not have diabetes.8 The risk of CVD in patients with T2DM was evident in the UKPDS 17, where macrovascular complications, including CVD, were about twice as common as microvascular complications (20% vs 9%) after 9 years of follow-up.9 A study that involved more than 44,000 patients showed an almost double rate of mortality from all causes among individuals with T2DM compared with those with no diabetes (hazard ratio, 1.93; 95% confidence interval, 1.89 to 1.97).10 Current guidelines recommend aggressive management of CV risk factors, including BP control, correction of atherogenic dyslipidemia, glycemic control, weight reduction for those who are overweight or obese, and smoking cessation for those who smoke.3,11 Lifestyle interventions, including weight reduction and appropriately prescribed physical activity, result in reduced CV risk factors, which can help slow the progression of T2DM.12
GOALS OF T2DM THERAPY
Several studies have demonstrated that glycemic control can delay or prevent the development and progression of microvascular complications.13,14 UKPDS 33 showed that more intensive blood glucose control (median HbA1c 7.0%) in patients with T2DM followed over 10 years significantly (P = .029) reduced the risk for any diabetes-related end point by 12% compared with conventional therapy (median HbA1c 7.9%). Most of the risk reduction was accounted for by a 25% risk reduction in microvascular end points (P = .0099).13 Another report (UKPDS 35) demonstrated that HbA1c was strongly related to microvascular effects, with a 1% reduction in HbA1c associated with a 37% reduction in microvascular complications.14
Does intensive glucose control reduce CV risk?
To resolve the ongoing question of whether intensive glucose control can lead to a reduction in CV risk in patients with T2DM, three large, long-term trials were conducted within the last decade.15–18 Two of these, the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) and Action in Diabetes and Vascular Disease: Preterax and Diamicron Modified Release Controlled Evaluation (ADVANCE) trials, each enrolled more than 10,000 previously treated patients with long-standing T2DM. Patients were randomized to standard or intensive glycemic control for 3.5 years in the ACCORD trial and for 5 years in the ADVANCE trial.15,16
The ACCORD and ADVANCE trials, along with the smaller Veterans Administration Diabetes Trial (VADT) (N = 1,791), failed to show that more intensive glycemic control significantly reduced CVD.15–17 Additionally, the glycemic control component of ACCORD was halted because of increased mortality in the intensive arm compared with the standard arm.15 Further analyses of ACCORD data presented at the 69th Scientific Sessions of the American Diabetes Association (ADA) showed that HbA1c values lower than 7.0% did not explain the increased mortality. The 20% higher risk of death for every 1.0% increase in HbA1c greater than 6.0% suggests that glucose concentrations even lower than the general HbA1c goal of less than 7.0% may be appropriate in some patients.18 The most recent finding from VADT was that CV risk was dependent on disease duration and presence of comorbidities. Intensive therapy seemed to work best in patients with diabetes of less than 15 years’ duration, while risk of a CV event was more than doubled with intensive therapy in patients having diabetes for more than 21 years.
Clarification of treatment goals
A position statement of the ADA and a scientific statement of the American College of Cardiology Foundation and the American Heart Association19 concluded that the “evidence obtained from ACCORD, ADVANCE, and VADT does not suggest the need for major changes in glycemic control targets but, rather, additional clarification of the language that has consistently stressed individualization.” They state that while the general HbA1c goal of less than 7.0% seems reasonable, even lower HbA1c goals may be appropriate for some patients if they can be achieved without significant hypoglycemia or other adverse effects. Such patients might include those with diabetes of short duration, long life expectancy, or no significant CVD or hypoglycemia. Conversely, higher HbA1c goals may be appropriate for patients with limited life expectancy, a history of severe hypoglycemia, established microvascular or macrovascular complications, significant other comorbid conditions, or longstanding diabetes in whom an HbA1c of less than 7.0% has been difficult to attain despite optimal treatment and diabetes self-management education.19
Long-term risk reduction
A 10-year, postinterventional follow-up study (UKPDS 80) of the UKPDS survivor cohort was reported recently.20 Results showed that despite an early loss of glycemic differences between patients treated with diet and those treated with intensive regimens (sulfonylurea or insulin; metformin in overweight patients), the pharmacotherapy group demonstrated a prolonged reduction in microvascular risk as well as a significant reduction in the risk for myocardial infarction (15% [P = .01] in the sulfonylurea-insulin group and 33% [P = .005] in the metformin group) and death from any cause.20 This suggests that early improvement in glycemic control is associated with long-term benefits in the micro- and macrovascular health of patients with T2DM.
Additionally, the recent long-term follow-up of the Steno-2 study21 showed that a multifactorial intervention striving for intensive glucose, BP, and lipid control that included the use of renin-angiotensin system blockers, aspirin, and lipid-lowering agents not only reduced the risk of nonfatal CVD among patients with T2DM and microalbuminuria, but also had sustained beneficial effects on vascular complications and on rates of death from any cause and from CV causes. From a health care payer perspective, intensive multifactorial intervention was more likely to be cost-effective than conventional treatment in Denmark, especially if applied in a primary care setting.22
Comprehensive care needed
The lower-than-expected rates of CV outcomes in the ACCORD, ADVANCE, VADT, and Steno-2 studies reinforce the importance of comprehensive diabetes care that treats not only hyperglycemia but also elevated BP and dyslipidemia; these are considered the “ABCs” of diabetes.11,19 The 2009 ADA standards of medical care guidelines recommend that for most T2DM patients, HbA1c should be maintained at less than 7.0%,3 while the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists (AACE) 2007 guidelines state that HbA1c should be 6.5% or less.11 Both organizations stress the importance of individualized goals, as discussed above, and advocate BP goals of less than 130/80 mm Hg and dyslipidemia goals of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) less than 100 mg/dL, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) greater than 40 mg/dL for men and 50 mg/dL for women, and triglycerides less than 150 mg/dL. It is recommended that an optional LDL-C goal of less than 70 mg/dL be considered for individuals with overt CVD.
CURRENT ANTIHYPERGLYCEMIC TREATMENT STRATEGIES
In response to new insights from clinical research and emerging treatment strategies, disease-specific organizations and medical specialty societies regularly revise and update their treatment guidelines and algorithms. These resources recommend that glycemic progress should be regularly monitored and pharmacologic therapy titrated or new drugs added promptly if glycemic goals are not met after 2 to 3 months.
Several algorithms combine scientific evidence with expert clinical opinion to guide physicians in treating their patients with T2DM. The American College of Endocrinology (ACE)/AACE road maps are designed to help develop individualized treatment regimens to achieve an HbA1c of 6.5% or less.23 The algorithm from a writing group assembled by the ADA and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD) similarly promotes pharmacologic treatment together with lifestyle modifications to maintain a glycemic goal of HbA1c less than 7.0%.24
OVERVIEW OF ANTIHYPERGLYCEMIC TREATMENT APPROACHES
Initial oral therapy
T2DM is usually treated initially with a single oral agent. Consistent with the progressive nature of the disease, patients often eventually require one or more additional oral agents and in many cases insulin.13,27 Choice of specific agents is based on individual patient circumstances, including the need for weight loss and control of fasting versus postprandial glucose, the presence of dyslipidemia and hypertension, and the risk for and potential consequences of hypoglycemia.24 T2DM patients with severely uncontrolled and symptomatic hyperglycemia are best treated, at least initially, with a combination of insulin therapy and lifestyle intervention, often with metformin.
Metformin. The recently revised ADA/EASD writing group algorithm recommends that patients not requiring initial insulin begin treatment with metformin at the time of diagnosis unless there are contraindications.24 Metformin is not associated with hypoglycemia and is considered weight-neutral, although some patients may lose weight.28
Sulfonylureas. Sulfonylureas stimulate insulin secretion from pancreatic beta cells; their use may be associated with hypoglycemia and weight gain. Mechanisms for weight gain with sulfonylureas include reduction of glucosuria and increased caloric intake to prevent or treat hypoglycemia.11,28 Nateglinide and repaglinide are nonsulfonylurea oral insulin secretagogues. They result in rapid and relatively short-lived insulin responses and are usually administered three times a day, before each meal. Their use may be associated with weight gain and hypoglycemia.11
Thiazolidinediones. Thiazolidinediones (TZD) increase insulin sensitivity in muscle, adipose tissue, and the liver. Hypoglycemia is uncommon with TZD monotherapy but weight gain related to increased and redistributed adiposity and fluid retention frequently occurs.
Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors. The alpha-glucosidase inhibitors are administered before meals and primarily reduce postprandial hyperglycemia. They are generally weight-neutral.28
Insulin. Insulin and insulin analogues are the most effective antihyperglycemic agents, but their use can be associated with hypoglycemia and clinically significant weight gain.28
Colesevelam. Colesevelam is a bile acid sequestrant that was recently approved by the US Food and Drug Administration as an antihyperglycemic therapy in people with T2DM. At a dosage of 1.875 g BID or 3.75 g QD in combination with a sulfonylurea, metformin, or insulin therapy, reductions in HbA1c compared with placebo in clinical trials of colesevelam have ranged from –0.5% to –0.7% (P < .02). Frequency of hypoglycemia and weight gain is low with this agent.26
Weight management. Weight reduction is important for overweight or obese patients with T2DM.27,28 Even moderate weight loss (5% of body weight) can be associated with improved insulin action and reduced hyperglycemia.29 Conversely, weight gain has been shown to worsen hyperglycemia and other CV risk factors. Treatment-related weight gain can also lead to decreased regimen adherence, contributing to poor glycemic control.28
THE ROLE OF INCRETIN HORMONES AND INCRETIN-BASED THERAPIES IN T2DM PATIENTS
Over the last few years, the role of incretin hormones and their contribution to diabetes pathophysiology has become more apparent. The incretin effect refers to the observation that orally administered glucose elicits a greater insulin response than does glucose administered intravenously to produce equivalent blood glucose concentrations.30,31 The incretin effect is diminished in patients with T2DM.
Hormone mediation of the incretin effect
The two hormones that mediate the incretin effect are GIP (also known as gastric inhibitory polypeptide or glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide) and glucagon-like peptide−1 (GLP-1).30,31 GLP-1 has several glucoregulatory actions, including enhancement of endogenous insulin release and suppression of inappropriate glucagon secretion, both in a glucose-dependent manner. Therefore, these effects of GLP-1 occur only when glucose concentrations are elevated, thereby minimizing the risk of hypoglycemia. GLP-1 also regulates gastric emptying; infusions of GLP-1 can slow the accelerated emptying that is often present in T2DM patients. GLP-1 also increases satiety and decreases food intake via a central mechanism.31
Because GLP-1 is rapidly inactivated by the enzyme dipeptidyl peptidase–4 (DPP-4), therapeutic use of GLP-1 would require continuous infusion, which is impractical.30,31 Two strategies have been used to produce incretin-related therapies. One, inhibition of the DPP-4 enzyme, results in a two- to threefold enhancement of endogenous GLP-1. The other, involving agents that resist breakdown by DPP-4 but bind to and activate the GLP-1 receptor, produces glucoregulatory effects similar to those of GLP-1.30
Following subcutaneous (SC) injection, GLP-1 receptor agonists enhance insulin secretion and suppress inappropriately elevated glucagon, both in a glucose-dependent manner, as well as slow gastric emptying and enhance satiety.30 DPP-4 inhibitors provide glucose-dependent enhanced insulin secretion and glucagon suppression, but they do not have the same effects on gastric emptying or satiety.
Clinically, the GLP-1 receptor agonists improve glycemia and are associated with weight loss.32–35 Adverse gastrointestinal symptoms are relatively common during the first few weeks of treatment. DPP-4 inhibitors improve glycemia but are weight-neutral and are not generally associated with significant gastrointestinal symptoms.32,36–38
Incretin-based therapies
Incretin-based therapies are currently part of the antihyperglycemic armamentarium.25,32 The AACE guidelines11 and the ACE/AACE roadmaps23 include the GLP-1 receptor agonist exenatide and the DPP-4 inhibitor sitagliptin among antihyperglycemic therapies for patients with T2DM. The most recent update of the consensus algorithm statement of a joint ADA/EASD writing group included GLP-1 receptor agonists (but not DPP-4 inhibitors) in tier 2 of preferred agents, especially for patients who have concerns related to weight and hypoglycemia.24 They noted that DPP-4 inhibitors may be appropriate choices in selected patients.
DPP-4 inhibitors: sitagliptin, saxagliptin. Until recently, sitagliptin was the only DPP-4 inhibitor available in the United States. Sitagliptin is approved by the FDA for treatment of T2DM at a recommended oral dosage of 100 mg QD, either as monotherapy or in combination with other oral antihyperglycemic medications. The dosage of sitagliptin should be reduced to 50 mg/day in patients with creatinine clearance (CrCl) levels that are between 30 mL/min and 50 mL/min and to 25 mg/day in those with CrCl less than 30 mL/min.39
In a meta-analysis of incretin-based therapies, DPP-4 inhibitors produced a reduction in HbA1c compared with placebo (weighted mean difference of –0.74%; 95% confidence interval, –0.85% to –0.62%).32 DPP-4 inhibitor antihyperglycemic efficacy has been shown to be similar whether used as a monotherapy or add-on therapy.32,37,38 This same meta-analysis showed DPP-4 inhibitors as having a neutral effect on weight.32 More recently, a single-pill combination of metformin and sitagliptin was approved.40
A study comparing metformin, sitagliptin, and the combination of the two as initial monotherapy in T2DM patients with a baseline HbA1c of 8.8% showed 24-week HbA1c reductions from baseline of –0.66% with sitagliptin 100 mg QD, –0.82% with metformin 500 mg BID, and –1.90% with sitagliptin 50 mg + metformin 1,000 mg BID.41
On July 31, 2009, the FDA approved another DPP-4 inhibitor, saxagliptin, for the treatment of T2DM either as monotherapy or in combination with metformin, a sulfonylurea, or a TZD.42
GLP-1 receptor agonist: exenatide. Exenatide, the only FDA-approved GLP-1 receptor agonist, is the synthetic version of exendin-4, which binds to the human GLP-1 receptor and in vitro possesses many of the glucoregulatory effects of endogenous GLP-1.30,32 Exenatide is indicated as monotherapy or adjunctive therapy for patients with T2DM who have not achieved adequate glycemic control with metformin, a sulfonylurea, a TZD, or metformin in combination with a sulfonylurea or a TZD.43 Exenatide is administered by SC injection BID at a starting dosage of 5 mg BID for 4 weeks, followed by an increase to 10 mg BID.
Exenatide has been shown not only to enhance glucose-dependent insulin secretion but also to restore impaired first-phase insulin response in subjects with T2DM. Exenatide also helps control postprandial glycemic excursions by suppressing inappropriate glucagon secretion, slowing accelerated gastric emptying, and enhancing satiety. The increased satiety results in decreased food intake and weight loss.31,44 In a recent head-to-head crossover study, exenatide was shown to be more effective than sitagliptin in lowering postprandial glucose concentrations, increasing insulin secretion, and reducing postprandial glucagon secretion.45 Exenatide also slowed gastric emptying and reduced caloric intake.
Exenatide, in most studies, resulted in a placebo-subtracted HbA1c reduction of approximately –1.0% and in one study lowered HbA1c from baseline by –1.5%. Completer analyses have shown HbA1c reductions of –1.0% up to 3 years and –0.8% up to 3.5 years. Exenatide has also been associated with a mean weight loss of as much as –3.6 kg at 30 weeks and as much as –5.3 kg at 3.5 years.33–35,46,47 A 1-year study showed that exenatide improved beta-cell secretory function compared with insulin glargine in metformin-treated patients with T2DM.48 Long-term data, including findings from completed and intention-to-treat analyses of 82 weeks49 to at least 3 years47 have demonstrated that exenatide improved CV risk factors, including those related to BP, lipids, and hepatic injury biomarkers.
Therapies in development
Incretin-based therapies in development include a novel once-weekly formulation of exenatide; taspoglutide, another once-weekly GLP-1 receptor agonist; and liraglutide, a GLP-1 receptor agonist that is administered once daily.50 Liraglutide is currently being evaluated in clinical trials as a once-daily SC injection.51–53 Liraglutide has been reported to reduce HbA1c by –1.1% at 26 weeks and up to –1.14% at 52 weeks and result in weight loss (up to –2.8 kg at 26 weeks and up to –2.5 kg at 52 weeks) in patients with T2DM who are treatment-naïve or taking other antidiabetes agents, including metformin, sulfonylurea, and TZD.51–53 Evaluation of the once-weekly formulation of exenatide showed reductions in HbA1c of –1.9% at 30 weeks and –2.0% at 52 weeks with a weight loss of –3.7 kg at 30 weeks and –4.1 kg over 52 weeks of treatment.46,54
CONCLUSION
In the United States, the epidemics of excessive weight and T2DM have contributed to an increased medical risk for many individuals. Comprehensive diabetes treatments targeting not only hyperglycemia but also frequently associated overweight/obesity, hypertension, and dyslipidemia will be required to reduce such risk. Current treatment strategies have evolved based on updated clinical guidelines and trials, as well as practice experience, including those related to newer agents. Incretin-based therapies, such as the GLP-1 receptor agonist, exenatide, and the DPP-4 inhibitors, sitagliptin and saxagliptin, are important additions to the treatment armamentarium, offering a reduction in hyperglycemia and beneficial effects on weight (reduction with exenatide and neutral with sitagliptin), and have been shown to improve several CV risk factors.
Data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention indicate that almost 24 million Americans, or 7.8% of the population, have diabetes; 90% to 95% of these have type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM).1 Diabetes and excessive weight often coexist. An analysis of data from the 1999–2002 National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES) showed that among individuals with diabetes, 85% were overweight or obese and 55% were obese.2
Gaps remain in the management of T2DM between the goals for clinical parameters of care (eg, control of glucose, blood pressure [BP], and lipids) and actual clinical practice.3 NHANES data reveal that glycemic control improved from a mean glycosylated hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) of 7.82% in 1999–2000 to 7.18% in 2003–2004.4 Hazard models based on the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) 10-year outcomes data in 4,320 newly diagnosed T2DM patients suggest that a sustained decrease in HbA1c of 0.511 percentage points could reduce diabetes complications by 10.7%.4,5
Additional analysis of NHANES data showed that in 2003–2004, about 57% of individuals achieved glycemic control, 48% reached BP targets, and 50% achieved target cholesterol goals.Only about 13% of diabetes patients achieved their target goals for all three parameters concurrently.6
This article reviews the association between cardiometabolic risk and the current antihyperglycemic treatments for patients with T2DM, with a focus on the role of incretin-related therapies.
THE IMPORTANCE OF CARDIOMETABOLIC RISK IN T2DM
Cardiovascular disease (CVD) is the leading cause of morbidity and mortality among people with diabetes and is the reported cause of mortality in up to 65% of deaths in persons with diabetes in the United States.7 The risk of CVD is two- to fourfold greater among adults with diabetes than among adults who do not have diabetes.8 The risk of CVD in patients with T2DM was evident in the UKPDS 17, where macrovascular complications, including CVD, were about twice as common as microvascular complications (20% vs 9%) after 9 years of follow-up.9 A study that involved more than 44,000 patients showed an almost double rate of mortality from all causes among individuals with T2DM compared with those with no diabetes (hazard ratio, 1.93; 95% confidence interval, 1.89 to 1.97).10 Current guidelines recommend aggressive management of CV risk factors, including BP control, correction of atherogenic dyslipidemia, glycemic control, weight reduction for those who are overweight or obese, and smoking cessation for those who smoke.3,11 Lifestyle interventions, including weight reduction and appropriately prescribed physical activity, result in reduced CV risk factors, which can help slow the progression of T2DM.12
GOALS OF T2DM THERAPY
Several studies have demonstrated that glycemic control can delay or prevent the development and progression of microvascular complications.13,14 UKPDS 33 showed that more intensive blood glucose control (median HbA1c 7.0%) in patients with T2DM followed over 10 years significantly (P = .029) reduced the risk for any diabetes-related end point by 12% compared with conventional therapy (median HbA1c 7.9%). Most of the risk reduction was accounted for by a 25% risk reduction in microvascular end points (P = .0099).13 Another report (UKPDS 35) demonstrated that HbA1c was strongly related to microvascular effects, with a 1% reduction in HbA1c associated with a 37% reduction in microvascular complications.14
Does intensive glucose control reduce CV risk?
To resolve the ongoing question of whether intensive glucose control can lead to a reduction in CV risk in patients with T2DM, three large, long-term trials were conducted within the last decade.15–18 Two of these, the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) and Action in Diabetes and Vascular Disease: Preterax and Diamicron Modified Release Controlled Evaluation (ADVANCE) trials, each enrolled more than 10,000 previously treated patients with long-standing T2DM. Patients were randomized to standard or intensive glycemic control for 3.5 years in the ACCORD trial and for 5 years in the ADVANCE trial.15,16
The ACCORD and ADVANCE trials, along with the smaller Veterans Administration Diabetes Trial (VADT) (N = 1,791), failed to show that more intensive glycemic control significantly reduced CVD.15–17 Additionally, the glycemic control component of ACCORD was halted because of increased mortality in the intensive arm compared with the standard arm.15 Further analyses of ACCORD data presented at the 69th Scientific Sessions of the American Diabetes Association (ADA) showed that HbA1c values lower than 7.0% did not explain the increased mortality. The 20% higher risk of death for every 1.0% increase in HbA1c greater than 6.0% suggests that glucose concentrations even lower than the general HbA1c goal of less than 7.0% may be appropriate in some patients.18 The most recent finding from VADT was that CV risk was dependent on disease duration and presence of comorbidities. Intensive therapy seemed to work best in patients with diabetes of less than 15 years’ duration, while risk of a CV event was more than doubled with intensive therapy in patients having diabetes for more than 21 years.
Clarification of treatment goals
A position statement of the ADA and a scientific statement of the American College of Cardiology Foundation and the American Heart Association19 concluded that the “evidence obtained from ACCORD, ADVANCE, and VADT does not suggest the need for major changes in glycemic control targets but, rather, additional clarification of the language that has consistently stressed individualization.” They state that while the general HbA1c goal of less than 7.0% seems reasonable, even lower HbA1c goals may be appropriate for some patients if they can be achieved without significant hypoglycemia or other adverse effects. Such patients might include those with diabetes of short duration, long life expectancy, or no significant CVD or hypoglycemia. Conversely, higher HbA1c goals may be appropriate for patients with limited life expectancy, a history of severe hypoglycemia, established microvascular or macrovascular complications, significant other comorbid conditions, or longstanding diabetes in whom an HbA1c of less than 7.0% has been difficult to attain despite optimal treatment and diabetes self-management education.19
Long-term risk reduction
A 10-year, postinterventional follow-up study (UKPDS 80) of the UKPDS survivor cohort was reported recently.20 Results showed that despite an early loss of glycemic differences between patients treated with diet and those treated with intensive regimens (sulfonylurea or insulin; metformin in overweight patients), the pharmacotherapy group demonstrated a prolonged reduction in microvascular risk as well as a significant reduction in the risk for myocardial infarction (15% [P = .01] in the sulfonylurea-insulin group and 33% [P = .005] in the metformin group) and death from any cause.20 This suggests that early improvement in glycemic control is associated with long-term benefits in the micro- and macrovascular health of patients with T2DM.
Additionally, the recent long-term follow-up of the Steno-2 study21 showed that a multifactorial intervention striving for intensive glucose, BP, and lipid control that included the use of renin-angiotensin system blockers, aspirin, and lipid-lowering agents not only reduced the risk of nonfatal CVD among patients with T2DM and microalbuminuria, but also had sustained beneficial effects on vascular complications and on rates of death from any cause and from CV causes. From a health care payer perspective, intensive multifactorial intervention was more likely to be cost-effective than conventional treatment in Denmark, especially if applied in a primary care setting.22
Comprehensive care needed
The lower-than-expected rates of CV outcomes in the ACCORD, ADVANCE, VADT, and Steno-2 studies reinforce the importance of comprehensive diabetes care that treats not only hyperglycemia but also elevated BP and dyslipidemia; these are considered the “ABCs” of diabetes.11,19 The 2009 ADA standards of medical care guidelines recommend that for most T2DM patients, HbA1c should be maintained at less than 7.0%,3 while the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists (AACE) 2007 guidelines state that HbA1c should be 6.5% or less.11 Both organizations stress the importance of individualized goals, as discussed above, and advocate BP goals of less than 130/80 mm Hg and dyslipidemia goals of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) less than 100 mg/dL, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) greater than 40 mg/dL for men and 50 mg/dL for women, and triglycerides less than 150 mg/dL. It is recommended that an optional LDL-C goal of less than 70 mg/dL be considered for individuals with overt CVD.
CURRENT ANTIHYPERGLYCEMIC TREATMENT STRATEGIES
In response to new insights from clinical research and emerging treatment strategies, disease-specific organizations and medical specialty societies regularly revise and update their treatment guidelines and algorithms. These resources recommend that glycemic progress should be regularly monitored and pharmacologic therapy titrated or new drugs added promptly if glycemic goals are not met after 2 to 3 months.
Several algorithms combine scientific evidence with expert clinical opinion to guide physicians in treating their patients with T2DM. The American College of Endocrinology (ACE)/AACE road maps are designed to help develop individualized treatment regimens to achieve an HbA1c of 6.5% or less.23 The algorithm from a writing group assembled by the ADA and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD) similarly promotes pharmacologic treatment together with lifestyle modifications to maintain a glycemic goal of HbA1c less than 7.0%.24
OVERVIEW OF ANTIHYPERGLYCEMIC TREATMENT APPROACHES
Initial oral therapy
T2DM is usually treated initially with a single oral agent. Consistent with the progressive nature of the disease, patients often eventually require one or more additional oral agents and in many cases insulin.13,27 Choice of specific agents is based on individual patient circumstances, including the need for weight loss and control of fasting versus postprandial glucose, the presence of dyslipidemia and hypertension, and the risk for and potential consequences of hypoglycemia.24 T2DM patients with severely uncontrolled and symptomatic hyperglycemia are best treated, at least initially, with a combination of insulin therapy and lifestyle intervention, often with metformin.
Metformin. The recently revised ADA/EASD writing group algorithm recommends that patients not requiring initial insulin begin treatment with metformin at the time of diagnosis unless there are contraindications.24 Metformin is not associated with hypoglycemia and is considered weight-neutral, although some patients may lose weight.28
Sulfonylureas. Sulfonylureas stimulate insulin secretion from pancreatic beta cells; their use may be associated with hypoglycemia and weight gain. Mechanisms for weight gain with sulfonylureas include reduction of glucosuria and increased caloric intake to prevent or treat hypoglycemia.11,28 Nateglinide and repaglinide are nonsulfonylurea oral insulin secretagogues. They result in rapid and relatively short-lived insulin responses and are usually administered three times a day, before each meal. Their use may be associated with weight gain and hypoglycemia.11
Thiazolidinediones. Thiazolidinediones (TZD) increase insulin sensitivity in muscle, adipose tissue, and the liver. Hypoglycemia is uncommon with TZD monotherapy but weight gain related to increased and redistributed adiposity and fluid retention frequently occurs.
Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors. The alpha-glucosidase inhibitors are administered before meals and primarily reduce postprandial hyperglycemia. They are generally weight-neutral.28
Insulin. Insulin and insulin analogues are the most effective antihyperglycemic agents, but their use can be associated with hypoglycemia and clinically significant weight gain.28
Colesevelam. Colesevelam is a bile acid sequestrant that was recently approved by the US Food and Drug Administration as an antihyperglycemic therapy in people with T2DM. At a dosage of 1.875 g BID or 3.75 g QD in combination with a sulfonylurea, metformin, or insulin therapy, reductions in HbA1c compared with placebo in clinical trials of colesevelam have ranged from –0.5% to –0.7% (P < .02). Frequency of hypoglycemia and weight gain is low with this agent.26
Weight management. Weight reduction is important for overweight or obese patients with T2DM.27,28 Even moderate weight loss (5% of body weight) can be associated with improved insulin action and reduced hyperglycemia.29 Conversely, weight gain has been shown to worsen hyperglycemia and other CV risk factors. Treatment-related weight gain can also lead to decreased regimen adherence, contributing to poor glycemic control.28
THE ROLE OF INCRETIN HORMONES AND INCRETIN-BASED THERAPIES IN T2DM PATIENTS
Over the last few years, the role of incretin hormones and their contribution to diabetes pathophysiology has become more apparent. The incretin effect refers to the observation that orally administered glucose elicits a greater insulin response than does glucose administered intravenously to produce equivalent blood glucose concentrations.30,31 The incretin effect is diminished in patients with T2DM.
Hormone mediation of the incretin effect
The two hormones that mediate the incretin effect are GIP (also known as gastric inhibitory polypeptide or glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide) and glucagon-like peptide−1 (GLP-1).30,31 GLP-1 has several glucoregulatory actions, including enhancement of endogenous insulin release and suppression of inappropriate glucagon secretion, both in a glucose-dependent manner. Therefore, these effects of GLP-1 occur only when glucose concentrations are elevated, thereby minimizing the risk of hypoglycemia. GLP-1 also regulates gastric emptying; infusions of GLP-1 can slow the accelerated emptying that is often present in T2DM patients. GLP-1 also increases satiety and decreases food intake via a central mechanism.31
Because GLP-1 is rapidly inactivated by the enzyme dipeptidyl peptidase–4 (DPP-4), therapeutic use of GLP-1 would require continuous infusion, which is impractical.30,31 Two strategies have been used to produce incretin-related therapies. One, inhibition of the DPP-4 enzyme, results in a two- to threefold enhancement of endogenous GLP-1. The other, involving agents that resist breakdown by DPP-4 but bind to and activate the GLP-1 receptor, produces glucoregulatory effects similar to those of GLP-1.30
Following subcutaneous (SC) injection, GLP-1 receptor agonists enhance insulin secretion and suppress inappropriately elevated glucagon, both in a glucose-dependent manner, as well as slow gastric emptying and enhance satiety.30 DPP-4 inhibitors provide glucose-dependent enhanced insulin secretion and glucagon suppression, but they do not have the same effects on gastric emptying or satiety.
Clinically, the GLP-1 receptor agonists improve glycemia and are associated with weight loss.32–35 Adverse gastrointestinal symptoms are relatively common during the first few weeks of treatment. DPP-4 inhibitors improve glycemia but are weight-neutral and are not generally associated with significant gastrointestinal symptoms.32,36–38
Incretin-based therapies
Incretin-based therapies are currently part of the antihyperglycemic armamentarium.25,32 The AACE guidelines11 and the ACE/AACE roadmaps23 include the GLP-1 receptor agonist exenatide and the DPP-4 inhibitor sitagliptin among antihyperglycemic therapies for patients with T2DM. The most recent update of the consensus algorithm statement of a joint ADA/EASD writing group included GLP-1 receptor agonists (but not DPP-4 inhibitors) in tier 2 of preferred agents, especially for patients who have concerns related to weight and hypoglycemia.24 They noted that DPP-4 inhibitors may be appropriate choices in selected patients.
DPP-4 inhibitors: sitagliptin, saxagliptin. Until recently, sitagliptin was the only DPP-4 inhibitor available in the United States. Sitagliptin is approved by the FDA for treatment of T2DM at a recommended oral dosage of 100 mg QD, either as monotherapy or in combination with other oral antihyperglycemic medications. The dosage of sitagliptin should be reduced to 50 mg/day in patients with creatinine clearance (CrCl) levels that are between 30 mL/min and 50 mL/min and to 25 mg/day in those with CrCl less than 30 mL/min.39
In a meta-analysis of incretin-based therapies, DPP-4 inhibitors produced a reduction in HbA1c compared with placebo (weighted mean difference of –0.74%; 95% confidence interval, –0.85% to –0.62%).32 DPP-4 inhibitor antihyperglycemic efficacy has been shown to be similar whether used as a monotherapy or add-on therapy.32,37,38 This same meta-analysis showed DPP-4 inhibitors as having a neutral effect on weight.32 More recently, a single-pill combination of metformin and sitagliptin was approved.40
A study comparing metformin, sitagliptin, and the combination of the two as initial monotherapy in T2DM patients with a baseline HbA1c of 8.8% showed 24-week HbA1c reductions from baseline of –0.66% with sitagliptin 100 mg QD, –0.82% with metformin 500 mg BID, and –1.90% with sitagliptin 50 mg + metformin 1,000 mg BID.41
On July 31, 2009, the FDA approved another DPP-4 inhibitor, saxagliptin, for the treatment of T2DM either as monotherapy or in combination with metformin, a sulfonylurea, or a TZD.42
GLP-1 receptor agonist: exenatide. Exenatide, the only FDA-approved GLP-1 receptor agonist, is the synthetic version of exendin-4, which binds to the human GLP-1 receptor and in vitro possesses many of the glucoregulatory effects of endogenous GLP-1.30,32 Exenatide is indicated as monotherapy or adjunctive therapy for patients with T2DM who have not achieved adequate glycemic control with metformin, a sulfonylurea, a TZD, or metformin in combination with a sulfonylurea or a TZD.43 Exenatide is administered by SC injection BID at a starting dosage of 5 mg BID for 4 weeks, followed by an increase to 10 mg BID.
Exenatide has been shown not only to enhance glucose-dependent insulin secretion but also to restore impaired first-phase insulin response in subjects with T2DM. Exenatide also helps control postprandial glycemic excursions by suppressing inappropriate glucagon secretion, slowing accelerated gastric emptying, and enhancing satiety. The increased satiety results in decreased food intake and weight loss.31,44 In a recent head-to-head crossover study, exenatide was shown to be more effective than sitagliptin in lowering postprandial glucose concentrations, increasing insulin secretion, and reducing postprandial glucagon secretion.45 Exenatide also slowed gastric emptying and reduced caloric intake.
Exenatide, in most studies, resulted in a placebo-subtracted HbA1c reduction of approximately –1.0% and in one study lowered HbA1c from baseline by –1.5%. Completer analyses have shown HbA1c reductions of –1.0% up to 3 years and –0.8% up to 3.5 years. Exenatide has also been associated with a mean weight loss of as much as –3.6 kg at 30 weeks and as much as –5.3 kg at 3.5 years.33–35,46,47 A 1-year study showed that exenatide improved beta-cell secretory function compared with insulin glargine in metformin-treated patients with T2DM.48 Long-term data, including findings from completed and intention-to-treat analyses of 82 weeks49 to at least 3 years47 have demonstrated that exenatide improved CV risk factors, including those related to BP, lipids, and hepatic injury biomarkers.
Therapies in development
Incretin-based therapies in development include a novel once-weekly formulation of exenatide; taspoglutide, another once-weekly GLP-1 receptor agonist; and liraglutide, a GLP-1 receptor agonist that is administered once daily.50 Liraglutide is currently being evaluated in clinical trials as a once-daily SC injection.51–53 Liraglutide has been reported to reduce HbA1c by –1.1% at 26 weeks and up to –1.14% at 52 weeks and result in weight loss (up to –2.8 kg at 26 weeks and up to –2.5 kg at 52 weeks) in patients with T2DM who are treatment-naïve or taking other antidiabetes agents, including metformin, sulfonylurea, and TZD.51–53 Evaluation of the once-weekly formulation of exenatide showed reductions in HbA1c of –1.9% at 30 weeks and –2.0% at 52 weeks with a weight loss of –3.7 kg at 30 weeks and –4.1 kg over 52 weeks of treatment.46,54
CONCLUSION
In the United States, the epidemics of excessive weight and T2DM have contributed to an increased medical risk for many individuals. Comprehensive diabetes treatments targeting not only hyperglycemia but also frequently associated overweight/obesity, hypertension, and dyslipidemia will be required to reduce such risk. Current treatment strategies have evolved based on updated clinical guidelines and trials, as well as practice experience, including those related to newer agents. Incretin-based therapies, such as the GLP-1 receptor agonist, exenatide, and the DPP-4 inhibitors, sitagliptin and saxagliptin, are important additions to the treatment armamentarium, offering a reduction in hyperglycemia and beneficial effects on weight (reduction with exenatide and neutral with sitagliptin), and have been shown to improve several CV risk factors.
- National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. National Diabetes Statistics, 2007 fact sheet. Bethesda, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health, 2008. Available at: http://www.diabetes.niddk.nih.gov/dm/pubs/statistics/index.htm. Accessed September 16, 2009.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Prevalence of overweight and obesity among adults with diagnosed diabetes: United States, 1988–1994 and 1999–2002. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2004; 53:1066–1068.
- American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes: 2009. Diabetes Care 2009; 32(suppl 1):S13–S61.
- Hoerger TJ, Segel JE, Gregg EW, Saaddine JB. Is glycemic control improving in U.S. adults? Diabetes Care 2008; 31:81–86.
- Stratton IM, Cull CA, Adler AI, Matthews DR, Neil HA, Holman RR. Additive effects of glycaemia and blood pressure exposure on risk of complications in type 2 diabetes: a prospective observational study (UKPDS 75). Diabetologia 2006; 49:1761–1769.
- Ong KL, Cheung BM, Wong LY, Wat NM, Tan KC, Lam KS. Prevalence, treatment, and control of diagnosed diabetes in the U.S. National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey 1999–2004. Ann Epidemiol 2008; 18:222–229.
- Engelgau MM, Geiss LS, Saaddine JB, et al. The evolving diabetes burden in the United States. Ann Intern Med 2004; 140:945–950.
- Fox CS, Coady S, Sorlie PD, et al. Trends in cardiovascular complications of diabetes. JAMA 2004; 292:2495–2499.
- Turner R, Cull C, Holman R. United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study 17: a 9-year update of a randomized, controlled trial on the effect of improved metabolic control on complications in noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med 1996; 124(1 Pt 2):136–145.
- Mulnier HE, Seaman HE, Raleigh VS, Soedamah-Muthu SS, Colhoun HM, Lawrenson RA. Mortality in people with type 2 diabetes in the UK. Diabet Med 2006; 23:516–521.
- AACE Diabetes Mellitus Clinical Practice Guidelines Task Force. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists medical guidelines for clinical practice for the management of diabetes mellitus. Endocr Pract 2007; 13(suppl 1):S4–S68.
- American Diabetes Association. Nutrition recommendations and interventions for diabetes: a position statement of the American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care 2008; 31(suppl 1):S61−S78.
- UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). Lancet 1998; 352:837–853.
- Stratton IM, Adler AI, Neil HA, et al. Association of glycaemia with macrovascular and microvascular complications of type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 35): prospective observational study. BMJ 2000; 321:405–412.
- The Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes Study Group. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2545–2559.
- The ADVANCE Collaborative Group. Intensive blood glucose control and vascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2560–2572.
- Duckworth W, Abraira C, Moritz T, et al; for the VADT Investigators. Glucose control and vascular complications in veterans with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:129–139.
- Kerr M. ADA 2009: intensive glycemic control not directly linked to excess cardiovascular risk. Medscape Medical News Web site. http://www.medscape.com/viewarticle/704260_print. Published June 11, 2009. Accessed September 16, 2009.
- Skyler JS, Bergenstal R, Bonow RO, et al. Intensive glycemic control and the prevention of cardiovascular events: implications of the ACCORD, ADVANCE, and VA diabetes trials: a position statement of the American Diabetes Association and a scientific statement of the American College of Cardiology Foundation and the American Heart Association. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:187–192.
- Holman RR, Paul SK, Bethel MA, Matthews DR, Neil HA. 10-year follow-up of intensive glucose control in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:1577–1589.
- Gaede P, Lund-Andersen H, Parving HH, Pedersen O. Effect of a multifactorial intervention on mortality in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:580–591.
- Gaede P, Valentine WJ, Palmer AJ, et al. Cost-effectiveness of intensified versus conventional multifactorial intervention in type 2 diabetes: results and projections from the Steno-2 study. Diabetes Care 2008; 31:1510–1515.
- ACE/AACE Diabetes Road Map Task Force. Road maps to achieve glycemic control in type 2 diabetes mellitus. Endocr Pract 2007; 13:260–268.
- Nathan DM, Buse JB, Davidson MB, et al. Medical management of hyperglycemia in type 2 diabetes: a consensus algorithm for the initiation and adjustment of therapy: a consensus statement of the American Diabetes Association and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:193–203.
- Alexander GC, Sehgal NL, Moloney RM, Stafford RS. National trends in treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus, 1994–2007. Arch Intern Med 2008; 168:2088–2094.
- Sonnett TE, Levien TL, Neumiller JJ, Gates BJ, Setter SM. Colesevelam hydrochloride for the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus. Clin Ther 2009; 31:245–259.
- DeFronzo RA. Pharmacologic therapy for type 2 diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med 1999; 131:281–303.
- Purnell JQ, Weyer C. Weight effect of current and experimental drugs for diabetes mellitus: from promotion to alleviation of obesity. Treat Endocrinol 2003; 2:33–47.
- Klein S, Sheard NF, Pi-Sunyer X, et al. Weight management through lifestyle modification for the prevention and management of type 2 diabetes: rationale and strategies: a statement of the American Diabetes Association, the North American Association for the Study of Obesity, and the American Society for Clinical Nutrition. Diabetes Care 2004; 27:2067–2073.
- Stonehouse A, Okerson T, Kendall D, Maggs D. Emerging incretin based therapies for type 2 diabetes: incretin mimetics and DPP-4 inhibitors. Curr Diabetes Rev 2008; 4:101–109.
- Drucker DJ. The biology of incretin hormones. Cell Metab 2006; 3:153–165.
- Amori RE, Lau J, Pittas AG. Efficacy and safety of incretin therapy in type 2 diabetes: systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 2007; 298:194–206.
- Buse JB, Henry RR, Han J, et al. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control over 30 weeks in sulfonylurea-treated patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2004; 27:2628–2635.
- DeFronzo RA, Ratner RE, Han J, Kim DD, Fineman MS, Baron AD. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control and weight over 30 weeks in metformin-treated patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2005; 28:1092–1100.
- Kendall DM, Riddle MC, Rosenstock J, et al. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control over 30 weeks in patients with type 2 diabetes treated with metformin and a sulfonylurea. Diabetes Care 2005; 28:1083–1091.
- Aschner P, Kipnes MS, Lunceford JK, et al. Effect of the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor sitagliptin as monotherapy on glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2006; 29:2632−2637.
- Charbonnel B, Karasik A, Liu J, Wu M, Meininger G, for the Sitagliptin Study 020 Group. Efficacy and safety of the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor sitagliptin added to ongoing metformin therapy in patients with type 2 diabetes inadequately controlled with metformin alone. Diabetes Care 2006; 29:2638–2643.
- Scott R, Wu M, Sanchez M, Stein P. Efficacy and tolerability of the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor sitagliptin as monotherapy over 12 weeks in patients with type 2 diabetes. Int J Clin Pract 2007; 61:171–180.
- Januvia. Physicians’ Desk Reference. 63rd edition. Montvale, NJ: Physicians’ Desk Reference Inc; 2008:2048–2054.
- Janumet. Physicians’ Desk Reference. 63rd edition. Montvale, NJ: Physicians’ Desk Reference Inc; 2008:2041–2048.
- Goldstein BJ, Feinglos MN, Lunceford JK, Johnson J, Williams-Herman DE, for the Sitagliptin 036 Study Group. Effect of initial combination therapy with sitagliptin, a dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor, and metformin on glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2007; 30:1979–1987.
- US Department of Health and Human Services. FDA approves new drug treatment for type 2 diabetes. US Food and Drug Administration Web site. http://www.fda.gov/newsevents/newsroom/pressannouncements/ucm174780.htm. Published July 31, 2009. Accessed September 18, 2009.
- Byetta [package insert]. San Diego, CA: Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; 2009.
- Edwards CM, Stanley SA, Davis R, et al. Exendin-4 reduces fasting and postprandial glucose and decreases energy intake in healthy volunteers. Am J Physiol Endocrinol Metab 2001; 281:E155–E161.
- DeFronzo RA, Okerson T, Viswanathan P, Guan X, Holcombe JH, MacConell L. Effects of exenatide versus sitagliptin on postprandial glucose, insulin and glucagon secretion, gastric emptying, and caloric intake: a randomized, cross-over study. Curr Med Res Opin 2008; 24:2943–2952.
- Drucker DJ, Buse JB, Taylor K, et al. Exenatide once weekly versus twice daily for the treatment of type 2 diabetes: a randomised, open-label, non-inferiority study. Lancet 2008; 372:1240–1250.
- Klonoff DC, Buse JB, Nielsen LL, et al. Exenatide effects on diabetes, obesity, cardiovascular risk factors and hepatic biomarkers in patients with type 2 diabetes treated for at least 3 years. Curr Med Res Opin 2008; 24:275–286.
- Bunck MC, Diamant M, Cornér A, et al. One-year treatment with exenatide improves beta-cell function, compared with insulin glargine, in metformin-treated type 2 diabetic patients: a randomized, controlled trial. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:762–768.
- Blonde L, Klein EJ, Han J, et al. Interim analysis of the effects of exenatide treatment on A1C, weight and cardiovascular risk factors over 82 weeks in 314 overweight patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Obes Metab 2006; 8:436–447.
- Baggio LL, Drucker DJ, Maida A, Lamont BJ. ADA 2008: incretin-based therapeutics. MedscapeCME Web site. http://www.medscape.com/viewprogram/15786. Accessed September 18, 2009.
- Garber A, Henry R, Ratner R, et al. Liraglutide versus glimepiride monotherapy for type 2 diabetes (LEAD-3 Mono): a randomised, 52-week, phase III, double-blind, parallel-treatment trial. Lancet 2009; 373:473–481.
- Nauck M, Frid A, Hermansen K, et al. Efficacy and safety comparison of liraglutide, glimepiride, and placebo, all in combination with metformin, in type 2 diabetes: the LEAD (liraglutide effect and action in diabetes)-2 study. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:84–90.
- Marre M, Shaw J, Brändle M, et al. Liraglutide, a once-daily human GLP-1 analogue, added to a sulphonylurea over 26 weeks produces greater improvements in glycaemic and weight control compared with adding rosiglitazone or placebo in subjects with type 2 diabetes (LEAD-1 SU). Diabet Med 2009; 26:268–278.
- Bergenstal RM, Kim T, Trautmann M, Zhuang D, Okerson T, Taylor K. Exenatide once weekly elicited improvements in blood pressure and lipid profile over 52 weeks in patients with type 2 diabetes. Circulation 2008; 118:S1086. Abstract 1239.
- National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. National Diabetes Statistics, 2007 fact sheet. Bethesda, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health, 2008. Available at: http://www.diabetes.niddk.nih.gov/dm/pubs/statistics/index.htm. Accessed September 16, 2009.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Prevalence of overweight and obesity among adults with diagnosed diabetes: United States, 1988–1994 and 1999–2002. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2004; 53:1066–1068.
- American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes: 2009. Diabetes Care 2009; 32(suppl 1):S13–S61.
- Hoerger TJ, Segel JE, Gregg EW, Saaddine JB. Is glycemic control improving in U.S. adults? Diabetes Care 2008; 31:81–86.
- Stratton IM, Cull CA, Adler AI, Matthews DR, Neil HA, Holman RR. Additive effects of glycaemia and blood pressure exposure on risk of complications in type 2 diabetes: a prospective observational study (UKPDS 75). Diabetologia 2006; 49:1761–1769.
- Ong KL, Cheung BM, Wong LY, Wat NM, Tan KC, Lam KS. Prevalence, treatment, and control of diagnosed diabetes in the U.S. National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey 1999–2004. Ann Epidemiol 2008; 18:222–229.
- Engelgau MM, Geiss LS, Saaddine JB, et al. The evolving diabetes burden in the United States. Ann Intern Med 2004; 140:945–950.
- Fox CS, Coady S, Sorlie PD, et al. Trends in cardiovascular complications of diabetes. JAMA 2004; 292:2495–2499.
- Turner R, Cull C, Holman R. United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study 17: a 9-year update of a randomized, controlled trial on the effect of improved metabolic control on complications in noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med 1996; 124(1 Pt 2):136–145.
- Mulnier HE, Seaman HE, Raleigh VS, Soedamah-Muthu SS, Colhoun HM, Lawrenson RA. Mortality in people with type 2 diabetes in the UK. Diabet Med 2006; 23:516–521.
- AACE Diabetes Mellitus Clinical Practice Guidelines Task Force. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists medical guidelines for clinical practice for the management of diabetes mellitus. Endocr Pract 2007; 13(suppl 1):S4–S68.
- American Diabetes Association. Nutrition recommendations and interventions for diabetes: a position statement of the American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care 2008; 31(suppl 1):S61−S78.
- UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). Lancet 1998; 352:837–853.
- Stratton IM, Adler AI, Neil HA, et al. Association of glycaemia with macrovascular and microvascular complications of type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 35): prospective observational study. BMJ 2000; 321:405–412.
- The Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes Study Group. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2545–2559.
- The ADVANCE Collaborative Group. Intensive blood glucose control and vascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2560–2572.
- Duckworth W, Abraira C, Moritz T, et al; for the VADT Investigators. Glucose control and vascular complications in veterans with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:129–139.
- Kerr M. ADA 2009: intensive glycemic control not directly linked to excess cardiovascular risk. Medscape Medical News Web site. http://www.medscape.com/viewarticle/704260_print. Published June 11, 2009. Accessed September 16, 2009.
- Skyler JS, Bergenstal R, Bonow RO, et al. Intensive glycemic control and the prevention of cardiovascular events: implications of the ACCORD, ADVANCE, and VA diabetes trials: a position statement of the American Diabetes Association and a scientific statement of the American College of Cardiology Foundation and the American Heart Association. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:187–192.
- Holman RR, Paul SK, Bethel MA, Matthews DR, Neil HA. 10-year follow-up of intensive glucose control in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:1577–1589.
- Gaede P, Lund-Andersen H, Parving HH, Pedersen O. Effect of a multifactorial intervention on mortality in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:580–591.
- Gaede P, Valentine WJ, Palmer AJ, et al. Cost-effectiveness of intensified versus conventional multifactorial intervention in type 2 diabetes: results and projections from the Steno-2 study. Diabetes Care 2008; 31:1510–1515.
- ACE/AACE Diabetes Road Map Task Force. Road maps to achieve glycemic control in type 2 diabetes mellitus. Endocr Pract 2007; 13:260–268.
- Nathan DM, Buse JB, Davidson MB, et al. Medical management of hyperglycemia in type 2 diabetes: a consensus algorithm for the initiation and adjustment of therapy: a consensus statement of the American Diabetes Association and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:193–203.
- Alexander GC, Sehgal NL, Moloney RM, Stafford RS. National trends in treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus, 1994–2007. Arch Intern Med 2008; 168:2088–2094.
- Sonnett TE, Levien TL, Neumiller JJ, Gates BJ, Setter SM. Colesevelam hydrochloride for the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus. Clin Ther 2009; 31:245–259.
- DeFronzo RA. Pharmacologic therapy for type 2 diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med 1999; 131:281–303.
- Purnell JQ, Weyer C. Weight effect of current and experimental drugs for diabetes mellitus: from promotion to alleviation of obesity. Treat Endocrinol 2003; 2:33–47.
- Klein S, Sheard NF, Pi-Sunyer X, et al. Weight management through lifestyle modification for the prevention and management of type 2 diabetes: rationale and strategies: a statement of the American Diabetes Association, the North American Association for the Study of Obesity, and the American Society for Clinical Nutrition. Diabetes Care 2004; 27:2067–2073.
- Stonehouse A, Okerson T, Kendall D, Maggs D. Emerging incretin based therapies for type 2 diabetes: incretin mimetics and DPP-4 inhibitors. Curr Diabetes Rev 2008; 4:101–109.
- Drucker DJ. The biology of incretin hormones. Cell Metab 2006; 3:153–165.
- Amori RE, Lau J, Pittas AG. Efficacy and safety of incretin therapy in type 2 diabetes: systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 2007; 298:194–206.
- Buse JB, Henry RR, Han J, et al. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control over 30 weeks in sulfonylurea-treated patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2004; 27:2628–2635.
- DeFronzo RA, Ratner RE, Han J, Kim DD, Fineman MS, Baron AD. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control and weight over 30 weeks in metformin-treated patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2005; 28:1092–1100.
- Kendall DM, Riddle MC, Rosenstock J, et al. Effects of exenatide (exendin-4) on glycemic control over 30 weeks in patients with type 2 diabetes treated with metformin and a sulfonylurea. Diabetes Care 2005; 28:1083–1091.
- Aschner P, Kipnes MS, Lunceford JK, et al. Effect of the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor sitagliptin as monotherapy on glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2006; 29:2632−2637.
- Charbonnel B, Karasik A, Liu J, Wu M, Meininger G, for the Sitagliptin Study 020 Group. Efficacy and safety of the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor sitagliptin added to ongoing metformin therapy in patients with type 2 diabetes inadequately controlled with metformin alone. Diabetes Care 2006; 29:2638–2643.
- Scott R, Wu M, Sanchez M, Stein P. Efficacy and tolerability of the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor sitagliptin as monotherapy over 12 weeks in patients with type 2 diabetes. Int J Clin Pract 2007; 61:171–180.
- Januvia. Physicians’ Desk Reference. 63rd edition. Montvale, NJ: Physicians’ Desk Reference Inc; 2008:2048–2054.
- Janumet. Physicians’ Desk Reference. 63rd edition. Montvale, NJ: Physicians’ Desk Reference Inc; 2008:2041–2048.
- Goldstein BJ, Feinglos MN, Lunceford JK, Johnson J, Williams-Herman DE, for the Sitagliptin 036 Study Group. Effect of initial combination therapy with sitagliptin, a dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor, and metformin on glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2007; 30:1979–1987.
- US Department of Health and Human Services. FDA approves new drug treatment for type 2 diabetes. US Food and Drug Administration Web site. http://www.fda.gov/newsevents/newsroom/pressannouncements/ucm174780.htm. Published July 31, 2009. Accessed September 18, 2009.
- Byetta [package insert]. San Diego, CA: Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; 2009.
- Edwards CM, Stanley SA, Davis R, et al. Exendin-4 reduces fasting and postprandial glucose and decreases energy intake in healthy volunteers. Am J Physiol Endocrinol Metab 2001; 281:E155–E161.
- DeFronzo RA, Okerson T, Viswanathan P, Guan X, Holcombe JH, MacConell L. Effects of exenatide versus sitagliptin on postprandial glucose, insulin and glucagon secretion, gastric emptying, and caloric intake: a randomized, cross-over study. Curr Med Res Opin 2008; 24:2943–2952.
- Drucker DJ, Buse JB, Taylor K, et al. Exenatide once weekly versus twice daily for the treatment of type 2 diabetes: a randomised, open-label, non-inferiority study. Lancet 2008; 372:1240–1250.
- Klonoff DC, Buse JB, Nielsen LL, et al. Exenatide effects on diabetes, obesity, cardiovascular risk factors and hepatic biomarkers in patients with type 2 diabetes treated for at least 3 years. Curr Med Res Opin 2008; 24:275–286.
- Bunck MC, Diamant M, Cornér A, et al. One-year treatment with exenatide improves beta-cell function, compared with insulin glargine, in metformin-treated type 2 diabetic patients: a randomized, controlled trial. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:762–768.
- Blonde L, Klein EJ, Han J, et al. Interim analysis of the effects of exenatide treatment on A1C, weight and cardiovascular risk factors over 82 weeks in 314 overweight patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Obes Metab 2006; 8:436–447.
- Baggio LL, Drucker DJ, Maida A, Lamont BJ. ADA 2008: incretin-based therapeutics. MedscapeCME Web site. http://www.medscape.com/viewprogram/15786. Accessed September 18, 2009.
- Garber A, Henry R, Ratner R, et al. Liraglutide versus glimepiride monotherapy for type 2 diabetes (LEAD-3 Mono): a randomised, 52-week, phase III, double-blind, parallel-treatment trial. Lancet 2009; 373:473–481.
- Nauck M, Frid A, Hermansen K, et al. Efficacy and safety comparison of liraglutide, glimepiride, and placebo, all in combination with metformin, in type 2 diabetes: the LEAD (liraglutide effect and action in diabetes)-2 study. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:84–90.
- Marre M, Shaw J, Brändle M, et al. Liraglutide, a once-daily human GLP-1 analogue, added to a sulphonylurea over 26 weeks produces greater improvements in glycaemic and weight control compared with adding rosiglitazone or placebo in subjects with type 2 diabetes (LEAD-1 SU). Diabet Med 2009; 26:268–278.
- Bergenstal RM, Kim T, Trautmann M, Zhuang D, Okerson T, Taylor K. Exenatide once weekly elicited improvements in blood pressure and lipid profile over 52 weeks in patients with type 2 diabetes. Circulation 2008; 118:S1086. Abstract 1239.
KEY POINTS
- Up to 65% of deaths among people with diabetes are caused by cardiovascular disease.
- Glycemic control can delay or slow the progression of microvascular complications.
- In addition to hyperglycemia, comprehensive diabetes therapy must target cardiovascular disease–related risk factors, including excess weight/obesity, elevated blood pressure, and abnormal lipid concentrations.
- Diminished incretin hormonal activity contributes to the pathophysiology of diabetes.